Author: davenkross2026

  • 08/27/2026 – Campaignbuilders Webinar

    Southeast Asia, South Asia. And uh it’s a beautiful country today. It is 700 a.m. where I am. And uh beautiful weather here. A little bit uh little bit. I would say it’s raining. It’s been raining. So it’s it’s a bit damp around outside. But uh I’m enjoying this because I just came here from the heat of Dubai. Now, where are you guys from? Let me know in the chat. What’s the time for you? Let’s get the introductions out. I know some of you guys. Lindseay should be in Bali depending on uh you know whether he is back in Australia or Bali right now. So yeah, let me know all the other guys where are you from. We got Russ from Canada of course Russ. We got Bruce. Bruce from uh FL Florida. 8:00 p.m. for Bruce. Luis from Colombia. Hola Luis if that’s the country of course. Carlos from NY. Eve from Wisconsin. Martin, yes, there is sound and uh I think most people can hear me very clearly. So, uh just check your speakers. Hey, DSD. Now, I do see some new names here. So, another another quick questions. All of you guys who are new to me, who have never done a webinar with me before and uh maybe you’ve got one of my products, maybe a couple, but you not got a lot of my products, you don’t know much about Technique Force, drop me a new in the chat, right? Drop me a new in the chat because I want to know about my audience and I want to customize my webinar based on what I

    be able to ask me questions, right? And I will be answering the questions. I’ll be doing my best to give you the best information that I can. So, we have Desmond. Desmond is new to me and probably my products. DSD kind of new. Yeah, DSD, you joined my email list recently. Good to see you, DSD. Awesome. So, so looks like Lindsay is back to Australia. Awesome. Good to know that, Lindsay. I will be actually in Thailand for a while now. Yeah, probably long term. I don’t know yet, but that this is how it seems and this is what I’m planning to. All right, back again to topic. What are we going to talk about today? Let your AI team run marketing campaigns while you sit back, sit back and claim your original profit, claim your profits. Right? That was the original claim that AI said that we would be doing, right? we would be able to relax, relax, sit back and let AI do all the work. And instead, what really happened? It’s just a new kind of work. Instead of doing the work yourself or telling your team to do the work, you’re the one who’s prompting AI all day, battling with AI, trying to get AI to deliver on its promise. And I can tell you there is a kind of a fatigue that has set in. I mean, I still do a lot of my work with AI, but now it doesn’t seem as much fun as before because I know I’m going to be prompting, going to be reprompting, I’m going to be trying to uh get the results uh to the stage where I can use them and it’s going to take a few tries. Who else has experienced it? If if you are have also experienced something like this, then put I have in the chat and I will tell you how to solve that later. Let me see the I haves. We’ve got Olu from uh Lagos. Hey Olu, how are you? Kennard’s been asking me, can you run an automated Facebook campaigns? We we’ll talk about that. All right. So, click start on autopilot income machine and uh let your AI team run marketing campaigns. And I can see the trends. Lindsay, Olu, Joe, Jason, Eve. Okay, Jason, you’re introducing yourself. Hey, Jason. Eve. So many people have experienced it. Some of us are actually feeling a little bit tired about how to you know place AI in automation. And it seems like a manual kind of a process, right? Not so much automated as it promised to be, but it can be changed and I’m sure uh you’ve been hearing about if you are actually reading a lot of AI news like I do. You’ve been hearing about terms like agent orchestration and we’ve all heard of open claw. It was a great technology but it fizzled out because that was just another kind of work right but it gave you a good deal of automation using long-term memory. So AI is evolving. New technologies are coming in. The potential is all there, right? The potential to deliver on his promise is all there. But getting there is going to take some time because it’s a stepby-step process. We’re going to figure out one thing and then another and then another. But on the way, we’re going to make some wonderful uh discoveries and we’re going to be able to execute on the promise in some manner. So today I’m going to combine the two technologies agent orchestration and long-term memory to enable a little more automation. I would say a lot more automation because now you can actually have AI teams that execute on autopilot, right? No instructions, no prompting, no going back to the keyboard every single time you expect a result or you want to result and telling the AI, hey, can you please do this for me and this is how I want to describe it and give it a long prompt trying to be a prompt engineer. Nothing like that. Right? So that’s what we’re going to talk about today and this is definitely something that is going to change the lives of many small businesses and agencies that are trying to get automation done that are maybe you know not in a position to have large teams charge a large sums and also spend a lot of money and time on their marketing. So this is going to help you automate it just a little. So again, this is a live webinar and I you have my 100% focus. I’m going to do my best to execute on my promise to deliver you the value and I expect from you nothing but your attention, right? So you got to give me your attention. It’s time to focus because this is a business webinar. It’s not entertainment. You know, we are very focused when you watch us watch your fun show because it’s fun. So today this is all about moneym that’s that’s fun for me. I hope it’s fun for you. So make sure you focus, get your drinks, whatever you are drinking today and let’s get started. Now again very quickly for those of you who are new, I am Siril Gupta and I’m the founder of Technic Force. We’ve been creating digital marketing software software for digital marketers for over a decade now, nearly a decade and a half and it’s been a great ride. We’ve made a lot of winner products. People love our products. They use a lot of our products. I see so many people here in this room who’ve got a lot of my products who using literally dozens of my products over time and uh of course they’re benefiting from it. That’s why they keep coming back and keep looking at my stuff. So I’m really grateful to all the wonderful people who do that. Now very quickly let’s go to the next one. Today you can see there is a different slide setup because I am in Thailand. I don’t have my usual three monitors. So I’m not I’m not able to see the next slide. So I’ve just tried to you know we’re going to be looking at the my PowerPoint entire docu entire uh I would say interface not just the slide. So yeah that’s a little bit of a inconvenience but we’ll live with that. Awesome. So what if you had a marketing team that worked 24/7 to make you successful? How would you like that? Right? Uh if you didn’t have to really do all the work yourself. Now I’m going to ask you another quick question. Now this is for all you people all you entrepreneurs how many of you are solo and how many of you have a team and I can see u I don’t know if Russ you’ve preempted me but all of you guys who have a team I want you to write team in the chat so that I know exactly where you’re coming from and all of you guys who are solo write solo in the chat perfect so a lot of solo entrepreneurs in here Carlos Russ Marcel Bruce Eve Jason Kennard has a team that’s good to know Kennard so you are a little bit ahead But for all of all of us solo entrepreneurs, all of the people who are creating uh you know services and products and trying to sell things uh all by themselves, it takes a lot of effort. But wouldn’t it change your life if you actually had a team that worked to make you successful while you were working on your own stuff? I know entrepreneurs can never give up work. I have got a huge team but I still work a lot in my view of course uh and I try to do the max I can because I love my job and I know that most of us uh you know even if we say that we want to live along the beach sometime and you know just kind of relax we’ll still want to focus on something get something out there but the team can help us become much more successful because it can multiply your effort. So everybody would love to have a team, wouldn’t you? To grow and be able to expand without putting in more effort, without feeling, you know, that you’re always running out of time. That would be the best best option, best best outcome. But teams are expensive. I’m sure as Canard knows, as I know, teams are expensive. They take away a large chunk of your profits and of your revenue. So not everybody can build a team right when they’re starting out or even later, right? Because teams can get really expensive and it’s just not just about the money. They are crazy hard to manage. I’m sure uh if you’ve done that you can you have found out how hard it is to try and manage people to get them to work and get them to deliver consistently. It’s hard now. But what if your team didn’t even need breaks or salaries, right? What if they could just work all the time and they didn’t tell you hey come on this is what I’m what I’m expecting to get and you know they would uh you know you would feel like a chump paying that much because it’s a lot of this a big change of uh big you know I would say big part of your change and also it just keeps stacking up every time you need a new member what if they could also get your work done on autopilot now this is something I found uh happening in the past I worked with some guy he’s very enthusiastic IC delivering but then you know I don’t look at his work for one week and bam it’s already gone the work’s not high quality anymore and then I have to come back reorient them trying to fix them but what if the your team that you have works on autopilot very consistently once you set up the system once you set up the entire expectations it just kind of delivers without a break right even if you look at it after 2 months you still find the same consistent level of work getting done I I know all of us would love that. I know that would help you a lot and help us all of us a lot to grow our business online. And what if this team that you’re creating also lets you take on clients and you can use the same system to operate with your clients too, right? So imagine this. Having a team just for yourself of 2, three, four, five people is great, especially if they don’t get paid a lot or at all and they execute consistently. But what if you can actually do this for your clients? If you’re running an agency or if you’re trying to provide services, you’re trying to work for other businesses. Scaling up is insanely hard, right? If you’re going to do all the work yourself, that takes time, that takes effort, it reduces your productivity, you get tired, and it’s stressful. But what if you could set up a system, set up a team that just continues working, and you can do it over and over for multiple clients, right? Imagine doing it for one client, two clients, three clients, five clients, or even 10 or 20 clients. Letting your teams deliver the work straight to them. You can do an oversight when you want to, but you know that even if you don’t look at it every day, the expectations or the systems that you set up, they continue executing. Won’t that change the way you work? Won’t that change the business outcomes you have? Won’t that change your profitability? Imagine being able to use this entire setup to recruit clients and get paid from them for the marketing services you provide. Right? Everybody, every single company out there needs social media. Now, I can’t think of a local business or an online business anywhere in the world in the globe, right? Whether you’re from Africa, Asia, whether you’re from the US or uh Australia or from Europe or from uh Canada, anywhere in the world you operate, you’re going to have to have a website. You’re going to have to even if you don’t have a website, you will at the minimum have to have social media presence. You will need to be on Facebook. You’ll need to be on Instagram, on Tik Tok, on Twitter, on X talking about your business, talking about your services, handling client client requests, posting regularly about the things that you provide so that people can discover you and come to you and then you know that’s how you grow. So, imagine being able to do all of that for your clients without having to manually intervene and being able to charge $8 $800 to $3,200 or even more per client again on autopilot. Wouldn’t that be exciting? If you are excited about doing something like that, drop me a yes in the chat. If you would like to get $800 to $3,200 depending on the market, right? So if you are in a country where you have different systems then you have to again you know adjust this number. These are these are USA numbers. So all of you guys if you would like to do that make it possible drop me a yes in the chat and I’m going to show you the way how to do that just about soon. So we got Olu we’ve got Ross Eve Ken Sap. Hey Ken says yes. Oh my god the chat just blew up and uh it scrolled past me. Joe says surewood. Bruce yes. Marcel yes. Lindsay. Yippee. Of course. Yes, Dave Todd. Yes. So, of course, everybody would like that, especially if you had zero employees, zero real employees to manage. You had zero overheads, no electricity, no furniture. You don’t need to stack them in a place. You don’t need to pay for snacks and water, and you don’t need to pay for absolutely anything at all. That that you know eats money. And you don’t need to deal with people problems, right? Whenever you have a group of people working for you, if you’re running multiple projects, it is insanely hard. It can get complicated, but you don’t have to deal with that using, of course, AI. And I’m going to show you how. All you need to All you need to deal with is a team that actually works together and plays nice, right? So, if you set up a goal, if you set up a system, if you set up a mandate for your team, they work together. Every team member executing on its promise, executing on its mandate, getting the work done, asking the other team members when they need assistance, when they need information, assigning cross assigning tasks, right? In the perfect world, this is how we operate, right? This is how we all operate where the team actually works together without politics, without uh perspective that colors them, without prejudices and kind of just focuses on one thing. get the work done, right? So what happens when you have a team like that, right? When your team is absolutely focused on the mandate on growing your profits, you actually start growing because the content comes in because the deliverables come in at the right time in the right way and you can just keep executing with that and keep growing with that. So that is I think the best way to uh execute and grow your profits when you don’t have to deal with all the other stuff, right? All right. So I scroll down a little bit. Would you hire such a team? Right? Would you hire such a team? If every other promise that I’ve told you about the team is going to deliver, would you hire such a team? Give me a yes, I will. If you would hire such a team without a beat, without a second thought and you would ready to get going with them, let me know in the chat. Say yes, I will if you would hire such a team in a hot minute. Right, Ken Sap? Of course. And Dave says yes. Olu says yes of course I would love to hire such a team right I would absolutely be happy to hire such a team I’m sure everybody else because it just changes the way uh things happen now the problem is even if you’re a solo entrepreneur even if you’re trying to do things on your own and you’re using AI there are big issues firstly work itself the entire picture of the work is a broken uh I would say story it’s not really something uh that’s consistent that’s easy to execute even if you know everything you know even if you know all the operations work is broken teams are big and expensive and that’s one big problem that many of us have we want to we we have all we all have grand vision we all have grand aspirations I know a lot of us have great ideas too right but execution of ideas is not something that you can always do solo and teams are big and expensive most people more if the more people you have the poor coordination you need to do. We already talked about it. But the worst thing is if you are a solo entrepreneur and I’ve been one I’ve been one for the longest time and I was lucky enough to find opportunities and grow from here and I do have a team and it’s been evolving but solo entrepreneur as as you start off you can’t afford to have teams. Maybe sometimes you don’t even want to have team and so what do you do next? Right? So if you can’t have teams, you can’t have uh uh you know uh uh you can’t have the overheads, you can’t have the management uh stress, what do you do next? You do next? You move towards tools from teams. So if you can’t have teams, what you try to do is make do with tools, right? Tools help us execute things better. And I know I’ve made so many tools and they solve so many different problems, right? I’ve got a tool for video creation. I’ve got tools for uh SEO. I’ve got tools for email marketing, for uh even creating QR codes, right? You know, bright QR or I would say uh welldesigned or graphical QR codes for businesses. So, I’ve got a lot of different tools that solve a lot of different separate problems. But there is a problem. Tools are broken too because every tool has to be used and there is a tool for everything. I was just talking about how many tools I have, right? AI copyriter, I have it. AI designer, yes, AI video, yes, social media, yes, SEO tools, yes. So now the process becomes just as difficult but in a different direction. So if you don’t have a team that you can assign work to and deal with all the stress from them, then you need to execute on the tools, operate the tools, right? So if you want to do SEO, you need to go to the SE, you need to go to the SEO tool, you need to analyze the website, you need to get a report and then submit it. If you want to do social media, you need to go to the social media tool and then you know use it and try to understand how the results look. And if you want to create a video, you need to go to the video tool and then you know let the give some instructions to the video tool. Hey, give me a this kind of video and then get the short or long video whatever you’re trying to prepare and put it online. And all of that is actually difficult, right? All of that is timeconuming because uh you need to use all the tools and even if you are using the best tool tools you’re still doing all the work right you’re not free you’re not really uh in a position where you can say hey I don’t uh I have automated away my work and I’m not doing any uh any extra work or I’m saving a lot of time you’re just creating more processes for you sure you’re getting a lot more done because you’ve got tools to execute so you are getting get more things done but you don’t really have more time because you’re jumping from one tool to another. So depending on what you’re doing at the time of the day, you are just using different tools and then all the day just goes by and before long the work looks like this, right? So 20 tools, 20 tabs, 20 prompts, 20 workflows. It happens to everyone. It happens to me. It happens to uh every single founder out there. uh the fatigue from trying to be creative, the fatigue from trying to execute with so many different variables, right? And it really is hard. That’s that’s you managing technology trying to, you know, operate the phone and trying to handle three different forms, three different monitors. Actually had three different monitors and uh yeah, this is this is exactly what it’s coming to. Now, if you are a solo entrepreneur who doesn’t want to stress out due to the tools, who doesn’t want to stress out with the teams and you still want to deliver quality social media content either to your own business or to your clients, there is a new way, right? There is a new system. There is a new opportunity. Again, let me stress this out. You know, this is important. If you are if you are a solo entrepreneur or even a even a you know entrepreneur that has a team whether you are trying to execute social media campaigns now I’m going to be hyperfocused this is not going this tool that I’m going to show you today yes it’s a tool it’s AI it’s AI with orchestration is not going to solve all your problems it’s not going to uh you know uh call up your clients and do random things for you all on autopilot but it will solve one specific problem that I’ve designed it to do and that is social media content and I rate that as one of the top problems to solve. So if you can manage good quality social media marketing, a lot of the other things are actually easier to do because you have better inflow of clients, you have a better quality of clients and then you can you know service them better because you’ve got more opportunities to cater to the clients and grow your business, right? So it frees you up to do the other other thing instead of trying to stress on hey what’s the next topic that I should be creating a product creating a meme on or a graphic on or on or a video on and when should I post it or where will I get it or do I need to talk to my team member asking them hey what’s your new idea or try to analyze that when you don’t have to do all of that you can free yourself up to do more things so today I’m going to show you a product a system an AI technology that will help you fire the team and fire the tools that you’ve been using to create things manually because AI is evolving. It has evolved and now you know now AI can do a lot more a lot more uh it can research yes it can do live research it can look at the web it can look at the search results it can find information that is new and fresh and relevant it can write it can design create analyze plan and even execute yes it can uh put things together and create something that’s comprehensive and complete right so AI is doing things it can do everything all of the other things that I’ve showed showed you all of these things it can do but the only problem is you need to ask the AI. So if you need news, you have to ask the AI, hey could you tell me what happened in the stock market today or could you tell me what Trump said today or could you tell me what happened in uh you know country X today you will need to ask it if you need to write write on something you need to ask the AI could you write on this today and all of this process AI can do everything but it is still a manual process because you need to ask it about everything but with some new breakthroughs you don’t need to ask what if you don’t need to ask at all you just need to uh set up a mandate. Now this is this is the good part of having teams. That’s why people like me want to have a team because uh you don’t need to ask every single time for every single task. The bigger picture is if you got the right people, if you got the right team members, you can give them a plan and they execute on it without a break. Of course, it’s there’s a lot of uh I would say messes in dealing with people. So yeah, but still it’s better than having to ask for every single thing even with AI, right? It still becomes a new task, right? What if you don’t need to ask? What if the team executed on its own? What what if it delivered social media content with a plan to your to direct to your clients and direct to you without a pause every single day on autopilot putting together every single variable that you told them to. That would be great. And that is exactly what we have achieved in this new product. Your new marketing team and the product is called campaign builders because that’s what it does. It builds your marketing campaigns. Absolutely focused product doesn’t try to solve everything in the world but what it does it does it absolutely with conviction campaigns. So if you are trying to run your campaigns, you can do them now on complete autopilot, right? You don’t need to uh worry about every single thing fitting together, every single piece of content that is that is generated. You can just get it done on full autopilot. Let the AIS handle it, but in a more intelligent manner. So you don’t need to have a very expensive marketing workforce. You don’t need to have five marketing people to create all sorts of things for you. You can create an AI team without having to spend on salaries on office space again you know on training on meetings on vac worrying about vacation days or about constant supervision with just one thing you need to give them a direction that hey this is the campaign this is what the my business is about. These are the details of my business. This is the kind of content that I like. Go ahead and execute. I want you to give me maybe three posts a week on uh on uh trends. I want to give me I want you to give me one meme every day. I want you to create two videos a week. So build your plan. Give them a direction and they will just execute. And you can even do that. You don’t even have to go to the computer. You can even do that from your phone. So this is another thing I built in here. And again this is coming from personal experience. Uh guys, sometimes I want to live my life away from the desk, right? I don’t want to be on the computer all the time and I want to be hanging out with friends. I want to be out uh you know, trying to uh go to see new places, maybe get a coffee somewhere uh far away and try to go and go to a new cafe. And working from all of these places is hard. If you take a laptop, you got to put it up and then you got to do things. So, I wanted to do some things. I wanted to do things that actually get results from my phone too, right? And uh I know a lot of you want to do that too. So if you want to work, if you are like me, if you want to do some work with your phone and you want to use your phone as your marketing uh manager or you’re already using your phone as a marketing execution tool, drop me a phone in the chat. Let me try to see who else is trying to work from the phone. Who else is trying to get things done from the phone? Drop me a phone in the chat. If you’re if you’re trying to use your phone to execute your business to to operate your business and to get results uh whether it is using a tool on the phone or whether it is trying to stay in touch with your clients or with your team members or with your associates let me know what is happening with you and let me know what is uh what is going on with you.

    All right. So many people said phones and Linda said computers only for this kind of thing. Joe says I don’t like the phone. Carlos says telegram and WhatsApp. So here’s the thing guys with this tool it actually is feasible to use your phone because you don’t need to do a lot of complicated things. You can let people use your marketing. You create your marketing content on autopilot and it can be delivered straight to your phone. The marketing workforce stays in your pocket and you are able to just give them instructions on your phone. You are able to see the content on your phone. And best of all, right, this is best, this is the best of all, you can even post the content to your social media from your phone and everything is done without you having to be location locked. So again to create a campaign for a product all you need to do is instruct the team and whether you need a full team of people whether you need strategists, copywriters, designers, videos, uh videographers, social media marketers, the entire team will be able to collaborate, execute and deliver on the promise of a great looking campaign, greatl looking content for you without you having to even go to the computer and you don’t have to manage every handoff. This is all about campaign builders. This is what campaign builder does. You don’t have to do things like hey okay you know the social media team or the social media guy gives you a concept you have to approve it then you send it okay you know send it to the designer and then designer does the job and sends you the thing for approval making you bottleneck and everything like that the team works together it delivers and you just direct the AI agents about the outcomes and get the results now I know I’ve been talking about a lot about how this AI team can execute things and I know you are ready to find out so drop me in the chat if you want to see the demo of the actual product. Ready to find out how this will work and deliver on the promise of automating your marketing for you and your clients? Let me know in the chat. Let me see a ready or demo. Uh we’ve got Marcel, Russ, Dave, Todd, Ken, Sap ready, 100%, Joe, Desmond, Jason, Tony, Bruce. Oh my god, the chat just blew up. Uh it’s just scrolling fast very fast. Zippy, Sean, Terry, Leo. Awesome guys. So, I won’t keep you very long. Let’s go straight to the demo and I’m going to play it. Just a note, if you don’t hear the audio for some reason, let me know and I will try to uh, you know, fix some things, but let me know if the audio is right. So, I’m going to mute myself while the demo plays. Here we go. Hello and welcome to Campaign Builders, the ultimate software to automate your business using Agentic AI. Well, so far you’ve been using AI like a prompt machine prompting to get every outcome. So whenever you need to create social media content, you go out there and prompt GPT. But now things are going to change because your AI team will take over and work just like a human team, delivering the content to you, letting you post it according to your own desire and let you work with your team just like you work with human team members. So let’s get started and take a look at campaign builders. Now, when you get started, your console will have a number of campaigns like I have on my console. That’s how it should look. If you’re running an agency, you can create a campaign each dedicated to one of your clients, dedicated to each clients. And if you are promoting your own business and you’ve got a multiple products line, you can create a campaign dedicated to each products line. If you scroll down on the dashboard, you will see things like the number of posts that were created, how many posts were created today. You can see all the posts that were created in all of your campaigns in one unified view. And to get into a campaign, all you need to do is click on the campaign name itself. If you want to create a new campaign, just click on see all and you can see all the campaigns that you’ve already created and you can add a new one over here. For our demo, I’m going to go into a campaign that I already created. Now, I’ve already got a bunch of team members here. They these are all specialized agentic AIs and each of them does a specific task like Samira is a brand expert. Amina is all about customer engagement. John is into reporting. Kai is a videographer to create video. So lots of different people. Everyone handling a different task just like a normal team. And you can recruit new people just by clicking on manage team. And you can see all the team members are here. To recruit a new team member, click on recruit. And you can see I’ve got already people like designers, engagers, reporters, videographers, promoters, meme creators, and responders, customer responders. So all of these are recruited. Now when I click on a a position that I want to fill like trend catcher, I can just click on view detail and the AI will use its entropy engine to create a highquality custom AI that works just like a unique person and behaves and has a personality that is distinct. Check this out. This is the new person that’s being recruited. And you can set it up according to your own wishes. If you want to change the bio, you can change the bio. If you want to regenerate the image, you can. You can choose what languages they work in. You can choose how often they will create content for you. So it can be daily, twice a week, once a week or as trends emerge. Totally up to you. You should also be able to choose or you can choose where should they look for trends. social media industry, Google, all the sources, right? And what type of trends they should focus on. So, you can pick up absolutely anything you want. And it will even tell you what topics to target. So, you’ve got some ideas over here if you want to change that. You can otherwise you can just click on this and add the trends that are relevant to your business or you can remove the trends that are not relevant to your business. If you want to add something new like marketing ideas, any topic you want, click on add and it will be added. So it actually does a lot of the job for you. So it recommended what topics you can target. You can change them as you want. You can change the display name and you can even control the AI that they use in the back end. So is it Geminy, GPT, Claude or Grock? You can choose that. And once you’re ready to go, you can click on add to team. And before I continue, I just want to tell you one little secret. The the people that you recruit are absolutely culturally connected to the to the company you set up, to the campaign you set up. So if this campaign that I have got going is set up in a region where you’ve got a certain kind of people and if you set up the campaign in Europe or America or South Asia, Southeast Asia or Japan for example, the team members that you recruit will be accordingly of the same culture. The reason is that gives you maximum relevance, right? Click on add to team and now the team is done and you can see your entire team is set up and now you’ve got Niha Kapoor also as a part of the team. So let’s go back from here and look at the other stuff that we have in this. So I’m going to go back to businesses and I’m going to go back to technic force and how easy it is to set up the work, how easy it is to get work. I’m going to show you that in a second. Here is a little selection of the content that my team has been producing. You can see it’s been all kind of stuff. It’s been videos, images, short uh you know content, text, memes, everything. So here’s here is a video for example that one of the videographers created and similarly you can see you’ve got like engagement or or brand promotion of your products. So all of that is done by different people at different times based on the mandate that you give them. And how do you do that? Well, it’s very easy. You can just click on this and this is like a chat exactly the way you talk to your real employees. You can talk to your current employees and they will do the work for you in this chat window. Deliver the work to you in the chat window. And of course you can also see it on the wall. Let me give you an example like I can talk to a particular person. Just type at and for example, Nha is new. I can talk to her. Can you make sure that you give me a new trend post tomorrow? I want to post something in the morning. Just be natural. Tell exactly what you want to the AI. And here is the response. I’ve scheduled a daily trend posted technical marketing starting tomorrow morning. So it actually does the work just like a real person.

    You look for something that’s related to technology. You can talk to the AI, tell it tell it, tell it what you need and it will get that done. And when the content is ready, it will be delivered in the chat and you can consume it from the chat. You can take it and post it directly from the chat. And how do you do that? Well, we’ve got a special super special system for that. It’s very easy. There are two ways actually. The first way is you can if you want to automate everything you can connect your campaign to buffer. So when you click on business and you click on settings just click on next and here scroll down put in your buffer key and just save this campaign.

    And now you will be able to post from your chat to buffer. So, I’ve not connected any accounts to the buffer yet, but if you click on the share button right over here, you will be able to select your buffer channels and share to them. That makes it very easy for you to automate everything if you want to. But there is an even better way because we want to maximize your reach. And campaign builder is designed to use the organic behavior that the basic that all the social media sites want you to do. So you should be posting content that you have whether it’s content to your LinkedIn or Facebook or Instagram whatever you generate content for you need to post that content to your social media sites from your phone and that gives you the maximum AI reach. So to facilitate that what we’ve done is we’ve created an special app. So for every campaign a special app is created and you can install it on your phone by just clicking on install the app and there is a QR code that you can scan with your phone and put the app on your phone. So let me remind you every campaign gets its own special app. So if you are an agency provider, all you need to do is take this QR code, save the image, send the QR code to your customer through email or WhatsApp or any other way. They can get the QR, they can scan the QR and they can put the campaign on their phone and they will get automatic delivery of the content all done for them. You don’t have to move a thing and they will be able to post directly from your from the phone and you can charge a nice retainer getting them giving them a bill every single month. So that’s how easy it is and by the way the app name is branded by the campaign name itself. So it is absolutely white labelled for you. It doesn’t say campaign builders anywhere in the app. So that you can actually charge the way you want and you can even make it a personalized service or make it a service that you created. Now let’s take a look at the app and see how that will work. And there I am inside the Technic Force app. This is a special app created only for Technic Force. Just click on it and it’ll open the entire marketing campaign on your phone. And now you can talk to any team member just like you talk to them on the computer. So you can even do a group chat and you can review the work that they did for you. And if you need any work done, you can just ask like I need a post for X about marketing. Just put it there and the right relevant person will respond. If you if they need any other information, they’ll ask you like Twitter or X topic small business. And there you have it. The post is ready. If you want to change it for anything, you can change it. If you want to make any changes, you can. Otherwise, you can just copy it and post it to your X. So, right from your phone, just go to X. And now you can just paste it here. And that’s how easy it can be to make a post. Right now, you can do anything. You can ask for a video too or an image too. I want uh for example, I want uh an image business owner stressed. So, anything that you need on the fly, you can get it right away. So Amina is making the image. She’s our image expert. And there you have it. This is the stressed business owner. And you can similarly assign work for future on your phone too. Give me click force tomorrow at 5:00 a.m. So just assign the task and the relevant person will automatically pick it up and then give you the post tomorrow. So like look at this. Zan Moyo already pick up the post and they will give you the post tomorrow. So that’s how easy it is to work with a team member. Now, if you want to work with a special person, let’s say you want a meme. So, let’s go to Max. He’s the memester. And ask him for a meme. And you got some readym made options that you can select like create a funny meme about industry. Now, you can also put in your own uh stuff like create a funny meme about a sad marketer. And just click on go. And now Max is working getting you the meme. And there we have it. My marketing strategy is as effective as a screen door on a submarine. You got it within seconds, right? So, this is how your team can just get the work done for you. And these are all specialist just like your existing team, just like your real team members. And this is the content wall. It’s also available on the mobile. Anytime you want to pick out an older content piece that your team created and you want to post it or something, just click on view. And now you can copy it, download it to your computer, post it from your mobile phone direct to the social media site that you on that you’re on. Now remember your app continues working, your team continues working whether you are online or not. They continue delivering anytime you come in. You will find all the work done and you are ready to go with it right away. Coming back to your computer, you can continue monitoring the work and continue assigning work to the people to your team inside of the team chat or inside of your campaign. Again, it’s so easy. You can ask for information. You can even brainstorm with your team. For example, Kai, you can ask Kai

    and you can ask it what are you ask what are you working on just like a real person and it will tell you exactly what they are doing and when it’ll be delivered. So this is incredibly lifelike team work only possible through this modern technology called agent orchestration and it’s all a part of this new app campaign builders. All the work that you do is here. It’s delivered to your phone, auto posted using Buffer or manually posted by you. But that’s not all. You can even create recurring tasks for your team super easily. All of your team members just use the edit button and you can see the kind of tasks that they’ve assigned they’ve been assigned like how often do you want posts, the topics they’re using and you can change it any way you want. For example, if you want to update this to once a month, you can. And if you want to update this to twice a week, you can. And that way, same going for everyone, you know, like if you want a daily post, you can choose choose the periodicity you want. So you can modify the tasks given to any person and depending on what they’re doing. Like this is a meme creator. You can decide how many times you want to meme organically sent to you. This just makes your entire work autopilot. You don’t even need to go to your team every day and tell them, I want this done today. You can just give them a broad picture of what you want to do all month and they will just keep delivering the content to you and all you need to do is just log in with your app and get to work. And whenever you want to change things a little, whenever you want to shake up things a little, you can easily let a person go. Let’s say you want to change the promoter. You want to make the next promoter something different. You want to use the entropy engine to give you a new taste, new flavor, new style of doing work. Just fire the person, delete them, remove from your company and then recruit that same profile all over again. So you will get a totally new kind of person, totally new execution doing the work for you. So that way you can keep your marketing totally fresh all the time. Check this out. We have 100% fresh employee Diego Arbboa and he’s got his old new style of working and that will be different that will be different from what you’ve done earlier and that way again you can make your team totally totally different to vibe differently work differently and make your content fresh all the time. So this is how this is how campaign builders work and if you’re ready to automate your online marketing get access today and I will see you inside.

    Now how was that guys? Are you excited about automating your work, automating your team? Drop me a fire sign in the chat and if you can find the fire emoji, drop me a fire word in the chat and I will tell you more about campaign builders and I’m going to do a quick test actually of whether you were paying attention to the special parts. Drop me a fire in the chat if you love this product, if you love the concept, you if you can see the vision of automation and execution working together, of teams working together and you’re ready to get this going for your own company. We got Ken Sab with a big fire symbol. Joe with a big fire symbol. Russ is excited. And we’ve got Cruz. We got Desmond, Cheryl, WW, Carlos, Zippy, Steph, Sean. I think a lot of people, everybody found the fire signal. Uh, sci-fi fire emoji. Lindsay says, “Love it.” Dave, Todd, another fire emoji. Casper says, “Great.” Awesome. Guys, so I want to Okay, Jason, you made a little emoji, but it is a fire emoji. Now, I want to ask you guys, were you paying attention to some things that I’m trying to do with this product? The vision behind it. Can you see it? The first thing I built in there is the capability, what I call the entropy engine. So, when you hire a person, you know, you know how it works when you have a box of chocolate, every chocolate comes up different. The same thing with teams. when you hire people, every person is slightly different, slightly quirky and you can expect randomized results. Right now, I wanted to create that. I wanted to have that in the AI team because AI has been boring for me in that aspect. I’ve been using AI a lot, but it is not something that is uh I would say inconsistent and I can tell you inconsistency in in personality, right? in in mindset in thought process is something that’s cool. It gives you uh creativity and I wanted to incorporate that in our AI system in our technology. So we created something called the entropy engine. So every time you create a person, the AI does a randomization of the kind of person that it’ll create. It selects a random name, a random picture, but then it also creates a personality for that person. Right? That’s what you execute. uh that’s what you hope to get from teams. You want to get people who are different so that when they work together they can give you interesting and new fresh kind of output. So that’s number one that we try to do. Now the second thing, you can actually fire people. That’s right. That’s something different. You can fire an AI. You can hire a new AI. You can connect that AI to a different engine. Like let’s say you want to use Gemini. You can use Gemini with one of the guys. You can use Claude with another. Let them work together. Now think about that. Gemini and Claude working together to get you to the goal that you want to get to, right? No API keys needed. Somebody was asking me here, do I need API keys? Guys, you don’t because you don’t want to deal with the mess of Geminy, Claude, Croc X, all the different technologies, all the different AIs, we have them all in this product, right? Like for videos, we’ve got the best video AIS yet, right? We don’t tell you to use only GPT. For the text, we’ve got the best LLMs. For the images, we’ve got the best image AIS. We put them all together in one place, and you don’t need to bring in any API keys. Now the second thing that I wanted to I want to check if you uh if you paid attention to agent orchestration. Now I’m going to define it. I’m going to tell you how what that is and what it works like. But very quickly this is the core of that product. This is the I would say the glue that makes this product so unique, so fresh and so much fun. It’s agent orchestration. Now have you heard of agent orchestration before? Anyone who’s heard of agent orchestration, give me a I have in the chat if you’ve heard of agent orchestration before. I don’t care if you know about it, if you know what it means, right? I don’t care if you uh know what it does. Okay, some people Russ says from you, Richard says I have. Not yet. Lyn Dave has Desmond has. So yeah, I think more and more people Carlos of course I have. So more and more people have are are hearing about it and it is I think the next level of technology uh that’s coming up together in AI. What it does is it lets you have multiple agents that work on the same project and that work together. So one agent does one part, another agent does another part of the project. They submit information to each other and they try to get to the goal together. And why does it matter? Because you know what’s the process that we’ve been using to create content with AI? We start with a system prompt, right? What does the system prompt say? You are a visualizer with capability to visualize graphics for this and blah blah blah. Now go on and execute this. Right? So when you do that, you got a system prompt in, right? That’s the basic part of AI. The AI identifies as that person, executes like that person. Now you got to ask the same AI to give you some other sort of content. It’s still in that same mode, right? So that is the hard part. So when you have agent orchestration, you can have multiple agents with different system prompts with different mandates working together analyzing each other’s content. Like you can have an agent that just you know critiques the content of other people of other agents, right? So that kind of thing is really really helpful when you want to uh execute complex projects when you want to execute more than you know just one task right. So in this product I built agent orchestration because there are agents who are executing things together, who are planning things together, who are uh submitting information to each other, who are you know kind of like gathering information and making sure that whether it’s a designer, whether it’s a a social media marketer, whether it’s a whether it’s a journalist profile or a meme maker, they all have the right information and they all work together to execute your social media. That’s like real teams. The second thing I that I wanted to create was a pipeline of content. Now if you have this stop and go system where you always need to be on when you need to send a message, send a button, click a you know click a button or send a prompt to execute an outcome to create a content piece that takes time. That means uh you will have to make that effort every single day and even with you know uh automation it is not not the same unless you are you know able to get multiple things going together. So multiple agents automation that’s not been done yet. So with agent orchestration and autonomous when we combined it together you’ve got multiple agents automating themselves. So even open claw is just one agent right and you don’t cannot change the system prompt for every single thing that it does but with this technology with this system you got multiple agents with different mandates all on autopilot all executing for you so you know think about it it just creates a very different you know result when it comes to output and content creation so that’s these are the two technologies I’ve combined and the third tool the third important thing that it has is long-term memory. Now, long-term memory, I know, you know, uh uh this webinar is actually not been long. We’ve only been in an hour or so. So, long-term memory is when your agent, when your AI can remember everything that you said. So, there is, you know, I don’t want to be too technical because it can get really out of hand when I try to go into that direction. I can start speaking all sorts of jagged words and people will get like, “Wow, you lost me there.” So very very simply what we do is and it’s a simple idea we every time you send a message we try to note down the important bits you know this is how human memory works the boss gives them a hourlong speech your the team and the team remembers the important bits bits you know when the boss said this and it’s struck in the mind so using the same kind of technology to understand what your vision what your mandate is record it in a separate place and make it a part of the long-term memory so that you don’t need to come back again and again now I think Lind was asking me earlier or just informing us earlier that every time he uses co-pilot he has to uh give them a lot of instructions to maintain the consistency otherwise the co-pilot uh will create an image or create a pro create an outcome that looks sep absolutely different from everything else right and that’s irritating now with this technology it remembers how you want your content done so if you tell this AI tell the designer for example that I don’t want blue in my uh in my uh uh designs I like to see more of uh greens and yellows. That’s what you will get because you want to build your brand identity. Every campaign is for one business, for one client. They all they all have logos, they have vision, they have colors. So they can get the same outcome every single time. Right? So that is something definitely that will change the life. So all of these three technologies put together have made a completely autonomous system possible that lets you stop prompting and start automating. Right? true automation where things happen actually consistently without an hassle, right? And you talk to your team just like your real team. Now, I don’t talk to my team with a prompt engineering kind of a mindset where I need to write a paragraph to try to get them to deliver. I kind of just tell them, hey, can you give me a graphic on this or a social media post on this? And they execute it. And I sometimes I tell them, hey, tomorrow, please could you send me a post for X at 2 p.m. I want to make a post on X at 2 p.m. on this topic or, you know, uh just check the news tomorrow and send me the latest news, you know, tomorrow on this particular aspect of it or make a Instagram reel, whatever you want. You talk to your team like human beings. So that’s what it incorporates. you have team chat and solo chat because that’s what you do in the real world. Now I’m keep I keep coming back to the real world because I don’t want uh to create just another product with a lot of you know disconnection from how you operate with real teams. So again how do you work with a real team? Either you talk in a group setting you put them three of them together and tell them this is what I want this is my campaign or you talk to them one by one too. Sometimes you want to just talk to the designer and tell the designer hey could you give me a quick graphic, quick logo, quick something on this. they can get it done. And remember, your customers are even less, you know, interested in being technical than us. In this room, every one of us is a little more technical. We are advanced, but your customers, our clients are not so technical. They don’t want to be dealing with jargon. And this really simplifies their life. So imagine giving them a white labelled app. Now that’s one thing I wanted to draw your attention to. And I hope you were paying attention to this. What you can do with this tool is you can create an app, a mobile app that’s dedicated to your customer’s campaign. It will have your customer’s campaign’s logo and they will see their name only in it. Right? So, it’s kind of like white labelled for that customer. You can recruit clients. You can create apps for that client and you can just give them a QR code. Here is a QR. Scan it. Email them the QR code and they can install it on their phone. Anytime they want to do anything with social media, they can tap it, ask the AI to deliver it or you know you can set it up from your side and they will automatically get content delivered to their phone. The AI will do it on autopilot. But not just that, not just that. Sometimes if you want to mix things in a little bit, maybe you have something specific in mind, maybe you want to deliver some special content, you can take over, take control of an AI agent and post using that AI agent. So if there is some content that you want to push to the client, that is also there. Now, how how cool is that? Can you imagine implementing that for your business for your clients and imagine how unique, how, you know, amazing it is to just automate it away. but also be able to post when you want to post manually, right? That is absolutely something that your agency will love, right? Because it frees you up as much as you want to. So, this is built for agencies that want to scale without hiring. I start I that’s what I started with right in the beginning. I asked this room, how many of you are soloreneurs? And I got a pretty good response. So this is for all you soloreneurs out there who want to create an impact who want to scale up who want to be at the scale you know who want to look like they are big-sized agencies or want to execute bigsized projects take on clients without any limitations right your time should not limit you from taking on five clients or 15 you should be able to execute that using AI that’s what I have tried to achieve so again the white labeling the white label client app is a crazy crazy little thing that changes the game because your clients can Talk to your AI team like they talk to a real person. Get execution, get delivery, and also assign tasks all through the mobile app. And by the way, the mobile app can also be used on the internet on the on the browser on the computer, but mostly it’s for mobile phones. Give a dedicated campaign app to your clients. You control the campaigns, right? You’re the one who set it up. So the client will never never need to know about, you know, what you’ve put in. The secret sauce is yours. The posts are created automatically. They’re sent to you. You don’t have to set them up again and again, but you can post manually when you want to. The best thing that can happen to you happen in the outcome is you set it up once, collect and recurring retainer. Again, you can do this over and over and you can charge from $80 to $3,200 every month. These are US costs. If you are in a different market, think about, you know, rescaling it for your market higher or higher or lower depending on where you are. And even if you’re somebody who’s who wants to automate your own business, and I’m going to ask you this again guys, I’m going to ask you this question. How many of you would like to automate only your own business with this app? If all you want to work is for yourself and you want to automate only your own business, drop me an my business in the chat. I want to see how many of you are not running an agency or don’t want to be a soloreneur, agency owner and want to use this just for your own business. Drop me a my business. You got Terry, my business. Eve says my business. Zippy, my business. Sean says my business. So yeah, there is there’s a fair number of people who are trying to do this for your business yourself. Casper agency and uh we got Stephen mine, Dave Todd mine. Well, the technologies that I’ve been talking about can all be used for your business too. Yeah. Now I do understand you wouldn’t like to take control or you wouldn’t want to take control of an agent because that wouldn’t make sense to you. But all the other features are golden and they will let you create high impact content for your business without having to work on it. And again let me let me take you back to the demo a little bit. There are two modes using which you can post the content to your social media handles. The first mode is doing it manually through your phone. I know I want to know do you guys know why it makes more sense to post to your uh social media sites manually whether it’s Instagram or Tik Tok or Facebook or X anybody knows why it is better if you’re posting content to your social media sites using the phone manually if you know drop me a yes I’m going to tell tell you I tell you guys because I know a lot of you guys might want to know but if you know why it is better drop me yes in the chat Sean says says, “Okay, you give me the reason.” That’s even better. Sean Coleman says, “More personal.” Russ says, “The platforms like it.” Cheryl says, “Yes.” Well, Russ, you gave the secret away. It’s not even a secret. Here is what happens. The social media sites, every single site out there is reading every single variable. You know, they’re reading your IPs. They’re reading the devices that you’re posting from. They’re reading uh, you know, how much time you take to type the text. They’re basically monitoring you to the X level, right? They want more organic content on the platform. That’s what they’re looking for. They actually want people to go to their site to type out or to post to hit the publish button to upload the image because that shows them that this is an organic post. There is a human being at the other end of the device who actually made the effort to put it there. And it’s different when you are posting from a automation system, you know, an app where you don’t have to do anything. It just posts all day on autopilot and you have this little note note posted to X from buffer or something like that, right? Automation gives a signal to the social media websites that this is something that was done on autopilot. It doesn’t have a human effort. So the initial organic reach is lowered for them. Right? when you post things manually, you get a slight bump in the beginning of the post on the beginning of the organic reach and that is actually pretty pretty uh cool because you can uh this is important for small businesses. Now, if you are Microsoft, you can post through automation all day. It doesn’t matter. You wouldn’t give a you know a crap about it. But if you are somebody who’s trying to grow a small business, you want every single out, you know, benefit that you can. So, one thing that I did there is automate plus make it manual. Here is how it works. The content gets delivered to your phone. All you need to do is copy the content from your phone or download the image to your phone and then post it from your phone to X or IG or uh LinkedIn or whatever you’re trying to do. The next thing it could do is it can automate it too. So we have integrated Buffer. Buffer has a free level. So you don’t even need to pay for it. You can connect multiple social media accounts with buffer and you can give this app your buffer key and it will automatically post to your social media. Right? I want people to have control. I want people to have option. So all of you guys who only uh want uh to do things the I would say the better way. Even if it requires a couple of minutes of extra effort of copying and pasting and hitting the publish button, they can do that. And if you want to just fully automate it, you can do that too, right? So all your clients, this is not just for you, for your business of course, but also for your clients, they can do the automation to the level they want. So again, if you are a solo businessman, solopreneur trying to take your uh you know business to the next level. You can use the AI market uh AI workforce to deliver more content for you. The content gets delivered to your app to your automation system and depending on whether you you’re on the app you can see the content if you like it you can post it if you want to change you can tell the AI hey change this and give it back and they will make the change and give it back to you and you can post it then so publish natively from your phone I absolutely recommend it it’s the best way but if you don’t want the if you don’t want the team time then you can automate it deploy specialist you can we have an entropy engine that gives your every every hire a separate mind but you can change that you can update that so that’s up to you build an unforgettable brand right reach your audience whether you are operating in a smaller area or whether you are trying to appeal to a global market build a brand that people remember right because your content is out there and I’m going to and this is something you know I think again all of us know more consistent content is better for every social media platform you can’t stop after uh 10 days you know where you’re making three posts a day then suddenly for the next week you’re only making one or you’re making none. Don’t social media sites don’t like that. So you got to have consistency. So So do that with consistency using AI and automation. Again, get complete control over your brand and voice. You decide how your brand looks.

    Uh Sean, you you’re asking me you can just share from your own social media. I don’t uh really understand this question because you need to have the social media on your phone whether it’s yours or any others. You can also create memes. So I don’t know if you were looking at the profiles. It’s got multiple profiles out there. This has multiple kind of uh hirings that you can do. You can hire brand promoters. You can hire trend catchers. You can hire journalists. You can hire meme makers, video creators, you can hire you can hire customer response experts, engagement experts. So kind of like everything that a agency has, they’re all stacked. We have every single profile out there and you can hire people of all kinds including memes. You can create custom graphics on demand. So from your phone or from your computer, you can say, “Hey, I need this logo. I need this graphic. I need this social post.” It gets delivered to you. You get higher retention because we also have a journalist in there which is going to report to you the real time industry news. You can post it and it gets you better traction because this is often breaking and fresh news. People want to see that you can boost your viewership using short form videos which are autocreated and autod delivered to you. You can just straight away post them to your social media and it works for every niche. Every niche, every market, every single business segment out there. You can create a campaign targeting that niche. Customize the agents for that niche. Train the agents for that niche just by telling them what you want to get done over time. And the team just becomes more cohes cohesive over time. Because remember the long-term memory effect, it really matters if you are looking at the same team after 6 months. Just like human beings, when you hire an intern, they don’t know anything about your business, but you talk to them, you tell them about the mistakes they’re making. You ask them for improvements and over 6 months later, they just become very good at their job. And you kind of let them work with more automation, with more freedom. That’s the kind of work that happens this, you know, that happens in this team too with long-term memory. Every time you give it an instruction and improvement, it understands, it builds your profile, it tries to see what you’re trying to do and then execute on it with improved effort the next time. So that is really going to be amazing, right? Fun. It can be used on laptop too. Of course, of course, Leo, you can use it on laptop. The mobile app is a convenience feature that you can give to your clients or you can use on your own. But it’s not the only way to use the app. You can use it absolutely on the laptop. But if you’re not around your laptop, you can also use it on your mobile phone. Again, multiple AIs. I talked about that ear that earlier. Imagine Geminy and Claude and GPT trying to work and take you forward, right? We only use one at a time. But why can’t you use them all? Well, you can. And you can target any region, religion, uh any region, language or local culture, no matter where in the world, right? From uh Asia, uh right from I would say the from Japan right all the way to California. You can target any culture, any language, any region because that’s what AI enables you to do and we’ve got all the AIS in here and you can make content for every single platform out there. There is no limitation absolutely any single platform and we use buffer to post to all the platforms. So that gives you maximum compatibility, right? There is no API keys. There is no authorization. Now, one of the things that I’ve been disliking in the recent past and I think that’s the experience of many of your clients. Anytime you tell them, hey, in the security averse or security aware world, anytime you tell your client, okay, please authorize your Facebook profile to my app which is on my computer and this app they have not heard about. Nobody likes to do that anymore. People are paranoid and they should be. So they’re rightly paranoid about giving access to apps to their social media networks even if the app is benign, right? So in this app what we did was we we connected with buffer because buffer is well-known system for posting it only does one job post and schedule content. So with Buffer you don’t need to authorize any other unknown new app. You don’t need to authorize campaign builder separately. You don’t need to pitch to your client say campaign builders is safe. You can take my word and blah blah. Don’t need to do that. So that is important right. So drive organic traffic on autopilot. And if you’re ready to see the deal I know a lot of you were talking about hey I can you please go meet me the deal already. I need to go and you know I want to buy. Okay let me see the deal. So I’m going to show you the deal now. If you’re excited to see the deal, and it’s going to be a sweet one. Sweet, sweet one. Drop me a deal in the chat and I’m going to show you the deal.

    Carlos says, “Always deal.” You He’s You’re very fast with the keyword, Carlos. I like that. Casper says, “Deal.” Dave Todd, deal. Ken Sap. Bruce Leo Russ, sweet deal. Sean deal. Marcel says, “Sweet deal.” Now, Eve, deal. Oh my god, that’s a lot of deals. My all of my screen is filled with deals. I won’t keep you waiting any longer, guys. So, today you are on the first webinar. This is the first special webinar and I’m going to give you the sweetest deal on this product. Now, we have the all-inclusive version on this. The all-inclusive version gets all of the best capabilities of the product together in one pack, and that’s what I’m going to present to you today. You get Campaign Builder Elite, which is meant for solopreneurs. You also get campaign builders pro which is meant for agencies. So that’s an extra all the pro build pro uh level features are unlocked in this deal. You also get campaign builders reseller. Now I know that this product is absolutely something cool, something fresh and you want to have it. But also all the other people who are running a business, they also need something like this because there’s not a single business in existence that doesn’t do social media, right? And everybody wants to automate social media without putting in more effort. So this tool you can actually sell to other business in the reseller level which is included by the way and you can make money. So just as today you’re going to pay me to buy this product and I’m going to sell you this product. I’m the developer of course. You can then further go and sell this to other people. You can tell them I’ve got a special license, founders, you know, license or you know special deal, special connection with the company. We did a deal when the spee the tool was launched and I can offer you the tool for a special price and you can give them the same access that you got without paying us a single scent. So you keep all the profits. That’s a part of the of the reseller deal. And you get I can I will show you how much more money you can make through that deal. But you also get bloggy which is my automated blogging system. This is 100% uh automated. I know you know social media automation is great and people should do it. But what if you could also automate your blogging right? So this tool will automate your blogging. You won’t need to post a single blog manually. It understands your business and creates fresh content for you as often as you want. Posts it to your blog without having manual work done from you. So you can post it to your WordPress or any other sort of blog without having to do manual work. It’s got a lot of different integrations for every single platform. Then you also get call pro. Col is my product for inbound and outbound teleoling. So if you and this is something for good for small businesses. If you are an agency, you can sell this or you can use it for your own business. People can call you and they get handled by an AI receptionist which is very intelligent. The best technology is in here or you can create a marketing system where your AI will call your leads and qualify them even book appointments for you. It connects with Google calendarly and a couple other uh calendar systems that you can follow up on or it can send you transcripts. It can send you details of the call so that you know exactly what happened and you can take action based on that. So, this is again included in the all-inclusive deal. Very quickly, Campaign Builder Elite, it gives you 20,000 welcome credits. A single post might take 3 to 40 credits depending on the kind of post. So, a text post will take very few credits. A video post will take slightly long, but the campaign builders elite level gives you 20,000 welcome credits. You can create up to three campaigns because it’s for personal use. You can create up to 15 posts daily. Now, Campaign Builders Pro gives you 50,000 welcome credits. With 10X campaign, so you can create 30 with unlimited revisions and edits and so many more features. Now, with Campaign Builder Reseller, you can earn up to $9,800. I told you I would tell you how much more money you can make. So, today I’m not going to ask you even for a small fragment of $9,800, but I’m going to let you take a tool from me that lets you make up to $9,800. The math is simple. The math is absolutely simple. Here is the thing, guys. You know, I make quality products. The reseller lever never expires. So, you can buy the reseller today and you can start selling. If you sell all 70 licenses, I’m going to give you 70 pro licenses today to sell. You can easily sell them for at least $140. It’s very easy. Why? Because we are selling this for 164 per year. Now, if you wanted to make it a no-brainer deal, you could go to a client and say, if you go to campaign builder sales website today, you will find to get to the pro level, you have to pay a minimum of minimum of $164 per year because this elite plus pro subscription put together. I’m going to give you the same product for $140 one time, right? That’s absolutely a crazy deal, right? And this is going to be a wellestablished products just like all my other products, well-maintained. We are a fivestar company. I like to, you know, always emphasize that because we take care of every single tool that we create. We we update it with so much focus. We make it so much better over time. It just gets better and better. So you can sell these accounts today, tomorrow, day after, next month, the year after, and you get paid. So even if you’re able to if you even if you take the entire year to sell all 70 accounts, you can make $9,800 back from them. and you get all the money that you that you have invested today back in your first couple of sales and that that’s the best deal right now I told you about it. It’s an automation system for uh for blogs does everything on autopilot. Now there is also call can you already have call but a lot of people might not have call but all of you guys who have call or bloggy and want to use you know want to get this offer today I just want to remind you that you don’t need to worry about that you already have call am I paying for it no you don’t you’re not because you can claim any product from me without any problem so just let me know let my team know that hey I’ve got call can you please give me product X and I’ve got a lot of products guys I’ve got 50 products now and growing because you know we are we are a hardworking team and uh focused always on making cool products new products. So you can grab any product from me just tell my team can you please give me this instead of that and we will do it without any hassles. So again all you guys who got my products like call and bloggy get get something else and that’s perfectly okay. So powerful features in all-inclusive deal 10x campaigns unlimited revisions and edits advanced campaign customizations advanced and exclusive AIS only for pro people only for the highle people uh 50,000 welcome credits and uh 2 years of free upgrades right so you don’t have to pay for upgrades again commercial license that lets you recruit other people that clients and you can charge them a monthly retainer without any problems You also get 70 licenses that you can sell and profit from. I did the math for you. Get the money back in just two uh in just two sales. If you put all of this package together, you can actually you will actually have to pay $888 per year. And taking a basic lifetime of 3 years, that’s over $2,000 in value. And I’ve got the I’ve got the price in the next slide, guys. So, I’m going to reveal the price. I won’t uh keep you waiting much longer. You can get this deal today for only $297 for all inclusive with the reseller license, with the pro license, with the elite license, with with bloggy and call and you can absolutely automate marketing for yourself and for your clients. Now, if we also have certain upsells, certain uh you know, I would say boosters for you. Firstly, you can get 50,000 more credits. So, if you are concerned, some of you are concerned that I want more credits. I want to get maximum credits up front, you can get 50,000 more credits, $44. Plus, you also get the capability to create unlimited campaigns and unlimited posts. So if you want don’t want to limit your campaigns to only 30, you want to get unlimited campaigns and you want to get unlimited posts, you can just pay us $14 more and you get unlimited everything, right? Unlimited posts every day unlimited campaigns for all your clients. Recruit more than 30, right? Go up to 300 or 3,000. I would not stop you for just $14 more. So that’s another thing. And the third thing is sellers pack. I know some of you want to get to selling this product right away, right? You want to approach clients. You want to let them uh pay you. So, you need some some elements for that. You need to have a page where you can accept payment. Maybe you need to put your sales video. You can put your demo video. Maybe you need to have to send out some email. So, this sellers pack has everything. It’s got the sales video, demo video. It’s got the sales page done for you. It’s got a webinar. It will have the recording of this webinar. You can even use this webinar for your publicity. It will have Facebook post, X posts, emails, everything done for you, ready to go. You can just start selling immediately without doing annual any manual work, any setup. All you will need to do is put your buyer buy button on the page, right? That’s all. So, that’s also included for $29, right? And where do you get this deal? The link is on the screen and I think Swati will put this in chat so that you can click it and go to the go to the link. In fact, I will put it here very quickly.

    Okay. So, fantastic. So, Swati put it there. I’m going to pin it. In fact, let me see if I can pin it.

    Okay. So, I’m not on the right computer, so I can’t pin it. But since on the chat, so guys, you can go to the link which is in your chat or on the screen. It’s easy to type. You can type the entire website name slash the URL and go to the page or you can use the link from your chat and click on it and go to the page and get campaign builders. Start automating and start making campaigns for your client. Start letting them create automatic content. You know, start letting them use automated com automated content. Start letting them talk to AI team on the phone on an white labelled app that you can use without any hassles and you get paid every single month or use it for your own business. Create automated content delivered to you using multiple AI agents that work together to deliver content that is relevant and learn from you, learn from each other to create even better content. So that is what Campaign Builders does. If you get it today, I would appreciate if you drop me a a word in the chat so that I can properly welcome you to the family so that I can give you a big shout out and uh just, you know, uh give you a warm welcome to the campaign builder family. So again guys, I’m going to be here for a little while more. We have we spent like 1 hour and 30 minutes so far on the webinar and uh if you got any questions for me, if you have any questions about campaign builders, you have any uh you know uh things that you want to ask me, I’m here to work with you on the chat and show you every single deal and tell you all about the product. Now, one more thing. I know some of you are new to my brand. Some of you who are who’ve been here with me for a while, they know the kind of work I do. So, all of you guys who are new, I just want to show you a couple of things. Firstly, we’ve got a 30-day refund guarantee. So, all your investment today, every single uh, you know, dollar that you spend on getting uh, invest on getting campaign builders is 100% protected by our 30-day refund guarantee, which we stand by. It’s not a fake guarantee. It’s not something that we joke around with. For 30 days, you can use this product on my expense. Absolutely. Absolutely right. Here’s how it think how here’s how cool the guarantee is. For 30 days, you can use the product from my expense. You can start creating content. You can set up your campaigns. You can set up the campaigns for your clients. You can make all the content you want. You can spend all the credits you want. And if at the end of 30 days, you are able to come to me and say, “Hey, sir, I actually didn’t find value in the product. I didn’t find the money. I couldn’t, you know, I couldn’t really get back the money and I want to refund this uh, you know, and want you to cancel my access. I will cancel your access. I will refund you the entire investment you made and I won’t even charge for the credits that you spent on the app. Note that down. Even you, if you spend $10, $20, $30, I will not ask you to give me back that money. every single scent that you have invested in the product will be refunded to you without any hassle. I really stand by everything that we try to commit to uh you know we’ve we commit to in our in our uh business and that’s why all the cool people and that includes people some of the people in the room have given us such excellent ratings. So, if you look for our business, if you look for Technic Force on Google, you will see that we’ve got 4.9 stars on uh Google, that’s over 200 reviews. And on on Trust Pilot, we’ve got a rating of 4.7 stars. In fact, I I like to show that, you know, off in uh chat sometimes. So, just Google Technic Force Ventures,

    and you will see that we’ve got a nice 4.9 stars on Google. That’s from happy customers who love our products and also love the service, right? We don’t want you know customers to feel that they haven’t got the best value. So we always make sure you do. So you can see all the people who’ve been giving us good ratings for our support or for our products who are absolutely happy with the kind of products we create because that’s that’s what we do. We want to do quality work only and we don’t do any work that is subpar. So this is what we get in return. I really appreciate the kind words of all the people who’ve gone actually to the uh to the website like Google and made a review or people who are on trust pilot talking about our products. They help us grow. They help us take forward like you know once again techn force have come to the come to the four to rapidly resolve an issue because we have by the way 24 hours 6 days a week online chat support for all you guys. If you need any help with the the c with the product, we always take care of you. We make sure that you get the help. Now Dave is already in. Congratulations Dave and thanks for getting this product today and uh I would appreciate if all of you who get the product today. Uh drop me a word. I can see actually the sales on my phone and I see so many people have bought this product today already and I appreciate you guys. Thank you so much. But I would appreciate even more if you come in and drop me a word in the chat and say, “Hey, I got this today.” Right. Uh, Carlos says, “Seril and team are amongst the best in the business. I write it with no hesitation.” Thank you, Carlos. Uh, I really appreciate it. E has a problem with my rewards program. E, have you tried talking to my support team? They will help you very fast and I’m sure they will uh, uh, make sure that your problem is resolved. We’ve got Bruce Negro. Uh, did I say that right? I hope I did. Uh, Bruce Nigro. Uh, okay. So, Bruce says, “Uh, sir, hold on. Thank you. It scrolled past me. Let me see that. Thank you, sir. Amazing as always.” Carlos is in. I’m in Sirill. Thank you. I did not see the option to buy additional reseller accounts. Uh, Swati, can you please check that option to buy additional reseller account? We don’t have it on this one, do we? Now, but I get your I get your point. We should have it. So all right uh Carlos I will I will send it to you one by one one one to one I will have you that option. I know you love that because you get 99 more reseller accounts to sell. So we will actually it’s 140 more reseller accounts to sell. So I will get that happening. All right let me see the latest chat again guys. If you get me if you get the product today just drop me a word in the chat. Let me know that you’ve got it. And E says no one has emailed me back. E, you have my email address. If not, you can write to G at Technic Force. In fact, I’m going to type out my email address for you. Drop me an email. I will type my personal email address for you and I will look this up and I will make sure you get a pretty fast response. So, this is my email ID. All you guys, if you want to mail me, you’re always welcome to just mail me and and uh send me any feedback, any I I like to be accessible to my clients. I’m not away. I you know on the webinars we always have an interactive chat and I get a fresh you know feeling about what my customers are thinking how their experience was the last month and I appreciate that but also you know you can just mail me and talk to me and tell me what you are facing if you have any issues I will deal with that not a worry about it. Uh Lee says I’m I’m transcribing this is actually a plugin from the transcribing extension fantastically. Sean says, “Thank you, Siril. I’m all in plus some extras. Absolutely appreciate you.” Thank you so much, Sean. And I’m sure you will enjoy this product. You will love this product.

    Uh E says, “I sent you a message to your Facebook Messenger.” E, I’m not on Facebook much also on Facebook. Whenever you send a message to a guy who’s not directly connected, they go to the spam. I didn’t see a message from you yet, but I will I will go in and look at Facebook today and find your message. Again, the link to buy is on the screen and it’s also in the chat. Swati has dropped it. So, if you want to get campaign builders today, drop click on that link and take a look and and get campaign builders and drop me a message. If anyone here might wants to just refresh what content what campaign builders can do and you want to see a demo, I can show you a demo again right now. I will in fact play it on play it on 1.5x so it’ll it will uh finish faster. So if you want to check out the demo again just let me know and uh I will play it one more time. Casper says I’m in. Thank you Casper for getting it and I really appreciate your business. Welcome to Campaign Builders. Don’t forget to tell me what you create, how you use it. My email address is in the chat. Ken Sap is in. Hey Ken, thanks again for buying another one of my products. I think you’ve been on all my recent webinars and you got all my recent products. I hope you’re enjoying all of them and thanks for buying campaign builders too. I appreciate it. Uh Lee says, “Yes, please just join live.” Welcome, Lee. You can transcribe it. Uh you missed most of the webinar sadly. Uh but it’s okay. You can you can you can join the second live session we have. By the way guys for all of you guys if you want to join me again if you are if you joined in late maybe and you want to to uh experience the live webinar from the beginning once more or the first time please come to my next session which is at 10 a.m. EST and I will be talking again live uh and we’ll be talking about the product one more time. So, if you missed some of the webinar, you can see it live. We’ve got uh Captain Success demo for sure. All right, Captain. I’m going to play this uh demo. I’m going to go to YouTube and play it in fact because it’s going to be Sorry. Hold on. That’s my mother’s channel. Here we go. So, do I have it? Do I have the demo in here? I hope I do. Let me check. Campaign builds demo. So, I’m going to play it at 1.5x. Just a second. Let me set it up.

    In fact, in in fact, 1.65. I think that’s a perfect point.

    Hello and welcome to campaign builders, the ultimate software to automate your business using agentic AI. So far, you’ve been using AI like a prompt machine, prompting to get every outcome. So, whenever you need to create social media content, you go out there and prompt GPT. But now things are going to change because your AI will take over and work just like a human team delivering the content to you, letting you post it according to your own desire and let you work with your team just like you work with human team members. So let’s get started and take a look at campaign builders. Now when you get started, your console will have a number of campaigns like I have on my console. That’s how it should look. If you’re running an agency, you can create a campaign each dedicated to one of your clients, dedicated to each clients. And if you are promoting your own business and you’ve got multiple products line, you can create a campaign dedicated to each products line. If you scroll down on the dashboard, you will see things like the number of posts that were created, how many posts were created today. You can see all the posts that were created in all of your campaigns in one unified view. And to get into a campaign, all you need to do is click on the campaign name itself. If you want to create a new campaign, just click on see all and you can see all the campaigns that you’ve already created and you can add a new one over here. For our demo, I’m going to go into a campaign that I already created. Now, I’ve already got a bunch of team members here. These are all specialized agentic AIs and each of them does a specific task like Sam is a brand expert. Amina is all about customer engagement. John is into reporting. Kai is a videographer to create videos. So, lots of different people, everyone handling a different task just like a normal team. And you can recruit new people just by clicking on manage team. And you can see all the team members are here. To recruit a new team member, click on recruit. And you can see I’ve got already people like designers, engagers, reporters, videographers, promoters, meme creators, and responders, custom responders. So all of these are recruited. Now when I click on a a position that I want to fill like trend catcher, I can just click on view detail and the AI will use its entropy engine to create a high quality custom AI that works just like a unique person and behaves and has a personality that is distinct. Check this out. This is the new person that’s being recruited. And you can set it up according to your own wishes. If you want to change the bio, you can change the bio. If you want to regenerate the image, you can. You can choose what languages they work in. You can choose how often they will create content for you. So it can be daily, twice a week, once a week or as trends emerge, totally up to you. You should also be able to choose or you can choose where should they look for trends, social media, industry, Google, all the sources, right? And what type of trends they should focus on. So you can pick up absolutely anything you want and it will even tell you what topics to target. So you’ve got some ideas over here. If you want to change that, you can. Otherwise, you can just click on and add the trends that are relevant to your business or you can remove the trends that are not relevant to your business. If you want to add something new like marketing ideas, any topic you want, add and it will be added. So it actually does a lot of the job for you. So it recommended what topics you can target. You can change them as you want. You can change the display name and you can even control the AI that they use in the back end. So is it Gemini, GPT, Claude or Grock? You can choose that. And once you’re ready to go, you can click on add to team. And before I continue, I just want to tell you one little secret. The the people that you recruit are absolutely culturally connected to the to the company you set up, to the campaign you set up. So in this campaign that I have got going is set up in a region where you got a certain kind of people and if you set up the campaign in Europe or America or South Asia, Southeast Asia or Japan for example, the team members that you recruit will be accordingly of the same culture. The reason is that gives you maximum relevance, right? Click on add to team and now the team is done and you can see your entire team is set up and now you’ve got Niha Kapoor also as a part of the team. So let’s go back from here and look at the other stuff that we have in this. So I’m going to go back to businesses and I’m going to go back to techn force and how easy it is to set up the work, how easy it is to get work. I’m going to show you that in a second. Here is a little selection of the content that my team has been producing. You can see it’s been all kind of stuff. It’s been videos, images, short, uh, you know, content, text, memes, everything. So, here’s here’s a video for example that one of the videographers created. And similarly, you can see you’ve got like engagement or brand promotion of your products. So, all of that is done by different people at different times based on the mandate that you give them. And how do you do that? Well, it’s very easy. You can just click on this and this is like a chat exactly the way you talk to your real employees. You can talk to your current employees and they will do the work for you in this chat window. Deliver the work to you in the chat window. And of course, you can also see it on the wall. Let me give you an example like I can talk to a particular person. Just type at for example Nha is new. I can talk to her. Can you make sure that you give me a new trend post tomorrow? I want to post something in the morning. Just be natural. Tell exactly what you want to the AI. And here is the response. I should do the daily trend post marketing starting tomorrow morning. So it actually does the work just like a real person.

    You look for something that’s related to technology. You talk to the AI, tell it tell it tell it what you need and it will get that done. And when the content is ready, it will be delivered in the chat and you can consume it from the chat. You can take it and post it directly from the chat. And how do you do that? Well, we’ve got a special super special system for that. It’s very easy. There are two ways actually. The first way is you can if you want to automate everything, you can connect your campaign to buffer. So when you click on business and you click on settings, just click on next and here scroll down put in your buffer key and just save this campaign. And now you will be able to post from your chat to buffer. So I’ve not connected any account to the buffer yet. But if you click on the share button right over here, you’ll be able to select your buffer channels and share to them. That makes it very easy for you to automate everything if you want. But there is an even better way because we want to maximize your reach. And campaign build is designed to use the organic behavior that the basic that all the social media sites want you to do. So you should be posting content that you have whether it’s content to LinkedIn or Facebook or Instagram. Whatever you generate content for, you need to post that content to your social media sites from your phone. And that gives you the maximum AI reach. So to facilitate that what we’ve done is we’ve created an special app. So for every campaign a special app is created and you can install it on your phone by just clicking on install the app and there is a QR code that you can scan with your phone and put the app on your phone. So let me remind you every campaign gets its own special app. So if you are an agency provider all you need to do is take this QR code, save the image, send the QR code to your customer through email or WhatsApp or any other way. They can get the QR, they can scan the QR and they can put the campaign on their phone and they will get automatic delivery of the content all done for them. You don’t have to move a thing and they will be able to post directly from your from the phone and you can charge a nice retailer getting them giving them a bill every single month. So that’s how easy it is. And by the way, the app name is branded by the campaign name itself. So it is absolutely white labelled for you. It doesn’t say campaign builders anywhere in the app so that you can actually charge the way you want and you can even make it a personalized service or make it a service that you created. Now let’s take a look at the app and see how that will work. And there I am inside the Technic Force app. This is a special app created only technic force. Just click on it and it’ll open the entire marketing campaign on your phone. And now you can talk to any team member just like you talk to them on the computer. So you can even do a group chat and you can review the work that they did for you. And if you need any work done, you can just ask like I need a post for X about marketing. Just put it there and the right relevant person will respond. If you if they need any other information, they’ll ask you like Twitter or X topic small business. And there you have it. The post is ready. If you want to change it for anything, you change it. If you want to make any changes, you can. Otherwise, you can just copy it and post it to your X. So, right from your phone, just go to X. And now you can just paste it here. And that’s how easy it can be to make a post. Right now, you can do anything. You can ask for a video too or an image too. I want a for example, I want an image business owner stressed. So, anything that you need on the fly, you can get it right away. So, Amina is making the image. She’s our image expert. And there you have it. This is the stressed business owner. And you can similarly assign work for future on your phone too. Give me click force tomorrow at 5:00 a.m. So just assign the task and the relevant person will automatically pick it up and then give you the post tomorrow. So like look at this. Zano already picked the post and they will give you the post tomorrow. So that’s how easy it is to work with a team member. Now if you want to work with a special person, let’s say you want to meme. So let’s go to Max. He’s the meme star and ask him for meme and you got some readym made options that you can select like the funny meme about industry. Now you can also put in your own uh stuff like create a funny meme about a sad marketer and just click on go. Now Max is working creating you the meme and there we have it. My marketing strategy is as effective as a screen door on a submarine. You got it within seconds right? So this is how your team can just get the work done for you. And these are all specialist just like your existing team just like your real team members. And this is the content wall. It’s also available on the mobile. Anytime you want to pick out an older content piece that your team created and you want to post it or something, just click on view and now you can copy it, download it to your computer, post it from your mobile phone direct to the social media site that you want that you’re on. Now remember, your app continues working, your team continues working whether you are online or not. They continue delivering anytime you come in, you will find all the work done and you are ready to go with it right away. Coming back to your computer, you can continue monitoring the work and continue assigning work to the people to your team inside of the team chat or inside of your campaign. Again, it’s so easy. You can ask for information. You can even brainstorm with your team. For example, Kai, you can ask Kai and you can ask it what are you ask what are you working on just like a real person and it will tell you exactly what they are doing and when it’ll be delivered. So this is incredibly lifelike team work only possible through this modern technology called agent orchestration and it’s all a part of this new app campaign builders. All the work that you do is here it’s delivered to your phone auto posted using buffer or manually posted by you. But that’s not all. You can even create recurring tasks for your team super easily. All of your team members just use the edit button and you can see the kind of tasks that they’ve assigned. They’ve been assigned like how often do you want posts, the topics they’re using and you can change it any way you want. For example, if you want to update this to once a month, you can. If you want to update this to twice a week, you can. And that way, same going for everyone, you know, like if you want a daily post, you can choose choose the periodicity you want. So, you can modify the tasks given to any person and depending on what they’re doing, like this is a meme creator. You can decide how many times you want to meme organically send to you. This just makes your entire work autopilot. You don’t even need to go to your team every day and tell them I want this done today. You can just give them a broad picture of what you want to do all month and they will just keep delivering the content to you and all you need to do is just log in with your app and get to work. And whenever you want to change things a little, whenever you want to shake up things a little, you can easily let a person go. Let’s say you want to change the promoter, you want to make the next promoter something different, you want to use the entropy engine to give you a new taste, new flavor, new style of doing work, just fire the person, delete them, remove from your company, and then recruit that same profile all over again. So you will get a totally new kind of person, totally new execution doing the work for you. So that way you can keep your marketing totally fresh all the time. Check this out. We have 100% fresh employee Diego Arbola and he’s got his old new style working and that will be different that will be different from what you’ve done earlier and that way again you can make your team totally totally different to wipe differently work differently and make your content fresh all the time. So this is how this is how campaign builders work and if you’re ready to automate your online marketing get access today and I will see you inside. Well that was the demo on 1.5x. Do you guys listen to 1.5x videos all the time too? I always try to listen to videos in high speed 1.5x 2x mostly and save time that way. And uh again for you guys who watched the demo who wanted to see the product in action that was the demo. I hope you had fun second time around and uh you unlearned what the product can do. It is about agent automation and we’re using three breakthrough technologies to make it make it possible. Right? the three breakthrough technologies that actually make a product like this possible. I just want to highlight them one more because they are really really cool technologies that we were able to put together and make this uh the first one is agent orchestration and agent orchestration is when your agents are capable to work together right it’s not just one prompt AI that you’re prompting all day to get the results it’s multiple agents all with specific profiles working together to deliver results to you so that is agent orchestration and the second is an autonomous content engine content that be that gets delivered to you on autopilot all day. But again, all the content is coming from different agents. So, it’s uniquely designed, not just the same AI trying to send you the content uh in that looks like a cookie cutter content. Plus, you also have this new technology called long-term memory. Long-term memory whenever you give an instruction to the AI kind of like open claw this thing we we actually took from Open Claw, the inspiration for this. So it remembers what you said and then distills that then that you know uses that information to create future content. So this is the complete marketing system for I would say social media because it lets you automate your social media without having to worry about hiring people without having to worry about getting a lot of people to do the job. You can have actually the entire you know team done for you. So you can have the entire uh team set up for you. Actually I was looking for a slide that I had with uh which had all the different team members that you can hire. I think this one for example, you can have strategies, copywriters, designers, video makers, social media, every single theme person working for you. Sean uh says, can I have the copy of the presentation? Yes, Sean, a copy of the presentation will be available publicly and uh you can come to me after a few hours. In fact, to my team, they will give you a copy. They’ll give you a link to the copy. So it’s available publicly actually. That’s right. So you can create a complete team of social media marketers for you and you can also send it to your clients because remember this this app lets you create a white labelled client app. So you can make a custom app for your clients inside this product. You can create a QR code that you can send to your client. Then your client can scan the code and get a custom app on the phone that works only for them that’s only about their business. It even has the logo on it. You know, people would absolutely love it. Small business owners, you tell them, you know, here is a social media app that’s for your business. It’s absolutely customized for you. People love that because they love something, you know, that makes them feel unique and special. And it’s not just any other app. It’s their app which is on their phone with their logo. They get their social media content from it. They reply to the content and they get modifications. They can ask to get new sort of content. They can talk to the AIS just like they talk to the real people, real team members and get real outcomes. People will love that. Plus, it has automation and you can control the campaign. If you are the seller, you can even control the campaign. So, that sort of capability absolutely I have never seen in a product. This is absolutely fresh. It’s a breakthrough product for agencies. It’s a breakthrough product for solo business owners because you can automate your work, you can scale your work and you don’t need to have multiple employees to be able to do so. So very very quickly again the link to get this product is on the screen and uh if you get it today I would appreciate if you give me a shout out if you tell me hey I got it so that I can welcome you to the family. A lot of people got it today and appreciate all of them. And if you had a great ride on the webinar, if you enjoyed the webinar, give me a I love it in the webinar. Uh you know, I I give me I love it in the chat so that I know we had fun together on the webinar. You enjoyed the webinar as much as I en enjoyed presenting to you. Remember this was a live webinar. We talked, we asked, answer questions. Zippy says, “I love you.” Siril, I love you too, Zippy. That’s amazing to hear. So all of you guys, thanks again for all the love and thanks for attending this webinar. Thank you for spending so much time with me. Lindsay says, “I always love your webinars and hanging out with you and our community.” Siril, thank you so much, Lindsay. Ken Sap says, “I love it.” Captain Success, I love it. Thank you again for all you for coming in all you guys. Really appreciate it. We’ve spent quite a lot of time together and we’ll be back again later with a new product. But before that, Stuidi, I love it. Thank you Stuoski. Appreciate you Shubosidiki. I I of course I you know I I saw it clear. I saw the clear I saw the name clearly now. So again we going to have another live session at 10:00 a.m. EST time. It will be about 9:00 p.m. for me. I love the timing here in Thailand. It’s not that late in the morning. Sorry, not not that late in the evening and not that early in the morning. So, I appreciate that and I will see you on the next live session at 10:00 a.m. On that note, this is Sil signing off and I’ll be back again. Thanks again for all you guys who got the product today and if you still want to get it, the link is on the screen. Bye for now.

  • How to Start a YouTube Channel in 2026 Full Breakdown – Sara Finance

    In this video, I’m going to share the exact framework I’ve used to grow my channel to over 600,000 subscribers, allowing me to make over 300,000 a year just from YouTube ad revenue, over $30,000 a month from video sponsors, and make thousands of dollars a month through other income streams because of YouTube. By the end of this video, you’ll have a clear road map to start and grow your YouTube channel this year. And this will work for you even if you have zero subscribers, have no idea how any of this works, don’t know what videos you’re going to post, and don’t know if you want to show your face, or have a faceless channel. Now, let’s dive in. The reason 99% of beginners fail when starting a YouTube channel is because they have no plan and no blueprint to follow. They just post videos and hope for the best. Well, unfortunately, it doesn’t work this way, especially when the competition is only increasing. In fact, starting a successful YouTube channel isn’t simple and there are a lot of moving parts. So, if you want to succeed, you need to follow a proven blueprint from someone who has already done it, which is exactly why I’m here to guide you. And just to show you I know what I’m talking about, here are my earnings from last year. As you can see, YouTube paid me over $300,000 just for posting videos on their platform, which is incredible. Now, let’s start with step one, which is to pick a niche you’re passionate about. For me, that’s finance. Ever since I was young, I was always so fascinated with the world of money. And that drove me to create this YouTube channel and be able to run it sustainably without burning out. Trust me, if you create content around something you don’t like, it’s only a matter of time until you burn out. Now, what I want you to do is open up a fresh Google Doc and write down things you’re passionate about or experienced in, for example, fitness, personal finance, gaming, film, or DIY crafts. Then, from these options, pick one that aligns best for you. Your niche should also align with something that people are actively searching for, which means it needs to have some kind of demand. Preferably, your niche should solve a specific problem for your audience. Those who thrive long-term on YouTube are the ones that solve a pain point for people. For example, I teach people how to make money and thrive financially, which is a huge pain point. With so much competition, it’s hard to make it when you’re not solving people’s problems. You can solve any problem. For example, there’s the YouTube channel Movie Recaps, which provides concise summaries of movies, highlighting key points and resolutions in short, engaging format. It’s perfect for viewers who want to understand a film without watching it in full. And there you go, a big problem solved. You also have fitness influencers who help people look and feel better, beauty influencers who help with makeup application, and tech influencers who solve common tech problems and recommend products. As you can see, there are ton of problem-solving niches. Now, once you’ve decided on your problem-solving niche, the next step is to research and plan. When I first started my YouTube channel, one of my first few uploads got over 1 million views. And that’s simply because I just copied someone else’s format. For reference, here’s the video, passive income, how I make $30,000 a month. And I remember at the time a bigger creator made a video just like this and it went viral. So I just remade it, but of course with my own unique story and perspective and it went viral instantly and that video made my channel blow up. And so my recommendation is you go and find 20 to 30 YouTubers in your niche. Then look at their top performing videos in the past 6 months. Copy the link of the video, then add it to a Google Doc page. Once you have around 50 to 100 different videos on your Google Doc, you’re set. Now you can remake these videos with your own unique twist and personal perspective. For example, I could remake this video here where she breaks down her income streams, but instead I’d share my income streams and how much they make me. Now, the reason this works so well is because if there’s another video format that has gone viral, it’s likely yours will go viral, too. YouTube is all about creating content that people actually want to see. And so, this is a foolproof way to do that. And the more videos you make, the easier it will be to come up with video ideas. I know it may feel overwhelming when you first start, but you just have to start and you’ll learn as you go. For example, someone can explain to you how to ride a bike, but you won’t actually get good at it until you do it over and over again yourself. Moving on to the next step, which is to set up your YouTube channel. Setting up your channel is pretty simple. Just create your Google account, then head over to your YouTube channel. You’ll be able to add your YouTube channel name along with a profile picture, description, and banner. You can also add links to your other social media platforms and add your website. This can be changed whenever, so don’t worry about it too much. Now, I’ve already shared a lot of information with you, and there’s a lot more to come, but you might be wondering, how can I ensure this works for me and I actually become successful? Well, if you’re serious about building a successful content creator business, I recommend you join my coaching program. I genuinely believe it’s the best program if you want to go from zero to making $10,000 per month or more. Just imagine where you could be in 90 days from now if you had the exact strategies and systems I use to make over $150,000 per month as a content creator, one-on-one support from me and my team throughout the entire process, access to a community of like-minded individuals to support and inspire you. The amount of value in this program is unreal. Now, I can’t coach everyone, and this offer is very exclusive. I’m only working with serious individuals that want to scale to $10,000 a month or more. So, if that’s you, click the link in the description and fill out the application, and my team will reach out to you if you qualify. Now, once your channel is set up, the next step is to actually start posting videos. This is where most people get overwhelmed, but don’t worry, I’ll break it down for you step by step. Let’s just say your goal is to upload your first video. Well, now I want you to go to the Google doc where you listed 50 to 100 of your competitor’s top performing videos and just pick one of those to recreate. Once you’ve picked it, I want you to create an account with Descript, which a link in the description. This script will essentially convert audio and video content into edible text. So, you can just paste the link of your chosen video on Descript and it will provide you with the full script of that video. Now, the reason descript is helpful is because you can get the full transcript of any YouTube video and then be able to reference it while you’re making your own script. Yes, as a YouTuber, you will be required to script your videos. Almost every YouTuber you watch is reading off a script, including myself. I recommend scripting your video on Google Docs. So, open up a fresh Google Doc. First, you want to write what the title of your video will be and a thumbnail idea. Here’s an example. My title for this video is how I make $42,000 a month selling digital products. Just copy me. And I know this is good cuz I actually saw a video similar to this with the same title go viral. And here’s my thumbnail idea. Again, I know this works since I saw a creator do something similar. I always come up with my title and thumbnail before scripting my video because this is very important. You want to make sure it’s something people will click on. Even if your script is amazing, if your title and thumbnail suck, you won’t get any views. Once you’ve decided on your title and thumbnail, the next step is to start scripting your video. Now, you probably have no idea how to make a good video script, which is fair. There is a lot that goes into it, but I’m going to explain it as simply as I possibly can. With every script, you want to have an intro, body, and outro. The intro is essential as most people click off your video if it doesn’t hook them in and isn’t straight to the point. The only way to get good at writing intros for your videos is to just analyze other video intros. Your competitor’s top performing videos probably have great intros that you can reference. And since you have the full script on this script, you can reference that and format yours in a similar way. In terms of creating the body of the script, this is where you explain everything. And I do suggest you reference the script on Discript to create yours in a similar format. Once the body is done, you just create the outro and you’re all done. Your first script won’t be perfect, but the more scripts you create, the better you’ll get. Now, you’re probably thinking, can I use chat GPT to write scripts for me? And not 100%. So, you can use it to give you a format or structure to follow, but it would be hard to create a full script for you. For example, I can ask ChachiBT to write a YouTube script on how to become a successful YouTuber, and it’ll give me a few solid points. It’s not enough. So, I could potentially reference the steps from Chat GBT, but I definitely have to elaborate on each one and add information from my own personal experience. If you want to reference one of my YouTube scripts for my video that got over 200,000 views, I’ll link that in the description. And I hope it can help you out. Now, if you feel like you need support and guidance to become successful, I’d love to have you join my coaching program. Inside, you’ll find the exact blueprint I’ve used to scale my content creator business to over $150,000 per month. Plus, you’ll have my personal support and guidance every step of the way. So, feel free to apply with the link in the description below. Now, once your script is ready, the next step is to actually film the video. If you’re building a faceless channel, this doesn’t apply to you. and we’ll talk about the process next. But if you’re showing your face in your channel, then this is for you. When I started, I didn’t have a fancy setup. However, if you are able to invest in some gear, that can definitely help improve your quality and the chances of you going viral. In terms of equipment you need, I suggest you get a camera, SD card for the camera, microphone, ring light, tripod, teleprompter, and I’ll link all the equipment I use in the description if you want to check it out. It’ll take some time to play around with your setup, but once you test it out a few times, you’ll be set. Now, if you’re creating a faceless channel, for example, something like movie recaps, the hard part would essentially be editing. And a cool tool you can use is Pictory. It converts scripts or articles into videos with stock footage and animations. Limit 5 also turns text into video content automatically. You can also check out Deli 2 or Midjourney to generate custom AI visuals for your video. In terms of the voice over, you can use AI or use your own voice. Now, let’s move on to the next step which is editing your video. For a faceless channel, the softwares you can use like Pictory or Lemon 5 can edit the videos for you as they have an editing software built into them. But in a lot of cases, you may still have to edit your videos in a different software. And if you’re filming yourself on camera, that will also have to be edited as well. The two best softwares for editing in my experience are Adobe Premiere Pro or Final Cut Pro. I used to edit all my videos when I first started out and I did a pretty good job. It’s definitely not simple and it is a skill you do need to learn and there are tons of YouTube tutorials you can watch to get good at this skill or you can also hire an editor on Upwork or Fiverr if you wish. Now, moving on to the next step. Once your video has been edited and is ready to go, you now need to create a thumbnail. Remember what I said earlier. You need to reference your competitor’s thumbnails and make something similar as you know it’s likely to get clicks. Now, making your thumbnail isn’t too hard. You can use the software Canva to do so. You just need to play around with their drag and drop feature and pick from their different backgrounds and text options. Now, at this stage, you have your video title and thumbnail ready to go, which means the next step is to upload your video to YouTube. I’m not going to go through the upload process, but it is simple. You just upload the video in YouTube Studio, and you can add the title, thumbnail, and description there. Now, I just want to say that if you’re a beginner watching this with a tight budget, you can do everything yourself from scripting, editing, thumbnails, and uploading. Don’t feel pressured to hire anyone. In fact, when I started, I was doing everything myself. I didn’t hire anyone or spend any money until my channel actually started making money. Now, if you’re on a tight budget, you can definitely follow my approach and do everything yourself. But eventually, once you’re profitable and making money, investing in your channel is super important and can help you scale much faster. And if you’re watching this and you’re already an established business owner and are making a consistent income, then you might want to invest in your channel right now to scale faster. Now, let’s move on to the next step, which is extremely important, which is how you can make money as a YouTuber. There are six main ways you can make money. The first is through YouTube AdSense. You can enable monetization on your YouTube channel. Once you hit 1,000 subscribers and 4,000 watch hours, then you start getting paid for every single view you get on your videos. You can see in 2024, my channel made over $300,000, which is honestly insane. This is just from posting videos. Imagine getting paid to create content that you genuinely love. Honestly, it’s a dream. The second way you can make money is through sponsorships. So brands always reach out to me and can pay me anywhere from 15 to $30,000 for a simple mention in one of my YouTube videos. The nice thing about this is brands will just reach out to you via email if they like your content and it can be an easy way to make more money. The third way you can make money is with affiliate marketing. This is simply when you promote brand’s product or service to your audience and anytime someone signs up or purchases through your link, you make a commission. This is honestly a great way to make money since all you have to do is promote someone else’s product and don’t have to worry about anything else. I currently make over $50,000 a month with affiliate marketing and a huge part of that comes from my Sarah Finance personal brand on YouTube. Platforms like impact.com and clickbank.com are excellent places to find high-paying affiliate programs. Once you have a few solid affiliate links, you just need to create honest reviews or tutorials featuring the products you’re promoting. For example, in the description of this video, I have affiliate links for the gear I use to film my videos. And so, if you went and purchased something through one of my links, I would make a commission. The fourth way you can make money is by selling digital products to your audience. A digital product could be like a planner, artwork, any kind of template or online course. For example, if you’re good at cooking and people want to learn from you, you could create a digital cookbook using the platform Bookbolt. Or if you’re good at investing and want to teach people about that, you could create an online course using the platform Teachable. I currently make over $50,000 a month selling two different courses. These courses are truly valuable and something my audience has benefited from. Honestly, selling digital products is one of the best ways to make money as a YouTuber as you just create the digital product once and then you can sell it forever and make almost 100% profit from every sale. Now, the next way you can make money is by starting an email newsletter. So, if you ever get emails from a brand that’s promoting something to you, that means you’re subscribed to their email newsletter. And so, as a content creator, it’s very important you have an email newsletter so that you can be sending out emails weekly that promote your products and services. Think about it. If you had 15,000 engaged email subscribers and every week you were to promote one of your digital products or affiliate links, you could be making a lot of money. And think about it, the more email subscribers you have, the more money you can make. A great platform where you can host your email newsletter is ConvertKit. It’s easy to use and they have a free plan to get started. Now, if you actually want people to subscribe to your newsletter, you just have to tell them that you’re going to provide a ton of value and solve their pain points. You can also offer them a freebie in exchange for them subscribing to your newsletter. Now, the last way you can make money is through offering exclusive content or perks through platforms like Patreon or YouTube memberships. You can even offer consulting or coaching services. Honestly, as a content creator, there are so many ways to make money. The sky’s is the limit. And that’s why I believe this is the greatest opportunity in history to make millions online. If you need help starting this, I’d love to have you join my coaching program. Inside, you’ll find the exact blueprint I’ve used to scale my content creator business to over $150,000 a month. Plus, you’ll have my personal support and guidance every step of the way. If you’re ready to join, click the link below, fill out the application, and my team will reach out if you qualify. Now, let’s move on to the next step, which comes after you upload your first video, and that’s understanding the platform and its algorithm. The three key things YouTube looks for are clickability. Is your video idea, title, and thumbnail compelling enough to get clicks? Watch time. Does your content keep viewers engaged from start to finish? Viewer satisfaction. Do viewers feel like they got value from your content? If your video has these three things, there’s a high chance it’ll do well. And if you’re referencing other viral videos to get your ideas, then you should be good. When I started my channel, I thought posting consistently was enough. But it wasn’t until I started analyzing what worked and what didn’t. And that’s when I started seeing success. I test different formats, titles, and thumbnails, and I saw my views grow from hundreds to thousands to millions. One of my biggest breakthroughs was the video, How to Become a Millionaire: The Truth No One Tells You. The title, thumbnail, and content all aligned to deliver value and intrigue. Now, let’s talk about optimizing your content. In order to do this, you have to think like a viewer. What makes someone stop scrolling and click? For me, it was understanding human psychology. Titles that create curiosity, thumbnails that stand out, and hooks that immediately grab attention are all critical. For example, in one of my videos, I used the title, “Seven AI tools that will make you rich in 2025.” This piqu curiosity as AI tools and making money are trending topics, so people click to see what I had to say. And the content delivered value by providing some of the best ways to make money using AI. Now, if you really want to make it on YouTube, my biggest piece of advice is to stay consistent, even if you’re not getting results. Because I promise, you’re just one viral video away from changing your entire life. Seriously, all it takes is just one viral video for your entire channel to blow up. So, I recommend you upload one video every week. But make sure this upload is your best quality because with YouTube, it’s quality over quantity. It’s better to upload two highquality videos a month than four that aren’t that great. This is because if you’re always posting poor quality videos, people are going to notice that and they’re going to no longer come back to watch more of your videos. One thing that helps me stay consistent with YouTube is to batch content production. So, I’ll script four videos all at once and then film them all on the same day. This saves me so much time and helps me stay consistent. Now, once your channel starts making a consistent income, the next step is to focus on scaling and automating the business. An AI tool you can use to help is Video.AI, which automatically creates short clips from your long- form YouTube content, making it easier to repurpose your videos for Tik Tok, Instagram reels, and YouTube shorts. And you can use a platform like Buffer to schedule your social media posts to be much more efficient. Now, you’re probably wondering, if I just want to be a YouTuber, do I also need to post on other platforms? And the answer is yes. I recommend you do because you’re not just a YouTuber, you’re a content creator, and it’s important you create content for all platforms. You don’t have to start this right away, but you definitely should eventually. I do have a full tutorial on how to become a content creator. I’ll link that video in the description if you want to check it out. Now, to really take your business to the next level, you can’t be a one-man show forever. And so, you’ll need to hire freelancers who can script, edit videos, create thumbnails, and manage your email inbox. You can find freelancers on Fiverr or Upwork, and even hire friends and family if they’re skilled. I honestly didn’t start hiring people until after my first year of being a YouTuber. However, if you decide you want to scale fast and you’re already seeing results, then, you know, you can definitely start hiring right away. It honestly all just depends on your budget and how much you want to invest. If you absolutely hate editing and just want to hire that out right away, then go for it. Honestly, just do what feels right for you. I know starting a YouTube channel can feel overwhelming, especially if you’re starting from scratch. That’s exactly why I created a coaching program to guide you step by step in building a successful YouTube channel. I’ve poured my heart into this program over the past year and I’m beyond excited to share it with you. Inside you’ll find the exact blueprint I’ve used to scale my content creator business to over $150,000 a month. Plus, you’ll have my personal support and guidance every step of the way. And guess what? When you upload your first YouTube video, I’ll be there to support you and provide feedback in real time. My goal is to help you hit consistent $10,000 months and then scale from there. This is a rare opportunity to work closely with me and fasttrack your success. If you’re ready to join, click the link below, fill out the application, and my team will reach out if you qualify.

  • How I Made $343,000 In 90 Days Selling Digital Products Full Blueprint – Sara Finance

    I made $343,000 in just 90 days selling digital products. And in this video, I’m breaking down my entire step-by-step strategy so that you can do the same. If you watch this video all the way through, you’ll know exactly how to set up your own digital product business from scratch and potentially start earning $10,000 a month or more. I genuinely believe this is one of the biggest opportunities of our generation, and it’s creating new millionaires every single day. So, you do not want to miss out. Let’s get into it. Okay, before I reveal my full [music] strategy, let me quickly show you proof that I actually made 343K in just 90 days selling digital products. Here’s a look at my Shopify dashboard. I sell my digital products, specifically my affiliate marketing and drop shipping courses through Shopify. And as you can see, I brought in $343,000 [music] in just 3 months, which is absolutely insane. These were actually my highest months ever, and it all happened because I made one simple change to my strategy, which I’ll be sharing with you in just a bit. Selling digital products is one of the best ways to make money online. It’s easy to set up. You don’t need any upfront capital, and you get to keep 100% of every sale. That said, the space is getting more competitive. So, I recommend taking advantage of this once-ina-lifetime opportunity now before it becomes too saturated. Now, I’m going to walk you through the sevenstep process. I followed to make $343,000 in just 90 days. So, you can copy my strategy and start seeing results for yourself. Let’s get into it. The first step in my strategy is understanding that in order for this to work, you need to become a content creator. As you probably know, I’ve been creating content for the past 5 years, and it’s the number one reason I’ve been able to consistently sell digital products and grow my business. Essentially, this means you’ll need to create content across platforms like Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, and Pinterest to drive traffic to your digital product and make sales. Now, don’t worry. You don’t have to show your face if you’re not comfortable with that. You can still be incredibly successful as a faceless content creator. That said, if you’re comfortable being on camera, I do recommend going the on camera route. It helps you build trust faster, connect more deeply with your audience, and ultimately make selling your digital products a lot easier. But if you value privacy or prefer to stay behind the scenes, the faceless route can work just as well as long as you’re providing real value and showing up [music] consistently. Now, let’s move on to the next step, choosing your niche. Start by listing out your passions and skills, [music] things you genuinely enjoy or have experience in. This could be anything from fitness to personal finance, cooking, relationships, or gaming. For me, that’s business and finance because I love it and I have real experience in it. But here’s the thing. You don’t need to be an expert in your niche. As long as you know you have some knowledge and you’re willing to learn more, you’re good to go. Here’s the key. Your niche needs to solve a real problem or fulfill a strong desire. That’s what makes it profitable because people pay for solutions. Ask yourself, what is a problem someone has in my niche? And how can I help solve it? Think about it. Every time you buy something, it’s usually because you had a problem or a need and that product felt like the solution. Whether it’s a fitness plan to lose weight, a budgeting template to save money, or a course to learn a new skill, people buy solutions. That’s exactly how your digital product should work. Someone should see it and immediately think, “This is what I need.” Now, I want you to open up a Google Doc or grab a notebook and write down two things. The niche you’ve chosen, the specific problem you plan to solve in that niche. This part is super [music] important. If your digital product doesn’t solve a clear problem, it’s going to be really hard to get people to buy it. So, take a few minutes to write it out. Your niche and the problem you’re solving. This is the foundation of everything you’ll build next. For example, let’s say the niche I’ve chosen is investing. And the problem I’m solving is helping beginners start investing so they can build wealth and [music] become financially free. Now that you’ve identified your niche and the problem you’re going to solve, the next step is [music] to make sure there’s demand before you move forward. Here’s a simple way to check. Go on Tik Tok [music] or YouTube and search for the specific problem you’re solving. If you see lots of creators making content on that topic and those videos have strong engagement, so [music] likes, comments, views, that’s a good sign. It means people are already interested. They’re searching for solutions and there’s a real audience out there. [music] If content about the problem is doing well, there’s a high chance your content and digital product will do well, too. Once you’ve confirmed that there’s demand, now the next step [music] is to figure out what digital product you’re going to sell. You could sell ebooks, online courses, softwares, templates, [music] journals, notebooks, and the list goes on. For example, if you’re into fitness, you could consider selling courses or workout plans. Or if you’re great at investing, then you can create an investing course and sell that. Or if you love productivity, you could sell calendars, journals, or courses. One tip I have is to look at what [music] digital products sell best in your niche. For example, if you pick the fitness niche, search on Google fitness digital products, and you’ll see a ton of options come up. You could look at some of the biggest fitness content creators and see what digital products they’re selling. And this will give you an idea of what you can sell that is currently in demand. And if you’re stuck, you can literally ask Chachi PT, [music] “Hey, I’m in the fitness niche. What are some profitable digital products I could sell? Boom. You’ll get a ton of ideas in [music] seconds. From my experience, online courses make the most money. Think about it. Online courses can sell anywhere from $100 to $1,000 or even more. If you sell a $500 course [music] and 100 people buy it in a month, that’s $50,000. I’ve seen people sell courses on how to cook, how to improve your [music] appearance, how to sleep better, how to grow on social media. The possibilities are endless. Your course can [music] be a video course or a textbased course, whatever is best for you. I personally sell video courses where I break everything down into modules and walk people through my exact step-by-step [music] process so they can follow along and get results. That said, you don’t have to sell an online course if that’s [music] not your style. There’s plenty of other digital product options to explore like ebooks, Canva templates, notion templates, digital art, [music] workout plans, meal plans, meditation guides, digital patterns, and the list goes on. You have so many options. If you’d like more ideas, I’ve created a free PDF with a list of the most profitable digital products to sell. I’ll link it in the description so you can check it out. You’ve already learned a lot and there’s more to come, but maybe you’re thinking, “How do I actually make this work for me?” Sure, you could go and try and figure it out on your own, but most people who do that waste months on the wrong things, make expensive mistakes, quit when it gets hard. That’s why I created the content creation program. It’s the exact system I use to scale from zero to $150,000 per month, and it’s helped students like Nick make $25,000 in 90 days and Anthony hit consistent $5,000 months. Whether you’re on camera or faceless, this gives you a clear road map to $10,000 a month with digital products, plus affiliate marketing, YouTube, and brand deals. If you’re ready to start earning a full-time income online, click the link in the description and join the content creation program today. All right, next up, I’m going to show you how to actually create your digital product. If you’re creating something like an ebook, journal, notebook, planner, template, digital art, or graphics, you can easily design it using Canva. Just create a free Canva account and search for the type of product you want to make. For example, if you search planner, Canva will show you tons of pre-made planner templates. You can pick one and start customizing [music] it to match your brand and style. If you need some inspiration or want to see what’s selling, go on Etsy and search for the type of digital product you’re creating. You’ll find best selling examples that can help you get a better idea of how to format and design your own. Once you’re done creating your digital product in Canva, just download the file and boom, you now have a digital product ready to sell on your storefront, which we’ll talk about soon. [music] Now, if you’re creating an online course like I did, process is a little different. There are two main types of courses you can make. First is a video course and second is a textbased course. [music] Let’s start with the video course. This is where you film yourself explaining each lesson step by step. You can either use a camera or simply record from your laptop and share your screen if you’re doing tutorials or walkthroughs. It can take a bit more time to create a video course because you need to script and record each lesson. Then you’ll probably want to edit the videos so they’re clean and easy to follow. I use tools like Final Cut Pro and Adobe Premiere Pro for editing. But if you’re just starting out, free tools like iMovie or Cap Cut work, too. This is the route I personally take for all my courses cuz I like to be able to [music] explain things in detail and walk people through my exact process. If you don’t want to be on camera, you can also create a textbased course. This is much simpler. Write out your lessons in Google Docs. Break everything down step by step. Add visuals or screenshots if needed. And once you’re done, download it as a PDF. It’s basically a written guide that students can follow at their own pace. I’ve dedicated a whole part of my new content creation program to going so much deeper into how to create your digital product. So, if you’re interested, I’ll leave a link in the description. Now that you know how to create your digital product, let me show you the easiest way to sell it. I highly recommend using Stand. It’s hands down the best platform for creators, coaches, and digital entrepreneurs to launch and sell their products online. [music] Stand is an all-in-one storefront where you can sell digital products, courses, [music] templates, coaching, calls, services, and even send newsletters all in one place. It literally replaces platforms like Kajjabi, Calendarly, and Linkree. So, you don’t have to pay for a bunch of different services. And the best part is you can launch your Stand Store in under an hour and don’t need to mess with a bunch of tools or tech stuff. Here’s how simple it is to sell a digital product on Stand. First, sign up to Stand. You can use the link in the description to start with a free trial. Click add product and choose a type of digital file, course, calendar, booking. You get the idea. Upload your digital product, like an ebook, template, [music] or video course. Write a short product description so people know what they’re getting. Set your price and boom, you’re ready to sell. Now, you can share your standtore link in your bio, email list, YouTube description, wherever. Literally within an hour, you could have your first digital product ready to sell without needing a website, tech setup, or anything complicated. If you’re ready to launch your first digital product and start making money online, I highly recommend you check out Stand Store. I linked it in the description if you want to try it for free. Once your digital product is ready and your Stand store is set up, time for the most important part, marketing it. If you’re not creating content to promote your digital product, you’re not going to get sales. Marketing is everything when it comes to making consistent income online. But before you even start posting, it’s a good idea to create a brand name or identity that people can recognize. For example, I go by Sarah Finance because I create content around money and business. And that name has now become part of my brand. So, think about what you want to be known for and choose a name that reflects that. Now, let’s talk about how to actually become a content creator and [music] start getting your product in front of the right people. First, you should look at successful creators in your niche and see which of their videos are performing the best. Use their high-erforming content as inspiration to create your own unique spin on the idea. This is essentially how I get most of my ideas, even right now as a big content creator. Luckily, there are probably thousands [music] of content creators in your niche that you can get ideas from. My suggestion is you open up a new Google doc and put 50 to 100 links of videos that went viral on your competitor’s accounts. [music] This way you can come back to these videos later on and remake them with your own unique twist. [music] Importantly, tools like Chat GBT, Perplexity, and Claude are incredible for brainstorming content ideas. You can literally ask ChachiBT, [music] “Can you give me YouTube video ideas similar to the ones on Sarah Finance’s channel and boom, you’ll get a full list of ideas you can start with.” At the end of the day, the [music] best performing content is the content that solves a problem. If your videos speak directly [music] to your audience’s pain points and offer real value or solutions, you’re going to stand out from the crowd. Just build trust with your audience and naturally, [music] you’ll be able to drive more sales to your digital product. Because people buy from those they trust and the easiest way to build trust is through content that actually helps them. Think about it. All the content on my YouTube channel is focused on solving people’s problems and educating them on topics like affiliate marketing, content creation, uh, e-commerce. And that’s exactly why I’m able to make consistent income from my digital products. I’ve dedicated an entire section of the content creation program to showing you exactly how to market and sell your digital product. If that’s something you want help with, the link is in the description. Now, you might be wondering, how do I actually create my content? Let’s start with short form video content. This includes Tik Tok, Instagram reels, [music] and YouTube shorts. If you want to go the faceless brand route, there’s a few easy ways to create content without showing your face ever. In video AI is a great tool I recommend. All you have to do is give a detailed description of the video you want to make, and it’ll generate a fully edited [music] short video in under 2 minutes. You can also use Cap Cut or iMovie to edit videos using stock footage, voiceovers, or onscreen text. Another method I’ve seen is creators filming their own content but keeping their face hidden, which works surprisingly well if you want a personal touch without being on camera. If you’re taking the personal brand route, your content will look very [music] different since you’ll be the face of your brand. When I first started in 2020, I just used my iPhone to film Tik Toks and Instagram reels. And honestly, that’s still all you need today. You can record yourself speaking directly to the camera. Use B-roll [music] clips of you doing something while adding text or a voice over. And you can edit your videos right inside the Tik Tok or Instagram app. Or use Cap Cut if you want more advanced edits. For your first 30 uploads, you can just [music] remake videos that have already gone viral in your niche. This is why I suggested earlier to create a Google doc with 50 to 100 links to your competitor’s [music] top performing videos. Now you can use that list as your content road map and put your own unique twist on the idea. This strategy is super effective for growing fast and learning what works. Now when it comes to Pinterest, the approach is completely different. Here you’ll be posting images that link to either your long YouTube videos or directly to your product page. It’s actually really simple. Use Canva templates to [music] create Pinterest graphics. It takes less than 2 minutes to design. And again, just look at what’s already working. So, search Pinterest for your niche and see what kinds of pins are getting the most clicks. If you want a deeper Pinterest walkthrough, I’ll link my Pinterest video in the description below that you can check out. Creating long YouTube videos is where things get more challenging, but also more rewarding. If you’re interested in long- form YouTube, I actually made a full step-by-step YouTube tutorial that walks you through everything from scripting to thumbnails. I’ll link that in the description for you as well. Now, if you truly want to be successful and make consistent sales, you need to post every single day. When I first started, I was posting one video a day on Tik Tok and Instagram, posting daily Pinterest images, and uploading two to [music] four YouTube videos per month. Yes, it sounds like a lot, and honestly, it is. But what made it manageable for me was batching my content. Here’s how I do it. [music] I take one day each week to plan all my content. Then, I take another day to film everything in one go. Batching helps you stay consistent, save time, and avoid burnout. Once you get into a flow, it becomes way easier to keep showing up and growing your audience. Look, by now you’ve seen what’s possible. And if you’re still watching this, deep down you already know content has the power to change your life. The only question is, are you going to keep trying to figure it out all on your own? Because without a clear road map, you’ll waste months or even years spinning your wheels, making costly mistakes, or giving up when things don’t work right away. That’s exactly why I created the content creation program to give you the exact system I use to scale to $150,000 per month and to help people like you start earning $10,000 a month and beyond. My student Nick followed my exact system and in just 90 days, he made his first $25,000 online from his digital product. Then there’s Anthony, who’s now consistently earning $5,000 a month after putting the program into action. Their success didn’t happen by chance. It happened because they had the right system, support, and structure. So, if you’re done watching everyone else win online and you’re finally ready to start getting paid from your content, click the link in the description and join the content creation program

  • How I Earn $500/Day Selling Digital Products with Stan Store Full Breakdown – Sara Finance

    I’m going to show you the exact plan I’d follow for the next 30 days to go from zero to $500 a day selling digital products, even if I had no experience, no audience and was starting completely from scratch. And if you’re skeptical, here’s some proof. I’ve made over $2.6 million in profit selling high ticket digital products on Shopify. This isn’t luck. It comes down [music] to a simple five-step system that I’m about to walk you through so you can start seeing results as soon as today. Now, to put things in perspective, to make $500 a day, you only need to sell two digital products at 250 or just one product at 500. That’s it. And I promise it’s a lot simpler than it sounds. If you can just get one to two customers per day, you’re set. And this five-step plan will show you exactly how to do that. Before we even create your digital product, you need a place to sell it. And the fastest way to do that is by setting up a stand store. This is your digital product storefront. It’s where your customers will go to buy once you’re ready to launch. Setting it up takes less than 30 minutes and you don’t need to know anything about coding or websites. It’s literally drag, drop, and done. Just to give you a quick visual inside my own stand store, I just click my store, hit add product, choose digital product, write a quick description with AI, set the price, upload the digital product, and that’s it. Super simple. Even if you’re starting from scratch, having your store ready ahead of time gives you momentum. So, go ahead and set it up. I left the link in the description so you can try it out for free. We’ll come back to Stan Store later in the video so I can show you exactly how I customized mine step by step. Next, let’s talk about what you’re actually going to sell. Remember, our goal is to make $500 a day. That means we’re aiming for a high ticket product, which is something you can sell for $200 to $500. So, you only need one to two buyers a day to hit your goal. The best product to start with is an online course that solves a real problem. People are more than willing to pay two, $30, or even $500 if your course helps them fix something they’re struggling with. So, here’s what to do next. Think about a problem you’ve solved in your own life. Something you figured out that other people still struggle with. You don’t need to be an expert or have a huge following. You just need to be a few steps ahead of someone else. For example, if you lost weight and kept it off, you can teach that. If you figured out how to make money with a side hustle, you can package that up. If you’re good at skincare, relationships, organizing, content creation, anything, there’s a digital product you can build around that. Remember, you’re not just selling information. You’re helping people solve major problems in their life. That’s what people are willing to pay a lot of money for. So, here’s your action step. Open a Google doc and write down these two things. the niche or topic you want to focus on and the specific problem you’ll help people solve in that niche. Now, before you start building your product, let’s actually make sure it’s something people are willing to spend $200 to $500 on. This step is all about validation so you don’t waste your time creating something that’s hard to sell. Here are two quick ways to confirm your idea has high ticket potential. So, first, research the competition on YouTube, Insta, and Tik Tok. Look for people selling similar digital products. Are they charging 100, 300? If others are making money in that space, it means there’s proven demand and you can absolutely do the same. Next, you can also use chatbt to test your offer. So, you can literally ask, “Can you help me come up with a digital product offer around your topic that solves your problem? Make sure it’s valuable enough to be sold at $300 to $500.” Chachi Boutique will then give you a solid framework to package your idea into a high value offer. For example, let’s say you lost 30 lbs without counting calories. You could ask Chachi BT to help you turn that into a $300 course teaching your exact method with your lessons on your routine, mindset shifts, meal plan, and how to stay consistent. That’s a digital product people would gladly pay for because it solves a real problem. Now, just make sure you’ve clearly identified what your digital product is and the problem it’s solving. For example, I’m selling a $300 course that helps people lose weight without counting calories. I’m creating a $500 course that teaches beginners how to start a side hustle using AI tools. Or I’m selling a $400 course that teaches students how to budget, save money, and build credit. Just keep it simple, specific, and focused on solving one clear problem. That’s what makes a product valuable. Now, let’s dive into how to actually create your course. The first step is to map out a simple outline and script your lessons. Don’t worry, it’s way easier than it sounds. To get started fast, type this exact prompt into chatbt. I want to create a digital course for your niche that helps people solve specific problem. Can you outline the course into four to six modules each with three to five lessons? Please keep it beginner friendly, step by step, and focused on delivering a clear transformation. Chat GPT will then instantly give you a clean structure to follow. Each module should focus on one main phase of the transformation. And within each module, your lessons will walk through the exact steps someone needs to take. Once your outline is ready, start scripting your lessons. You can use chate here too. Just ask, can you help me write a video script for module one, lesson one based on this outline, and boom, you’ll have the entire lesson ready to go. So, you can use chat GBT to script each lesson for you, which will be a great starting point. However, make sure you tweak it with your own insights and experience. Once your course is fully scripted, it’s time to bring it to life. This is where you record your lessons and get everything ready to upload to your stance store. Start by creating simple slides using Canva, Keynote, or Google Slides. Here’s all you need on your slides. Just clear headlines, bullet points, optional visuals, or screenshots to help explain concepts. Now, this definitely takes a lot of time. So, if you’re lazy like me and want something that’s quick, you can use Gamma. Gamma is a presentation tool that helps turn your core scripts into clean, beautiful slide decks instantly. It’s powered by AI, so you can literally paste your lesson script and Gamma autogenerates stunning slides for you. It definitely saves you a lot of time and you can try it for free using the link in the description. Now, once your slides are ready, it’s time to record each lesson. I recommend using Loom so you can screen record while walking through your presentation with your face in the corner to make it feel more personal. But if you’d rather stay faceless, no worries. You can simply do a voice over without showing your face. I’ve already shared a lot with you and there’s more to come. But you might be wondering, how do I actually make this work for me? Well, if you’re serious about building a profitable digital product business, I highly recommend joining my coaching program. Just imagine where you could be in 90 days from now if you had the exact strategies I’ve used to scale past $50,000 per month. Selling simple digital products, step-by-step guidance from me and my team so you never feel stuck or overwhelmed. A private community of focused, driven creators on the same path as you. Now, I only work with serious people who want to scale and are ready to take action. If that’s you, click the first link in the description and apply now. Now, moving on. Once you filmed your lessons, it’s time to actually upload your digital product and get your stance store ready to take sales. Here’s how to do it. Come to my store, then add product, then ecourse. Here you can add the title and button label. You can use what I put as a reference. Then you can choose an image. Then at the checkout page, add another image. Short description that explains what the course helps them achieve. Then set your price. I’d say again, aim for 200 to 500. And remember, one to two sales a day can make you $500. And make any changes you’d like as well. Then come to your course. And here you can add the modules and upload each course lesson so it stays nice and organized. I love this cuz Stan delivers the entire course in an organized way when the customer purchases. So you don’t need to worry about sending out every single course to someone when they purchase via email. Now, once you’ve uploaded everything, you can click on options and also add a bunch of other cool features here. And once everything looks good, just publish your course, and you’re ready to start selling. I do recommend playing around with your stance store a bit more. You can add other links if you want, like your social media, a freebie, or a lead magnet. You can customize your profile photo and banner, update your username, and make the whole store feel more like you. These little touches, you know, help you build trust and make your store look more polished and professional. And if you use my link in the description, you can try out Stand completely free. Once your digital product is uploaded and your stand store is ready, that’s when the real game begins, marketing. And first, I want to talk about email marketing, cuz most beginners skip this completely, which is a huge mistake. Emails can make you so much money, and it’s one of the easiest ways to build trust and drive consistent sales. Email marketing is just collecting emails from people who are interested in your niche and then sending them helpful content, tips, and product links straight to their inbox. So now let me show you exactly how to set up email marketing inside your stand store. How it works is we’re going to first create a freebie. Then start collecting emails automatically and set up a welcome email sequence all in under 10 minutes. So let’s start. First I want you to go to your stand dashboard and click add product. Then choose collect emails. Now click on product. Then upload something simple and valuable. This could be a free guide, a checklist, a notion template, whatever would attract the right people for your paid offer. And you can ask chatbt to create a freebie for you if you like. Then click on thumbnail here. Just give it a clear title, subtitle, button label, save every time someone downloads your freebie. Their email will be automatically collected right here under the customers tab. Next, click on more, then email flows, then add flow. Here, name it welcome email. Then select your freebie that you created here. Now create. Here we can write a quick welcome email. So click add email. If you’re not sure what to write, I recommend using chatbt to help you get started. Here’s a prompt you can copy and paste. I’m building a welcome email for people who download my free name of your freebie. Can you write an email that thanks them, gives one helpful tip, and then introduces my name of paid product as the next step while sounding friendly and non pushy. Chat GBT will give you a solid first draft you can tweak to match your voice. It should also give you a subject line, but if not, you can ask it too. Once you’re happy with it, just click save. And this email will now go out automatically every time someone downloads your freebie. I recommend sending out a few more emails to this welcome sequence as well. For example, day two, you can share a personal story related to your course. Day three, you can teach something valuable, then link your product. And again, you can use Chat GBT to help you write them. And you can just add them here where it says add email and choose which time they go out, which can be after 24 hours. And the third can be maybe after 48 hours. Now, I also recommend sending out two valuep packed emails every week to your audience. The goal is to educate, build trust, and gently position your digital product as the natural next step. Now, don’t overthink it. These emails don’t have to be long or complicated. Just share tips, insights, personal stories, or common mistakes people make in your niche. And at the end, tie it back to how your product helps solve that problem. To make this even easier, you can use chatbt to help write your weekly emails. Here’s a prompt you can use. I’m selling a digital product that helps people with insert problem. Can you write two weekly emails that share one helpful tip? Build trust and naturally promote my product at the end. Now, in order to send out your email, just come to more email flows, broadcast, send email. And now you can send all your weekly emails right here. Now, email marketing is great, but that’s just one part of marketing. We now need to go over creating content to promote your digital products and grow your email newsletter. Now, the easiest kind of content to create is short form videos on Instagram, Reels, and Tik Tok. The fastest way to come up with content, just use chatbt. Type in this prompt. I’m selling a type of product that helps people with painoint. What are some high converting content ideas I can create to build trust and drive sales? You’ll get a list of solid ideas instantly. You can even follow up and say, “Can you script these out for Tik Tok or reals?” And boom, done. But don’t stop there. Another powerful strategy is studying what’s already working. Go look at other creators in your niche who are selling digital products. Scroll through their content and ask yourself, what’s their best performing video? What pain points are they hitting? How are they building trust? If something’s blowing up and you know you could add your own spin to it, save it. I recommend keeping a Google doc just for inspiration. Anytime you see a great video, drop the link in there. That way, you always have content ideas ready to go. Personally, I still do this every week. Scroll, study, and save. And then I take what’s working and remake it with my own voice and story. Tools like Chat, GBT, Perplexity, and Claude also help when I’m stuck. Sometimes I literally ask, “Give me content ideas similar to what you’d see on insert niche creator, and just instantly I get fresh inspiration.” But the truth is, you don’t need to reinvent the wheel. You just need to make content that helps your audience and leads naturally to your product. I’ve dedicated an entire section of the content creation coaching program to showing you exactly how to market and sell your digital product. If that’s something you want help with, the link is in the description. Now that you understand how to come up with content ideas, I want to go over creating the actual content. If you don’t want to show your face, that’s totally fine. Here are a few easy options. First, in video AI, just describe the video you want, and it’ll generate a fully edited short video with stock clips, music, and captions in under two minutes. Cap cut or iMovie are also great if you just want more control. You can just edit using, you know, stock footage, screen recordings, or voiceovers without ever showing your face. And some creators will just even record their own content and just crop out their face. Super effective if you want a personal feel without being fully on camera. Now, if you do want to be the face of your brand, your content can be as simple as recording on your iPhone. No fancy setup needed. Talk to the camera or film some lifestyle B-roll while you add a voice over or captions. You can edit directly inside the Tik Tok or Instagram app or use Cap Cut if you want a cleaner finish. The key is to just start post. Who cares if it’s messy? It’s fine. You’ll get better as you go. Most beginners focus only on Instagram and Tik Tok when they start, but honestly, everyone is sleeping on Pinterest and YouTube. In fact, I’d say 70% of my sales come from just those two platforms. That’s why I put together a full step-by-step tutorial for both. You can check out the full Pinterest tutorial. It’s linked in the description. And I also linked my complete YouTube tutorial if you want to learn how to grow and monetize long- form content the right way. I know getting started with digital products can feel overwhelming, especially if you have no audience, no tech skills, and no idea where to start. That’s why I created the content creation coaching program to walk you through every step of building a profitable digital product business from scratch. Inside, I share the exact blueprint I’ve used to scale to over $50,000 a month, all by selling digital products that solve real problems. You’ll learn how to choose the right product idea, package it, price it, and market it. Plus, you’ll have my personal support to guide you the entire way. My goal is to help you hit consistent $10,000 months, then scale to six figures and beyond. This is a rare opportunity to work with me directly and fasttrack your success with digital products. If you’re ready, click the first link in the description to join the coaching program.

  • How I Built a $157,810 Month Personal Brand Full Guide – Sara Finance

    It’s so crazy to say this, but at just 23, I built a personal brand that makes me over $150,000 per month. So, in this video, I thought I’d share the seven steps I took to go from having literally no followers to making over $1.8 million per year by simply posting content online. You’ll learn how to pick a profitable niche, even if you have no previous experience. My simple system that makes creating viral content easy. Plus, you’ll learn how to turn your content into a consistent six-figure income, even with a small following. Now, I know that might sound impossible right now, but trust me, before I got started, I felt the exact same way. I didn’t start with a big following. I was still working 10 hours at my minimum wage job, and I’d recently just lost thousands of dollars on a failing drop shipping store. So, the thought of making even $1,000 per month posting content felt impossible. And I was constantly wondering whether or not this whole online thing even worked for normal people like me. But I remember watching Graham Stefen back in like 2019 and he broke down how his personal brand was bringing in over $200,000 a month. Graham seemed like just an average guy and was someone I really looked up to and trusted. And I just couldn’t believe how much money he was making. Plus, I was watching a ton of other young creators on YouTube, Instagram, Tik Tok, living the life I only could dream of. They were financially free, traveling the world, all by simply making videos on social media. I just couldn’t stop thinking to myself, if they can do it, why can’t I? But what really made me take the leap was the fact that deep down I believed I was meant for more. There was no way I was put on this earth to grind away at a 9 to-ive job, make minimum wage, and have someone else tell me what to do. So, I finally said enough is enough, and decided to launch my own personal brand, which leads me to the first step, which is picking a niche. After researching how to start a personal brand, something the gurus constantly said was super important was picking the right niche. So, I spent a decent amount of time on this step, and I suggest you do the same. Basically, to find my niche, I followed a simple four-step formula that will make sure you pick a niche with a high chance of success. Step one, make a list of all your current skills and passions. So, I just opened up a Google Doc like this and started writing things down. For me, this was things like personal development, investing, personal finance, but at this point, just write anything that comes to mind. And don’t worry if you don’t have experience yet. There are loads of people who start successful personal brands without experience. If you have experience and skills, great. But if you don’t, just pick something that you’re passionate about. Step two, write down anything people are already asking you for help with. This is super important. But if there’s something people come to you for, it means you already have credibility in this niche. Like for me, even though I had failed at drop shipping and moved on, I still made over $100,000 from one of my stores. and friends and family kept asking how I did it. Plus, they wanted investing advice since they knew I was making money in stocks. This made me realize I already had strengths in the finance niche. Step three is to look for gaps in the market. So, I spent hours studying content on Tik Tok and YouTube. And what I noticed was that every big finance creator had basically the same style. They were all men who appealed to male viewers. And the content was pretty hard to understand, which is where I found my gap. Basically, I realized that I could be one of the very first women talking about finance in a relatable way. And honestly, this gap in the market ended up being one of the biggest reasons for my success. So, I suggest that you do the same. You want to look for things like age, groups, genders, or experience levels that aren’t being served in your niche. For example, this could be things like fitness content for teenagers or cooking videos for husbands. Step four, then finally, you want to check that there is a big enough audience. Look for videos in your niche that are getting at least 100,000 views. For example, when I searched finance tips on Tik Tok, there were a bunch of videos that had 500,000 views or more. If the videos in your niche aren’t really getting many views, it might be better to pick another niche. Also, check if other creators are making money through sponsorships or products. I noticed finance creators getting lots of brand deals and selling courses. This showed me there was real money to be made. Now, although these four steps are great to get started, there are a few things that I don’t have time to cover. That’s why I’ve dedicated a whole part of my new coaching program to going so much deeper into how to pick a winning niche. Not only that, but I genuinely believe it’s the best program if you want to go from zero to making $10,000 per month or more. Just imagine where you could be in 90 days from now if you had the exact strategies and systems I used to make over $150,000 per month as a content creator. One-on-one support from me and my team throughout the entire process. Access to a community of like-minded individuals to support and inspire you. The amount of value in this coaching program is unreal. Now, I can’t coach everyone and this offer is very exclusive. I’m only working with serious individuals that want to scale to $10,000 a month or more. So, if that’s you, click the first link in the description and fill out the application to see if you qualify. Okay, so once you picked a niche, the next step is to pick a platform and come up with content ideas. Now, although I started by just posting on Tik Tok and a lot of other people say to just pick one platform, I now actually recommend you try and post on all social media platforms because there are so many tools you can use to repurpose your content nowadays and easily upload them on all platforms. For example, you can use tools like Video AI to cut up long- form videos on YouTube and upload them to platforms like Instagram reels and Tik Tok. It will only take you an extra one to two hours per week, but you’ll be able to cover all social media platforms and increase your chances of going viral. Okay, so now that you know how to post across multiple platforms, next you want to figure out what content to post. This can be pretty overwhelming, but let me share with you an amazing strategy to come up with endless content ideas. First, study competitors. I always recommend that your first 30 videos should just be recreated viral videos from your competitors. So find your top competitors and save 20 plus of their most viral videos. Note down what topics they’re covering and look for patterns. Example, if you are in the finance niche and you see a bunch of videos about how to save money and they are consistently hitting 1 million views or more, this would be a great idea to model for one of your own videos. Second, use chat GPT. One of my favorite prompts that always helps me come up with new video ideas is I’m a your niche creator. Generate 10 viral video ideas similar to competitor name. This will give you a bunch of great ideas that are proven to perform well. But if your competitors aren’t super wellknown, you can simply feed chatbt the titles of their best performing videos and then ask for 10 or more ideas based on these titles. Third, browse competitor forms and comments. The comment section of your competitor’s videos are always great places to find video ideas. There’s always people suggesting new videos or asking questions. You want to look for questions or video ideas that get a lot of engagement. Another option is to search through forums of your target audience and look for problems they are experiencing that repeatedly come up. For example, if you see there’s a lot of people asking how to invest with no money, then this could be a great video idea. Ultimately, what you’re looking for is burning problems and questions that your target audience has. And then you simply make videos about how they can solve these problems. Okay. So, now that you know what type of content to create, let me share exactly how I got started making videos. I still remember being super nervous to record my first ever Tik Tok video. Had all these ideas in my notes app, had planned out the videos, but the idea of recording and posting a video felt terrifying. I was so nervous that my first video didn’t even show my face. It was just a background video with some text on the screen. So, if you’re feeling awkward and nervous, don’t think there is something wrong with you. It’s completely normal. But my advice is to just post anyway because when I finally got over myself and posted videos with my face in them, my account took off. I was able to gain 10,000 followers in just a few months. But the craziest part was I did all this without any fancy equipment or complicated setup. I just used my iPhone, natural lighting from my window, the basic Tik Tok editing tools, which is what I highly recommend. That’s all you need to start. A lot of new creators think they need expensive equipment to start making money from their personal brand, but that’s just not true. What’s much more important is what content ideas you pick, and the next step I’m about to share. So the next step to creating your personal brand is one of the most important steps in this road map, especially if you want to turn this into a real business that’s going to allow you to quit your 9 toive job and eventually turn into a six or seven figure income stream. And that step is committing to a posting schedule. This might sound kind of boring, but sticking to a posting schedule is critical because if you’re inconsistent, you’re not going to see results and you’ll probably give up in a few months. I see so many new creators with loads of potential that eventually failed because they didn’t post regularly and didn’t get the results they hoped for. So, what’s a good posting schedule? Well, it depends on what type of content you want to post. If you decide to start with a platform like Tik Tok or Instagram reels, I suggest posting at least one to three times per day. Now, I know that sounds like a lot, but this is important in the beginning to get traction on your account. Then once you’ve got momentum, you can cut back to something like five to seven times per week. Also, if you decide to start with short form content, don’t just upload on Tik Tok. Upload to Instagram reels and YouTube shorts because you’ll grow much faster. Now, for YouTube long-term, I’ll be honest, if you can do one a week, that would be perfect. However, these videos can take a while to make and there’s so many moving parts when it comes to, you know, posting on YouTube. So, even two a month that are high quality is a good starting point. Now, like I said, I know this might sound a little overwhelming, but I’ve actually developed a content creation routine that allows me to come up with ideas, record my videos, and post on multiple platforms, all in just a few hours of work. There’s a whole section of my coaching program where I break down exactly how you can do this. So again, if you’re interested, make sure to apply for coaching in the description. Okay, so now that you know how to make content, let’s move on to the next step, building your own website. one of the most important assets for your personal brand. I highly recommend before you start posting content, you have a website ready to go with some info about you. Having a website will also allow you to promote your affiliate products, sell digital products, capture email subscribers, and help you build more trust with your audience. And the best part, you don’t need to be a tech expert to create one. This is where Hostinger comes in. It’s an all-in-one solution for all things needed to get your website up and running. It has super affordable hosting. Plans start at less than $4 a month. You get a free domain name for the first year and professional email included to make your brand look more polished. There’s no coding required. Hostinger seamlessly integrates with WordPress for easy setup and also offers an AI powered drag and drop builder for WordPress sites. What I love the most is Hostinger’s AI powered WordPress website builder. You can create an entire website in under one minute customized to your niche and your branding. Now, here’s how to set up your personal brand website with Hostinger. Click the Hostinger link in the description or go to hostinger.com/serafinance. Scroll down and choose the business plan and this gets you all the AI tools and best features. For the best value, the 48month plan is the top choice. 24 and 12 month plans also offer great savings. You can use code Sarah for an extra 10% off as well. Now, just answer a few quick questions and let AI build your site for you in under 1 minute. Once it’s ready, you can customize your brand colors, add your bio, upload affiliate links, and even create blog posts with their AI writer. Having websites is the foundation of a long-term scalable brand, whether you’re making money through content, affiliate marketing, or selling digital products. So, make sure to set yours up today and start building your brand the right way. Now, let’s get into the fun part, which is how you’re going to make money from your new personal brand. When I first started, I can’t explain how excited I was when I made my first $10,000 from a brand deal. And when it happens to you, it’s a moment you’ll never forget. I promise. Now, you might be thinking, $10,000 isn’t that much money. And that’s true, but it wasn’t the money that got me excited. It was the fact that it proved it was real and I could actually do this. It was crazy to me that I could simply record 30 secondond videos online and people would pay me money. I couldn’t believe it. But what’s even crazier is just how many ways there are to make money from a personal brand. For example, here are the four main ways I now make over $150,000 per month from my personal brand. First, affiliate marketing. This is where you recommend products you love and get paid when people buy through your link. For example, I love Shopify. I think they have an amazing product and I personally use it myself. So, I simply promote Shopify links in a lot of my videos and now make over $20,000 per month from them alone. This is one of my favorite ways to make money from my personal brand because from one viral video, you can make thousands of dollars. And when you set up your personal website with Hostinger, you can easily add all your affiliate links and promote them to your audience to start earning commissions. The next way I make money is through brand deals. This is when companies pay you to feature their products in your content. Brand deals are great because they are a reliable source of income. Most of the time, a brand will offer you a fixed price to be included in your video or post. So, even if the video doesn’t do well, you will still be paid on the agreed amount. Next income stream is digital products. This is things like courses, guides, or ebooks that help your audience solve their problems. For example, I currently have three digital courses where I teach people about affiliate marketing, drop shipping, and content creation. And from all three of these courses, I’m making thousands of dollars daily. Digital products are awesome because you get to keep all the profit yourself. When you set up your personal website with Hostinger, you can easily add all your digital products and promote them to your audience to start earning. And lastly, we have YouTube AdSense. This is when you get paid directly from YouTube by having ads pop up on your videos. This one is something I wouldn’t really worry about in the beginning because it’s only on YouTube and you’re going to need to hit some creator milestones before you start making any decent money. But when you do start posting on YouTube, it can be a really great income stream. For example, just from YouTube AdSense alone and made over $300,000 in 2024, which is crazy. So, by this point, you picked a niche, you know how to create content, and you should be starting to make some money. But now it’s time for the final step, which is taking your personal brand from a hobby and turning it into a six or seven figure income. So, one of the problems I faced early on in my personal brand was that I couldn’t scale past $10,000 per month. And it was because I was trying to do everything myself. I was coming up with content ideas, filming, and editing all my videos. There were also a ton of admin tasks like replying to emails and negotiating brand deals that would take up hours per week. So, I didn’t have time to focus on the things that actually made me money. But when I finally realized that I didn’t need to do everything myself, my business took off. I started hiring people that freed up my time, and I went from making $10,000 per month to $150,000 per month incredibly fast. So, here’s how I recommend you start to scale your personal brand once you start making $10,000 per month. Start by using AI as much as you can. AI is just getting better and better. And there are loads of ways you can use it to save you time. Like I shared before, you can use tools like chatbt to come up with video ideas, video AI to cut up your long- form clips and buffer to schedule your videos. Then you can build a small team. If you’re choosing to post videos, you can start with a video editor and script writer. This can easily save you 10 to 20 hours per week. Next is a virtual assistant. You can find assistants for four to seven dollars per hour that will reply to emails, manage freelancers, and handle small time- conssuming tasks. And if you do both of these steps, you’ll be well on your way to creating a six-figure personal brand where you can work just a few hours per day. But I know that hiring people and even just starting a personal brand can be super overwhelming, especially if you’re starting from scratch. which is exactly why I created a coaching program to guide you step by step in building a successful content creator business. I’ve poured my heart into this over the past year and I’m beyond excited to share it with you. Inside you’ll find the exact blueprint I’ve used to scale my business to over $150,000 per month. Plus, you’ll have my personal support and guidance every step of the way. My goal is to help you hit consistent $10,000 months and then scale from there. This is a rare opportunity to work closely with me and fasttrack your success.

  • 08/01/2026 – One FREE Workflow Replaces All AI Video Subscriptions

    five subscriptions just to make one video. You don’t own a workflow. You own a monthly bill. Even after spending so much money, what do you get? Nothing usable. You still download, organize, edit, and merge the whole thing yourself. That’s the wrong job. You don’t need more AI generations. You need a finished publish ready video. VideoExpress.ai. One time unlimited videos, no credits, no monthly bill, no paywalled features, no queue you have to buy your way out of, no hidden upsell after checkout. You pay once and you just keep making videos. Idea in, scenes generated, timeline assembled, finished video out. The whole job done in one place. And you’ll watch it run live. The clock, the cursor, the export. No demo that stops right before the hard part. $49 one time unlimited videos links below. Let’s just jump into the whole process now. So, first things first, let’s create a consistent character human video. human consistent character are the hardest ones to create with AI right now and the most expensive as well with all these rapper companies who just basically you see dances API or whatever and just mark it up double the cost and charge you for every video that you create every second of video you create and even for 720p 1080p and all these other uh higher level quality you get charged more what if you don’t have to do all that well with video express because it’s a onetime cost you can get in for just under 50 bucks to get started basically you can create this type of a consistent character video that you see on my screen right now. And the beauty here is you can play around with vertical, you can do with landscape as you can see here. You can do all kinds of cool things like so. And now how do we go about doing it where you can create a full let’s say a minute long video with a consistent character talking and do it completely with just one prompt. Well, I created an entire workflow where what you can do is you can get let’s say for example Enthropic Cloud or Open AI Chat GPT. These two are really good with browsers even Google Gemini. I’ve not tested it with that but I’ve tested with Cloud and Codeex from Chad GPT and it works perfectly well. What you’re going to do is you’re going to use the brand new feature that’s built into these platforms where you can log into the browser. You can log into video express with a browser and then you literally copy one prompt I’m going to give you and you’re going to paste it into the chat window of chat GBT orthropic clock and then it will ask you two questions if it’s going to use a reference character meaning an image you’re going to upload into the chat window or do you want to create a character from scratch? If so, what is the description of that character? Boom. Done. After you do so, it will automatically open up the browser. And once you’re logged into VD Express in the browser, it’s going to start doing the work and then creating all the videos and then merging them together in the timeline for you to preview, edit if you want, and then publish. Meaning a full length video with one prompt, nothing like it’s like a Jarvis who’s doing all the work for you uh for Iron Man, let’s say. And it does everything on complete autopilot. This is the future. And nothing like this has ever been done before. And even if you try to do it with others, it’s going to cost you hundreds of dollars for one video because they all charge by credits, tokens, and all that mumbo jumbo stuff. Now, using these AI tools and video express, and of course, our clone voice.ai uh for voice generation as well. You can go take it to the next level. Today, I’m going to show you how to do this step by step. It’s so easy. It’s so fast. And really, you get a glimpse of the future where you don’t need any other tools. No monthly subscriptions, any of that mumbo jumbo stuff with all these other tools which are just rapper companies which just literally want to squeeze you dry for everything. Correct? So, let me show you the entire workflow step by step. Pay close attention. Copy and paste this. All the step-by-step processes will be outlined in the description box as well. And how you can get started right away. Let me show you how to create videos like this. Let’s play it in Video Express. This is all created with just one prompt automatically hands-free. Most AI video tools charge you every single month, then cap how much you can actually make. Video Express does the exact opposite. One payment, not a subscription. You make as many videos as you like for as long as you like. No credit meters draining while you work. No limit reached. No upgrade screen in the middle of a project. Everything happens in one place. All right, you noticed one thing here slightly. The lighting changed. I’ll show you how to edit this as well in the future because AI is good, but sometimes some of these things do happen. See, but again, you see this consistent throughout, completely auto an autopilot, one minute video invid, no credits, no monthly fees, any of that mumbo jumbo stuff. And here is the cool thing. This entire workflow is for free. You can just go in to the link that you see on the screen right now or on the description box, video.ai/workflow. you will see it on the page where you can just click on that one button and then it’s going to basically open up a markdown file. It’s like a text file. You just copy everything in that and you paste it in the chat GPT window which I’ll show you right now.

    Uh, so you’re going to go into this link and then when you go into this, it’s going to come to a page that looks something like this. Okay, on that link and I’m going to show you exactly how cool this thing is. All right, so when you come into this page, just scroll down, scroll, scroll down, and then you’re going to see this called um well, this is kind of zoomed in for you a little bit, but uh you’ll see this, right? Uh it’s called uh basically the video express, right? the full length consistent character video with prompts, right? This thing. Okay? And then you’re going to come into it. You’re going to see this little thing. Come come down and then you’re going to see this. Okay? Open the system prompt. I’m doing it a little bit differently from before. We used to do it like before. If you look at my other trainings, what we did was I gave you a GPT, but future is changing. GPTs are old news now. It’s all about building a skill or a memory. So meaning once you do it one time you you train these things there’s a code uh chat gpt or clot and then it will understand it every single time going forward. All right. So that’s the basic idea. So we’ll uh we’ll uh basically so if you don’t want to see the old workflow refresh it ctr+ f and you’re going to see it right. This is the one. Now it’s going to open up see and on the vx click open it and it’s going to come into this screen. Okay. And it’s going to say this information. So let me walk you through that right now as well. uh this little uh thing right here when you go into that screen and then basically let’s scroll down here real quick. It says fulllength consistent character video with one prompt. Yeah. And then on top of that what it shows us uh if you can see here carefully is that it says this complete system prompt. Okay. Is an agent that does everything for you. In here it says login first to the uh app. Okay. So the way it works is for example I have a codeex here or chat GPT we call it these days right so we open this up here real quick and if I open this blank screen you’re going to see on the top let me show you on the top right here there’s a little toggle you’re going to put work first in tract and then uh you’re going to go in and you’re going to click this and then it’s going to open the browser tab right so in the browser tab right here okay if I uh put this in this whole thing you’re going to put app dovide express.ai and you’re going to log in to the video express application like so. Okay, step number one is you log in to video express like what is shown right now. So you see that I’m logged in into the video express uh application right here. Okay. Now the next step you’re going to do is basically exactly what I tell you to do right now. Okay. And basically, you’re going to need if it’s Claw or Kajib, both are intelligent. You can probably use Gemini, but hey, like I don’t know, Gemini is kind of slow with this stuff. You might need a paid account for the browser automation. But this is the future. You might as well get it to try it out. Cuz if you look at these other platforms out there charging you per video, per API, and all that. You don’t have to do any of that stuff. So, here’s how it works. You know, come into this, think of it like that 20 bucks or whatever you pay for the Chad GPT. It’s kind of like investing in your business to grow because it’s like having an assistant that works for you for like 20 bucks a month, right? Think of it that way because all the other hard work is being done by video express behind the scenes. You see it says copy the entire prompt. You just copy this. Okay? You see it says copied, right? Just this little tab. You’re going to come in to the browser. You’re going to download the uh CAD GPT or cloud. I’ll show you with the cloud as well. By the way, for those who use claw, it’s the same logic. You’re going to copy and paste. Okay, that’s it. Right click, copy, paste. You can use any model here really. It works with any one of them. I’ve tested with all uh the sole model. Uh this one right here is the more latest one. Uh but you can use it with anything. You can use the light version. Speed, whatever, up to you. Um fast is not required. Even standard speed is okay. And then you’re going to click enter. So while this thing is doing, I’ll open in my other computer where I have cloud open. So you can see how I’ve done it with um Anthropic. So let me show you uh that as well. This is my other computer. Uh so you see what I did here. Then this is uh my other Chad GP account. How this whole workflow will work right now like what you see there. Uh but let me open up my cloud account. So this is a brand new window. Correct. Make sure that here it is local. So meaning once you download it in your computer whether it’s a Mac, in this case it’s a Mac cuz I want to show it for those who have Mac. I actually showed it in Windows. When it is in that local, make sure you select a folder where you want to have all your assets created and managed. What you’re going to do again is in um in clot again when you open it up you’re going to have the ability when you open a brand new window to also check the browser right so if you come in you’re going to be allowed to go check out the browser so you can come into any one of them really so you can go into the models whatever you see I have it right here same logic applies here okay so you need to locally be uh checking it and then in the local window so make sure it is local like so and then in cloud as well you’re going to have the option the same way to open up the browser window. Okay, so let me show you this right now. So if you go home, new opens up and then you see right here, uh it says in the cloud or on your computer. I’m going to open in my computer and then you can do chat or whatever you want to do. And then in the browser tab, you can open up the browser. I’ll show you that in just a second. But let me show you as well um how this whole thing works. The chat window that I’ve done and all that kind of stuff. Okay, cool. So Oh yeah, that’s the basic idea, right? So, what we’re trying to do, so let me open up this one right here. Um, and then I’ll show you what I did um here. All right. So, yeah. So, you see this right here. It’s going to ask us to sign in and you can do that, right? So, it’s the same logic. So, the idea is that in your computer, you open it up. You open up uh the thing. You’re going to open up and you’re going to paste this thing and it’s going to ask us use your own reference photo or or should I generate an AI character? If uploading, please provide the full path and so on and so forth. Correct. So what I can do if that’s the case, I can go to media library and for the sake of argument I’m going to say I don’t have a photo. Right? So I’m going to say I don’t have a photo. Use a 25year-old um a female business woman with long uh brown hair um as my character. Okay, for number one. And then what is the topic about is the other question, right? So if you see it right there uh let me actually show you if this thing works that is all right so here right here you see this what is the topic it’s being asked for so that that’s the topic basically is what is going to be the about so the topic is uh the benefits that’s why I did right you can do anything the benefits of weight loss whatever market right or whatever you want the video to be about it’s going to be about 1 minute long is what I set it for you can do a little bit longer but understand that in media express with the unlimited access account you can do five parallel generations at a time so keep that in All right. Uh so uh so that means like when it’s doing it make sure that you know the unlimited access account you are able to uh do five at a time. It takes about a minute and a half to 2 minutes to generate uh one video. So what you want to do is like if it’s 10 seconds uh per scene but it can about six sequences um pretty much quickly. Okay. For a minute 1 minute video 10 seconds each six uh scenes for example. Okay. The benefits of video express compared to the competition. This is what I try to uh do the video on. Um and then I’ll type it in. So for those who couldn’t see it, I said I don’t uh the topic is the benefits of the video express compared to competition. I don’t have a photo. Use uh this one. Generate something generic. I gave Okay. So is that clear? So then it says, watch this. I’ll create a polished seven scene vertical video. Okay. Uh a consistent 25 uh uh year old uh brunette. So you see what I’m talking about? like like what this part and then it’s doing the process. Okay, you don’t need like the ultra soul or whatever the the high-end you just need the small one too and everything will work because what it is actually doing is the browser control, right? That’s more important. It doesn’t need much intelligence to be able to do this. And boom, watch what happens. Okay, I’ll remove this out of the way again. Watch what’s happening. It’s actually taking, see, my hands are with me. It’s actually taking over radio express and it’s creating the script. It is opening the browser. Okay. in real time and both my hands are right here. See? And then um it’s gonna first create the image. I trained it. Um and then it’s going to generate the image, use it as consistent character. Number one issue people have is hey uh how do I create a consistent character realistic video that is consistent throughout and a longer length video. Yeah, this is how you do it. And then basically it’s creating the scenes. Okay. And merging it all together as one long video. Okay, there you go. It generated the uh the image for me. I’m putting my hands on top so you know I’m not doing anything on my screen right now. Okay. Uh just in case it looks weird. All right. So now um now as you can see here, it’s going to basically uh do this process, right? And it’s going to generate this. This is with chat GPT. Same logic even when you go with anthropic cloud. I’ve done it for both uh the workflow. So it’ll generate this uh the image and then you know obviously you can um you know in this particular case using consistent character you agree it agrees obviously on its own right and then it it’s going to basically save that image all the process to create a consistent character video it is basically doing it right now that’s like my own personal assistant right I can go to sleep now effectively and here’s the key part I keep telling people they don’t understand we are the only company the last one left which still does AI video which is very comput inensive meaning big servers you need which allows unlimited videos okay um for like onetime payment for how long we’ll do it uh yeah you never know we’re going to keep raising our prices up for other people down the line but this is your best bet okay you’re not going to get another chance like this uh especially if you have your other tools with clone voice where you can integrate clone voice because version 4 of clone voice is coming uh next week is the release where you’re going to have 400 different uh languages so you and bring those in as well with video express with the direct integration. So this is the beauty, right? So the idea is that see now it put lip sync HD uh checkbox in. It’s going to create that spokesperson video. And the beauty here is this is solving the consistent character problem. You can now tell it hey you know uh do other things like cartoon style then in the image type instead of human there you’re going to create uh say cartoon. Does that make sense? It’s picking from the two choices we gave. As you can see here, it’s picking uh the the character as well, right? So, pretty pretty cool, right? If you think about it. All right. So, all this work is being done behind the scenes. Okay. So, if we think about it, what did they do so far? One of the biggest problem people have is, hey, how do I write a script? I’m not creative enough. Solved. Second thing is, hey, you know, I like I have to create a clip by clip and merge it. I got to put some MCP, some API. It’s too much, right? Too confusing. or just have the AI be intelligent enough where you can open up the application and do it. So we kind of made video express compatible with enthropic and chat GPD to be able to do so like this so that uh we changed the application a little bit to make this possible and then now just I can just go have coffee now it’ll do its thing right uh which is like a dream come true for all of us right if you think about it uh and then now once it creates the video it’ll drag and drop it into the timeline as well uh for video express as well okay so that’s the other aspect of it which I’ll show you uh in just a second okay so see this part so it’s actually um you know opening it up and doing it. Now here’s the cool part. this is confined uh to the chat GPT window or the cloud window right so for example uh what I can do still is I can go to my video express account and see this right so the project that it actually built for me if you go in I’ll show you this was the project it built for me and um if you see in the under the exported video uh let me actually show you um under the my videos tab on the top okay you see these two that were created so both of them I created it completely one was with anthropic plot and then one was with um um basically tragic because I wanted to test both right if generated properly. So this is one use case. Now human consistent character is the hardest one, right? Uh because you got to make sure the sequencing is matching and all that. Cartoon is a joke, right? Piece of cake. So the same thing could be applied to cartoon. But you’re going to now tell it uh to ensure that next time around like when you’re pasting the prompt, tell it like hey instead of like this. So for example, what you would do is in the system prompt you have here, right? When you’re copying and pasting this thing, you’re just going to say here you’re going to make a change, small change, right? You’re going to tell it instead of human style, make it cartoon 3D style, let’s say, and make sure to inpress to be able to do that. Okay, so that’s the general idea. So you can use it in any style. The idea is that we do the whole video with one click and then just give it basic idea of what we want and it does everything. Okay, that’s the general uh use case. And of course, we’re going to be improving this thing even further as I get more feedback uh from you folks and stuff like that. But the beauty here is that you’re leveraging AI, you’re leveraging the latest trends in uh technology and you’re see it’s doing its thing. So even while I was doing my other computer stuff, it’s confined to here. It has no relevancy uh to where I have to just sit and have the screen open all the time. Does that make sense? So that’s the general idea. Same thing with the uh with the claw as well. Like you just go to the top right, open up the browser window and it does uh that part as well. Okay, it’ll be on the top right generally and it’s going to open up that browser window. If he doesn’t open a browser window, see remember when I went to claude, I’ll show you that like real quick. So in cla did all this other uh mumbo jumbo stuff to complicate it. So when this happens, right? So what you could do is you can just go to new project like so, right? And what you can do is just say like for example say uh open the internal browser. Uh actually let’s not even do that. Let’s just copy paste the whole prompt. Why are we wasting time? Let’s just copy the prompt in this page, the workflow page that I gave you and let’s go back here in my other computer. Then boom, paste. And then it got this. I don’t even have to paste anything cuz the instructions are clear. And then boom, just go here. Okay. And it will automatically understand what it is talking about here. And it’s going to do it on this other computer, right? And um it’s going to do the whole thing. Okay. That’s the general idea. Okay. Um so as you can see here right so it’s doing the whole thing it’s reading it understanding it then it’s going to open the browser and effectively the main idea to understand is that um you see this right here and it’s like it’s opening and this one what to do I don’t know and blah blah blah right this is where you see run it run it now and start the video okay or review and improve the prompt first right and so let’s just say run it now right and then what it’s going to do is basically going to start the browser window and do all that kind of stuff for us. Okay. To simplify it further, of course, you can open up the browser window yourself in the um uh cloud under the projects cuz it’s going to show up in the left here. Okay. Under the uh projects tab when you open up a new project. It’s going to open up the browser tool. You see this browser tools are loaded and it’s asking do you want to upload your own reference photo or you want to create anything. So, let’s just do the same thing I said here which is basically one um I don’t have a reference photo. uh create a female um Africanamean 25year-old uh business woman right um with professional wear let’s say that’s the character I’m generating uh you can even give a reference character by the way up to you um and then second one is what do you want to do what do you want to talk about so I can say create a video on Why? Let’s say for example a ketogenic diet is uh with intermittent uh fasting is more uh powerful than just ketogenic diet let’s say for example. Okay. And then you just put I’ll just put it even low like I mean doesn’t matter right? Just put it low. You don’t need much power for this stuff. It’s basic stuff. All right. So now it’s doing it in this other computer. Now let’s come back here. What is happening here? Okay, so we finished scenes one and scene two here rendering. Okay. Um and then I’m continuing on with the same character three scenes 3 to 7. It’s saying okay do it right. And so basically this is how it’s going to continue on and do interview copy pasting and stuff. It kind of takes over and does it. Okay. This is the general idea. All right. And um now the idea is like if you don’t have video express is a good excuse for you. I keep saying this all the time. people don’t uh understand how powerful these tools are. Like we’re the last one as I said who does it. So you go into the workflow to get the workflow and then what I would uh do is um you like you can go to video express.ai uh which is the main page uh let me show you that and then you can just go uh here right so that one in the bottom that’s the link you can go to go get video express.ai AI, right? There’s going to be a coupon as well on the screen and there’s also in the description box if you want to get Video Express and of course our other tools that integrate with it like loan wise.ai artistly.ai and stuff like that. Um anyway, so anyway, you see this? It’s kind of doing everything right now as you can see. Um I’m like in a tiny window here obviously, but you get the point, right? It’s doing everything step by step here. Um scene one is complete and on and on. Once it’s finished, I’ll show you as well uh both sequences how it looks like and stuff like that. And if there’s going to be any changes to be made, we can prompt it right here like hey, scene 2 is not as good or the lighting is off or something because if you remember um when I played the other uh project which I created completely uh with this workflow like this one one area like I’ll show you this one right here was good but when I came here the lighting changed quite right this one right here the lighting was slightly off. So this is let’s say scene number three correct. So if this is scene number three and the lighting is off, we can prompt it saying to fix the scene number three. Does that make sense? So that’s the general uh idea of it. Okay. So of course um then you can go to the next because realism matters. See everything else is consistent here, right? This one scene the lighting is kind of like a little bit more orang-ish tone hue, right? Uh so I don’t want to focus on this and edit it. So in here what we did which I I want to show you by the way go to properties. Um, let me actually go to media library and I’ll show you what you can do manually as well. You don’t have to use AI for this, but I’ll show go to my uh video. You see these other videos are being generated right now, right? But anyway, so this one is scene number three. So 1 2 3, right? This is the one. Okay, you go right click. You see there’s a fixed video option right here. Okay, so you see here, let me show you. It says fixed video, fixed quality, fixed physics, fixed subtitles. What I would do here is I’ll click on the fixed quality option. It says, “Are you sure you want to submit the video for repair and enhancement?” Yes. So, this is another way to repair it when AI messes it up. This is the number one issue. You cannot expect AI to be perfect every single time. All right? And this is the fact of life. So, this one scene, what I’m doing right now is I’m regenerating it here. Uh, and then now I’m going to drag and drop it in this sequence here. Does that make sense? So, I’m going to replace the better one with this. Okay? And that’s just a onetime thing. Now why is this important? Because these days what’s happening all these applications out there you know which ones they are complete uh rappers they say oh seed dance this and stuff and then they’ll jack it up because bite dance created seed dance and then they’ll say let’s say bite dance has a dollar per whatever 15 second video 10 second video these guys are going to say $150 right just mark it up and then every time you’re trying to regenerate this stuff like what I’m doing right now it’s going to cost you another $2 $3 whatever $4 whatever and that’s becoming so bad right Now that right like if we could go into that model and make a lot of money and we’re not doing it. Okay, which we will probably do it cuz the servers are going like crazy but we’ll grandfather in people like yourself who are in it obviously but understand like what we do have is with the basic plan. I’m going to make sure you understand this and you can tell it to uh the AI as well like uh the system is that you can like when you go into my purchases right so I’ll show you example. So uh in going my purchases you see how we have like the video express uh uh commercial. So this is I think right now $4 $49. So let’s say this one is $49, right? So with this one you can do one parallel generations at the same time. So meaning until the first one goes finishes here the other one won’t begin. So you can tell that with a basic account hey finish one and go to the next kind of like what chat GPD does right when you go chat generate one image it wait it then goes to the other one. uh if you upgrade uh to the all access account which is also uh available or let’s say you have the basic and you want to upgrade to elite account with this one uh we give you the highest in the industry right now for this type of plan uh which is five okay other people charge like $99 a month for five right now plus credits uh just as a reference point okay for those who have it I know uh you’re like why are you mentioning this uh Paul like I already know it but I’m just explaining to you that right now what’s happening is right um these companies are just coming in and they’re like oh my investors want me to put $99 a month uh plus credits on top, right? So, this $99 will give you the ability to generate, let’s say, I don’t know, like 80 clips, let’s say, or 60 clips, right? And then after that, you’re going to start paying per usage. It’s good, right? It’s good for the investors. Okay, somebody can make more money. So, here when you get into video express, I mean, you didn’t have to pay anything, right? So, after that onetime payment and we’ve been updating it forever now and clone voice for will come next week. So that means when you come into uh this uh right here when you come to import media and speech in this right uh section right here it says import from clone voice right the V4 will come in next week we’re going to be releasing it where it’s going to come with 400 languages and emotions and stuff like that and also better quality for different accents and stuff. One of the issues we’ve seen is like Argentinian Spanish might not be fully Argentinian Spanish let’s say uh more like Spain Castellian Spanish. So some things like that and Hindi and some of these things uh we’ve been sorting out. So that’ll be in that update coming up. So that means this can be completely the voices can be brought into media express right. This is a pretty beautiful integration with clone voice.ai for example. All right. So now what’s happening here? What’s happening? Okay. So four uh four scenes are complete and stable. I’m generating the final three. Anyway, let it do its thing. What I’m going to show you is let’s create a brand. Uh let me show you the fix that I did first. So which was uh this one, right? I fix this. Correct. So, let me show you how to fix these things. Go to media library and then it’ll all by default come in. You can move off obviously, right? Um in from my AI videos uh uh section right here on the right. So, the logic is very simple. When you try to fix a video, that’s clip that you did is the one you wanted to fix. Correct? So, in this particular case, that one which is problematic, you want to fix. Okay. Look at this one though. Not good. See? Not not good. This is the thing with AI, right? So, okay, what we want to do then is we’re going to come back here. I’ll show you the trick. All right, that you can do. So, what you do is come here, okay? And you see this is the nice section, right? Like in the clip because the uh clip here goes worse. So, what we do is you see there’s a little little thing, this one right here. Okay, this little uh feature right here. It’s called uh save uh um current frame. Okay, you see that little thing I selected? Click on that and whatever the title is this. So I can just say like um female uh business woman right let’s say whatever doesn’t matter right so now what it does it saves the frame okay now what we can do again you can make AI do it I’m just saying you can even do it manually uh in cases like this so you can go here can go to properties uh actually let me go back here you go to media library okay pay close attention media library and this was the problematic video right this one so Let’s go in here. Click on details. Okay, this one. So, this is the image prompt. This is the video prompt, right? This was the problematic one. So, we go click on redesign. Okay, click on this. Right? And this image is not the one we want. Correct? So, what we going to do? It’s going to say click on this option, this use consistent character one. And then let’s do that. And then um what we do is you see reference photo. We’re going to click on this. There’s also another one called use from library, right? Use from library is where like you can literally just import it directly. So I’ll show you that one as well that it’ll take the exact same image. It doesn’t have to regenerate it again effectively. Okay. Go to my AI images. This lady right here, the frame I saved. You see the female businesswoman frame I just saved. Choose. Okay. This is the frame. And then I keep everything the same. Okay. Everything the same. the video and then uh I can put lip sync HD video and then click generate. Okay. And you can put what she wants to say but I don’t even have to do that. So I’ll just put advanced mode and then it says manual length is this much. I’m even going to remove the manual length if needed. Up to you doesn’t matter. Okay. So uh because the lip sync is in the prompt right what she has to say for example. Uh and that maintains the voice uh through the prompt itself. It says neutral uh British accent and stuff. Okay. So now it says video will appear here and then we come back here and then uh you see this it’s being generated right now. Okay. So this is out. So this one once it’s generated, we’re going to replace it. And this is the thing nobody shows you, right? That’s why I do these live streams. These people out there, these uh influencers, what they’ll do is like, yeah, yeah, there’s a new update came. Uh and then uh I’m just going to show you how to do it. Let me copy paste. And boom, they go in, they finish it in like 10 minutes. And then when you try to do there’s like one mistake like this, you don’t know how to fix it. And that’s why I try to show you that not everything will be 100% perfect. And this is where the human element will come in because you just have to fix that one. Correct? And of course, okay, when something like this occurs, you can also tell AI to kind of fix it on its own, too. Obviously, it’s smart enough to be able to do that, right? Oh, there we go. All seven clips have been rendered. I’m closing the generator, matching each of the clips by it seeing uh prompt. Okay, that’s what it’s telling me right now. Meaning, in other words, what it’s telling me is everything is finished. I’m going to put them all into the timeline effectively. Okay, that’s what she say. And of course, kind of you see, I kind of messed it up with my own thing by putting it. So, it’s kind of not putting it properly. Did you notice it tried to put uh this lady’s photo and um some made a mess of it a little bit, right? Uh because of the fact that I meddled with it a little bit, right? So, it will learn it and fix it too. Okay. So, I can tell it. For example, now I’ll show you. Um actually, let me uh pull this up like so. You can see it. All right. Cool. And then I’m going to make myself appear like let me see. Yeah, perfect. So now here I can tell it to say okay you know make sure it’s the same uh Asian woman character okay and then you can say that and then uh in the timeline okay like so and then I pasted this and then what we do is there’s an option called uh steer okay the steer option this one right here we can use that steer option to tell it to do that now okay whatever issue that we wanted to fix which was this one right here we wanted to fix. So we want to do that right here. Okay. So that way it will not make these uh mistakes effectively. Okay. So this one right here it’s going to basically uh do this properly in the sequence that you see right here. It’s going to remove her but only the Asian. But regardless you did all the clips. If you want to put it together you can do it. If you just want to focus on that, whatever you can do it, right? Because the other way to do it is if you just wanted to stop right now because it’s working for the last 20 minutes here. As you can see, uh in the bottom it says here, let’s say you don’t want to use them any more uh tokens or whatever. What it can do is uh I’ll show you uh you can you can come in here, open new project, right? And and by the way, so see this right click play. This is the fixed video. So see remember that one we had the issue. So, if you open up the project, um, this one was, I believe, the one and this was the one where the lighting was off. Correct? So, right click, delete. And then what I’m going to do is I’m going to bring this one right here. Okay, that’s what I’m trying to do effectively. So, I can come and fix the video. Correct. And then once it’s ready, so all the scenes are ready. I just I’m happy. I just click on the export video function. Okay. This one right here. And that’s what I’m going to do now cuz I’m happy with what it is available here cuz I fixed that issue. It looks perfect now. Uh the lighting and everything. So I’m just going to click on export. Um and it’s going to make it fixed version or something. Okay. I click create and then it’s going to put in the cue for rendering it out. So the merged video out and then it’s going to give us under uh my video section right here. Okay. Uh that’s the basic idea here. It’s going to put it under my video section and then it’ll show up. Okay. So you can drag and drop it into the timeline. Again, that’s the beauty of the timeline editor in video express is amazing cuz the layering and everything else. Okay, we did another cool thing um that uh as well recently which was uh you see this you can save audio meaning just the speech you can save. The other thing we did recently just few days ago was separate audio and video. Okay, this is useful. You know, for example, sometimes I I like what I see on the screen, but the audio I want to kind of separate to fix some stuff, right? Uh let’s say sometimes, you know, you have the video playing and then you want to make sure that the audio track is separated from the video track so that you fix some noise in that little area or only crop something in the audio track and not in the video track. You can do that, okay? By locking these things and being able to do so. So, how we do it? Let’s say if I click on separate audio and video. Click here. I’ll show you. It’s going to make the video track and the lip sync track separately. Okay? Per layer. You see what it did here? Um, and this is going to allow you more control. Okay? You see this? Uh, if I zoom it in a bit. So, you see that, right? So, this is the audio track and then this is the video track right here. And the beauty here is because of that sometimes, you know, there’s these little gaps here like there’s pauses and stuff you don’t want to do or let’s say you’re not happy with something. Um, and you can crop only that area. Okay? It helps a lot in video editing specifically. That’s the control you get cuz I see it’s a big frustration for me personally, right? So now let’s click save. Uh, and then go to my videos. You see this video express fee spokesperson British. Uh, let me save this. Okay, cool. All right. Now, what I’m going to show you is I’m going to play this so you can tell me the quality. Yeah. Uh, because it’s one thing for me to tell you, one thing to show you. Correct. Um, so let me show you this one.

    Most AI video tools charge you every single month, then cap how much you can actually make. Video Express does the exact opposite. One payment, not a subscription. You make as many videos as you like for as long as you like. No credit meters draining while you work. No limit reached. No upgrade screen in the middle of a project. Everything happens in one place. Write it, generate your scenes, and build the finished video on a real timeline.

    Your character stays the same in every scene. No drifting into a different face halfway through your video. One payment unlimited videos finished in one place. That is video express.ai.

    All right. You must have noticed something here when uh you were uh when I was playing this. I want to show you that as well. Um is that let me come back here to the sequence. So what you noticed here is that there are sometimes where there’s gaps right in the video. This is something that AI cannot solve. Okay? Even when you try to make it crop, it doesn’t have a good vision to understand. And this is where I wanted to explain something critical. And you take it or you leave it. Okay? It’s a fact. Okay? You can deny it, but this is a fact. What I mean to say is you need to crop this manually to satisfaction because a human wants things not having pauses. AI will try to crop even the ones where you might need that pause for effect. Okay? So what we want to do in cases like that is you have this crop functionality right in um in video express. So you just pick areas where there’s actual uh gaps like these like there’s a gap here and so on and so forth. You can even see it in the timeline track right where the audio I’m playing here there’s like a little uh if you notice it carefully there’s a little area where there’s gaps here correct. So I can just come here, drag this thing like so. I can do it that way where I can right click now and then uh delete, right? Oh, oops. Let me do it properly here cuz I remember I did the track I changed. So what we want to do here is I want to use this option cuz I separated the track. You want to do uh this this cut option. Okay. And then uh because I separated the track and that’s clicked each track separately. Okay. Cut. And then also I select the audio track uh here and then I cut that too. Okay, there we go. So you see this little portion here. I then delete this and delete this. Okay, so that way it’s you know when it connects to the next one, the connection point is more smooth. Okay, and I’ll show you this output as well because it’s important you understand why it is that a human comes into the picture. One of the reasons why YouTube channels for example and other other ones are getting demonetized these days and I’m seeing this uh quite a bit as well is this little work is enough for Google and YouTube and Tik Tok and these platforms to say hey a human did work even if it’s an AI generated person. Okay. And I want to answer um this question as well. We removed face swap because it’s old technology. What happens with face swap is it only does this little area and the hair and the hands and the neck and stuff. It never does it. Now you have consistent character uh where you can literally upload a photo and it does the whole character the hands uh the face the hair right um and everything beyond the face swap is old news this is why we don’t do old technologies we move on with technology that’s why we update our application so much right and the other thing as well is that I I do see a question that came in which was do I need to uh use my own voice no when it’s an AI generated character with the prompt we match the voice okay British accent or whatever I tell it and that’s what I did even here I did it like this here so when you describe the character in the workflow okay uh which was again the workflow page that you see there okay video express you need to have video express obviously to use this uh it basically will do that even the voice consistency throughout every scene okay uh now let me uh uh again do the same process for you so I can show you separate audio and video again yes and then what it’s doing is separating both tracks together and you know wherever the gap gaps are, you can cut it, right? And you can see it, right? Like you can literally see it in the timeline when you when you uh snap these things together. You see how much gap there is from here to here. See this this little uh section I highlighted right now? It’s nothing happening. She’s just pausing and looking at the screen. So these kind of things we want to crop. Okay? Obviously AI will get better with time, but you got to make sure that it’s a human watching it, not an AI, right? AI is obviously just creating the video. So it’s up to taste, right? What do you feel is correct, what you feel is good, what do you feel is bad. It’s not my opinion. It’s up to you which your audience they want fast paced or they want slow paced. It’s up to you different audiences, different target demographics and whatever it is that they like. Right? So again, I’ll just go in here and I’ll select this track. I’ll cut it wherever that pause is and then I’ll select this track. I’ll cut it and then I’ll delete these two and snap it back together. Right? You see what I’m doing here? Pretty straightforward. Nothing really fancy that I’m doing. Same thing in the beginning. Let’s say I don’t want like her to just start um like at like a blank uh section. I just can cut this and then here to to map it wherever I see uh I’m not even listening to it. See because I can see in the track itself there’s like a blank happening here. Um, so like again separate and then um once it does that I can just crop the endings and the beginnings where it just completely like blanks out when it’s kind of dull, right? So you want to make it more fast-paced especially in uh this vertical scenario and you want to make it a short video and stuff like that. That’s the thing that’s the thing we’re trying to do here and snap it back in like so. And then come back here and then um come back here and then separate audio and video. Yes. Okay. and then snap it back in uh here with the ending here. You see there’s a lot of gaps here. Uh we’re actually just looking at the screen again uh like so. And then I’ll just um um you know put this cut. So it’s not taking me more than like maybe 60 seconds to do it. But this little detail if you show this video to YouTube, let’s say if a channel got demonetized or something, you show like I did this work where I’m putting this effort to edit it myself or have an editor do it in a virtual assistant or whatever. this little thing is enough because this prevents AI slop as we call it, right? Very important. Um, even when it’s an AI generated character because this little details matter these days. Uh, and people like they want everything automated. Hey, if everybody’s automated, you can have billions of videos. Who’s going to watch your stuff, right? It’s pretty common sense, right? Um but anyway, so you just snap this and then snap this and then um you delete this uh stuff where uh it is again not like kind of pauses and stuff like that and then we snap it back in right and again there’s towards this end here I see lot of pauses here in the end I do that same thing here cut and then delete and then delete okay you can even delete it by clicking on your delete button and then boom so now you see it’s a lot more, you know, I guess say fast-paced, I guess. Um, so let me show you. Even in the beginning, I don’t like this little sequence, uh, where she’s just not even starting right away. Every second matters for shorts, by the way. Okay, that’s the secret we’ve been going having a video go viral versus one that doesn’t cut thing again. Okay, just you have to see the whole workflow. If you don’t understand what I’m doing, then you know, like you’re not going to understand the underlying dynamic. I’m just going to snap all these back together. Okay, you can auto snap it as well in the app, but like hey, it takes me 2 seconds. Why bother? So now I can click save and I’ll show you. Let’s export. And then I’ll say um fast uh page, let’s say. Okay, with no pauses at the end. Little details like this is the difference between a video getting a million views, let’s say, versus getting 100 views because every second matters for interest. Okay, and you can do that in the middle of the video as well where you see gaps, for example, up to you. Okay, again, right? it’s not um you know like my way or whatever right so then it’s going to generate and it’s going to show you here okay and you see here already the Asian uh businesswoman one got generated here already got exported um so let me play this so let me uh download this one in the meantime while the other one is getting so this one was the one I just generated here remember with the chat GPT okay so this one was the one you see this this one right here it was the one it generated and exported it for me you got it That’s the one which uh I just did today in the project in real time. So let me play this video. Uh well this um one is getting generated because you’re going to see everything in real time, right? Watch this.

    Most video tools force a trade-off. Video Express combines speed, control, and quality in one place. Most video tools force a trade-off. Video Express combines speed, control, and quality in one place. Consistent characters keep presenters recognizable, making every campaign. There you go. People ask me, why does AI mess up? There we narration video. No lip sync. Did you notice? Okay, let’s go next. Polished and professional.

    Built-in narration and lips sync create speaking videos without separate voice or animation services. Square and landscape formats repurpose one idea for social posts, ads, and present. Unlike fragmented competitors, Video Express cuts handoffs, subscriptions, and production time. Unlike fragmented competitors, Video Express cuts handoffs, subscriptions, and production time.

    All right. There was that also if you saw right there was like uh the area of uh basically it repeated itself, right? And so uh I’ll show you what how you can fix this. Let me show you. Um and while I do that um let me show you as well. Uh let me share my screen here real quick. So these are the little nit um stuff that you will slowly nitpick and this is where the human is coming into the picture. uh because we know what we want. Yeah, it kind of kind of doesn’t know what we want half the time. Sometimes it glitches, sometimes it hallucinates. Okay. So, very important this is this part is um clarified for you. Okay. All right. And that’s the thing I want to show you transparently what is happening and why you should pay attention to this stuff, right? Cuz if you don’t, then what’s the point? So, this is the video express fast-paced one. Remember the one I cut pauses. Let’s see this. Then I’ll do the same uh stuff because the question that came in was what do I do with like frame changes? like the person is like frames are changing slightly was the question. We fix it through fast pace. You’ll see a person cannot notice it. You might notice it slightly because you think it’s AI generated but a normal person cannot tell. Uh they want it fast-paced. Okay. So let me show you download. I’ll show you this. Okay. So uh watch this. Okay. How fast this thing is. And I did it like right in front of your eyes. I could have done it even better obviously with uh uh some time obviously. Uh but in live stream sometimes you want to be more fast-paced let’s say. So let me show you. I video tools charge you every single month then cap how much you can actually make. Video express does the exact one payment not a subscription. You make as many videos as you like for as long as you like. No credit meters draining while you work. No limit reached. No upgrade screen in the middle of a project. Happens in one place. Write it, generate your scenes, and build the finished video on a real timeline. All right. What did we learn from this one? It’s important. Now, let me uh actually remove this and add it back into the sequence here. The main thing is, if you noticed a little bit, okay, is that they’re all like kind of just standing there and just talking. And you can make them walk and talk and stuff as well depending on the prompting stuff. I just wanted to show you in a consistent character scenario what are some things you want to pay attention to like lighting and uh why cropping and stuff like that works. But if you want to do action scenes and stuff, same logic applies, right? If the person is moving from one location to the other, it has to have uh coherence, right? Congruence meaning it has to make match. And this is the reason why we want to do the cropping and stuff properly, right? This is what I’m trying to do right now. So in this case as well uh I’m trying to make it very fast-paced so that when the gaps happen like it should not look strange right and that’s why I’m separating the audio with the video so I know where the gaps are in the beginning or the ending you can tell right away like uh as an example here I can see one here I can see right um then here where I selected is another one uh here look at this one is huge right and on and on right you get the point and uh so like we can just uh fix those and you can get AI to do it as I just feel like it’s not not worth wasting uh tokens for that like meaning cost like for the usage uh cuz these tools right like they do have some kind of a limit on how many how much time it runs let’s say if you can make it run for 15 minutes and take 1 minute of your own time to manually do it uh to your desire that’s worth your time right um because it can do all the clips and puts it together saves the project you can come in and like just do that last minute edit where the human uh touch comes into the picture that’s how you want to treat it okay and that is where I we are seeing a huge amount of results like the people get the best results from media express right now. Um and and that regardless they they purchased a month ago, they purchased a couple of years ago and all that is stuff like this. You see here her hand you notice these are the things that AI sometimes ends up doing. So how do we fix it? Well, very simple. Come here, crop it, right? Start from this section. See? So we just crop it and then come here, crop it, crop. And then we just delete this little uh piece here and a little piece here. and snap him back in. Right? And then the same thing in the in the end here, right? Like I will do it where I just uh uh crop it. You don’t even have to really split the thing as well. But for splitting for me visually, I can see where the gaps are and fix it, right? Ultimately, that’s the concept. And when it snaps into like that scenario where it’s like smooth, let’s say here, like let me zoom this in here so you can see it uh better. So when it snaps into it like a little bit better, let’s say. Uh I’ve seen it like it’s much more uh realistic looking and also exciting. Uh what’s happening right now is 90% of the people basically just leave before they even watch like 2 seconds. So like if you have your first two seconds being a pause, okay, and and sometimes even when you prompt the AI, by the way, and I’ve done that too. I’ve spent tens of thousands of dollars to push the AI tools and stuff to the limits, right? uh in this last couple of months and what I found out is that even when you tell it right in the beginning don’t have any pauses sometimes it’ll mess it up by thinking okay I need to start talking the very first second that the uh video loads and the problem with that is it might looks look look very weird right very unrealistic and um then it has to make up for it in the end it might have unreasonable pauses and stuff so just generally speaking like have it do all the work for you the 99% of the work do the final edit yourself and if you’re not willing to do that much. Hey, don’t blame me later or uh that if you don’t get the results that you desire from uh these uh tools, okay? Whatever the tool it might be, however expensive it might be, because if you’re the type of person who wants to just think like everything should be 100% automated and no human has to come, you’re kind of shooting yourself in the foot where you’re trying to uh basically say, “Okay, I’m one of the billions of people who will do AI slop, right?” With no creativity or thought process uh at all. Okay? And by the way, this is in English. You can do it in other languages too obviously by changing that uh prompt. So for example, if you come back in here, you can modify this in the beginning when you copy this or you can download this file and you can edit it to say do it in Spanish or do it in whatever, right? It works in most languages that we’ve tested, but of course some uh more nonpopular languages, let’s say not that good uh essay from the European languages, for example. Okay. Um so here we go. Let me just crop this thing again. Um and on and on. So you see what I’m trying to do like simple stuff. I mean it’s nothing really fancy like even um a fifth grader can do this but the logic is what matters here. Why are we doing it? What’s the purpose of it? Let’s say okay and what’s the goal of this as well. Here we’re trying to just make it exciting video. It doesn’t have to be and this is the thing. It doesn’t have to be like a minute long. It has to be interesting to get results, right? It can be 49 seconds long. It can be 39 seconds long. Whatever it ends up being. The idea is that is as long as it’s interesting, you’re going to get monetized quickly. You’re going to get subscribers. You’re going to get all that. Whatever the use case is, right? And even for a marketing video, you don’t want any fluff, right? You get to the point quickly. Uh it’s not about wasting time. Okay? Uh that’s the key thing. If you get to the point quickly, what what what is the benefits? What are you talking about? And that’s what I did with the script writing as well. It goes straight to the point. It doesn’t waste time. Um it’s not like, hey, uh do you know Video Express? Oh, by the way, Video Express is an application which does nobody has time for that. go straight to the point. What can you do? How does it solve any and what’s the benefit? Right? Um when we’re doing it. Okay. So now this is done. Let’s export it. Um fixed fast pace. Let’s name it. And then once it does, I’ll show you the final output. And while it’s doing that, let me answer some questions here. Okay. Um and on and on. Okay. And um uh this one right here, no, we will never offer embedding of videos. Uh you want to just embed it on YouTube, they’ll do it for free. It’s just that it we’ve had issues in the past where when we embedded it and some person puts it in some uh weird uh you know like these um what do you call link sharing websites and a billion people watch it and it eats up our bandwidth and the same person wants it unlimited access it doesn’t make any sense just use Vimeo YouTube whatever and embed it all free platforms out there right just want to be clear because it’s not worth our time wasting on that um and it’ll never be possible when YouTube is free I embed all my videos on YouTube okay I mean really uh So why even bother? Okay. And um uh the other question is am I able to create a 3second clip using first frame, last frame, image to video? Uh we are going to be pushing this update in your accounts. I don’t know if we pushed it yet. Uh I’ll double check. But if you go to first frame, last frame. Okay, here right now. Uh we put beta. You see that’s why we did it. And you go in here, click on this. You see how it says uh first frame from library and then last frame and we put beta. works I’d say decent amount of time depending on what category and stuff. So here you would put uh the first frame and the last frame. Okay. And uh then you can control um the output. So you can make it whatever you want to do. And then how you would do it is in the advanced mode uh when you try to create a video out of it, right? Basically you can control it saying it needs to be 3 seconds or 5 seconds. We have that controller thing, right? But I would suggest not using that reference frame last time because sometimes you might need the thing to play out, right? It might take 4 seconds, 5 seconds or whatever. So here like what I would do is uh let’s say I don’t know uh I can go in here uh I can pick her as the first frame let’s say and then I can um go here and then do um again rear and then I can go uh last frame again here I can go uh you know pick her again let’s say not the different person obviously right so the it starts here and ends there let’s say okay and then you can just say like what do you want to do right so uh what’s the first frame prompt what’s the last frame prompt so you can say um She looks um well, we don’t need it because we put the image. So, we can just go straight to the video prompt. So, you can say she says uh first frame and last frame upload feature in video express rocks. Okay. And then just click create. Um and then it’s going to start creating it. And um and it says for best party use 9×6. So I put 9×6 just because the fidelity of a 9×6 at 1080p which we do natively does better uh than 16×9 obviously especially when you want movements and stuff like that right so then you’ll see in the media library um let me show you here under my videos see it’s it’s uh loading right I’ll show you how the output will look like but while it’s doing it again not to waste time so we go to my videos remember this video where I did the fast-paced Asian woman thing um let’s download that and let me play that to you as Well, okay. So, just so that you can uh see um what I did in terms of making it more fast-paced. Okay. You’ll see the difference when you uh see uh it played out. Okay. It doesn’t look um weird, let’s say, is a better way to say it, I guess. Um All right. All right. So, she’s here. Tools force a trade-off. Video Express combines speed, control, and quality in one place. Most video tools force a trade-off. Video Express combines speed, control, and quality in one place. Consistent characters keep presenters recognizable, making every campaign polished and professional. Built-in narration and lips sync create speaking videos without separate voice or animation services. Critical square and landscape formats repurpose one idea for social posts, ads, and present. Unlike fragmented competitors, video express cuts handoffs. See that? You saw what happened there? those clips are in narration mode. So, how do we fix that? Let me show you. So, let’s go back here. Um, subscriptions just to make one video. Oh, give me a sec here. All right. So, we go back here. So, what you do is wherever you see that issue where it’s narration, right? And rather than talking like this one, this is the third sequence, right? Where it’s narration, you’re just going to go in in the sequence of uh videos here. So, let’s say 1 2 this is the third one, right? This it’s 0 to 8. Come here. You’re going to go in here again and then you can go in here organize and then what you could do here. Remember I told you the fix thing. Uh let me show you um let me show you here. So you can come in here right click and then you can basically redo it. So let me show you um in the settings tab because what we can do effectively with these is we can save the last frame and redo it like I showed you before. So let’s say for example I can come in here this video save the last frame. Click on this, save it, and then I can regenerate that one sequence again like I showed you earlier, remember? So, at any point, like any video you’re not happy with, you can do that, okay? By going in here and doing all that kind of stuff like going in regenerating, redesigning that uh video and all that. Okay, you see this right here like that fixed video option show up. So, anyway, this is the first frame, last frame. Let me show you how it works.

    Okay, let me play this so you can see it. Sometimes people can’t see it clearly. And then the way we fix it is the same logic. You see this fixed video. You can use fixed quality and stuff or can go to redesign. In this case, same thing for first frame, last frame. And any of the videos here that we see also same thing applies right in the clip itself. We can basically go first frame, last frame and uh fix it. Or we can even save the frame like so. And then come back and then come. You can even do it manually if you want. up to you. You can even tell AI to do it if you want. Create here. Use from library. And effectively, that’s what it’s doing. If you want to fix it, you come here. Boom. Okay. Click lip sync video. Create. It’s going to say here, what do you want? She says um video express is awesome or whatever you wanted to tell, right? And then um and then this is uh for example, or she can say she’s looking at the camera and speaking, let’s say. And then here we can say what does she say right? What is the script? What is the script she’s saying? If you have two actors two script um so you’re going to say um video express is awesome and I love using it or something. Okay. Um so that create and boom. Now what I’m telling it is to force it to use lip sync for example. Okay. And you can obviously tell chad as well to do it. It’s the same logic. Okay. So keep this in mind. These things happen. All right. uh and the reason why they happen also is because AI has this hallucination problem at times where it doesn’t understand your instructions even when you give it like a baby okay so by prompting it it goes to memory and it fixes it okay so for example here the mistake was that right so what I can tell it is this is where it happened right the narration happened in the the third scene right uh which was this one right here this this particular scene right here it started happening right so what we can tell it is uh in the third scene. It’s just narrating it instead of speaking. Make sure you use the lip sync uh feature uh checkbox. And then which is basically what I’m telling it to do is when you come into um uh this tab, let me show you. When you come into the tab of like uh um the create from prompt, I’m telling it basically to do that, right? detect pick and then paste um actor one script uh as the speech. This is what I showed you just now, right? And then it’ll understand what it what I asked it. It’s going to do that thing what I just showed you, right? Okay. And that’s how you can kind of put it to fix it. Uh basically this is how you do it. Anyway, now uh let me actually upload it because I’m kind of doing open loops here. But I want to show you how the first frame last frame because that was a question that came in as well. And this is the first frame, last frame. uh that I showed you earlier. Okay, watch this. First frame and last frame upload feature in Video Express rocks.

    Does that make sense? This was the first frame and last frame.

    All right, let me put myself back. Uh, all right. So, you see what happened there, right? So, uh, that’s what I did like first frame, last frame. That’s how it kind of looks like in other words. All right. So, let’s, uh, share my screen here, uh, here. So, this is how you do it. All right. Hey, no complaining when it’s a live stream. All right. So you understand what I’m trying to do is basically so I don’t have to wait for 10 minutes or 5 minutes or 3 minutes when that actually is being generated right like you see here all these videos are being uh generated my scene right screen right now so instead of waiting it to generate I’m kind of downloading it and showing you what the previous one is being done otherwise you can do the YouTube influencer videos they’re out there where the person will be done in 5 minutes and then you go in and you pick the pieces you’re never going to be able to recreate all right uh what you’re trying to do okay that’s why I’m saying like okay this one I fixed it. Let while it’s rendering, let me show you this first frame, last frame output that I got, which is what I showed you. And then remember I fixed this one where I basically used the last frame and I got the syncing to do. This was that one now, right? Remember where I said, okay, this narration video was happening and now she’s speaking. See what is happening right here. So this is what I’m trying to do. Because if I just say, hey, let’s wait. Okay, it’s rendering. Okay, it’s going to take 60 seconds. Okay, wait. You’re going to leave effectively. Okay. So, this was where I did it, right? So, where we did that uh we can fix it by uh quality or you can even do by the way where you know like this one like where her lips are not moving. I’ll show you this one right here. So, you see where she’s just not talking here. So, again, she moves into the scene where she’s talking. So, this sequence where that narration video is happening, I fixed it with this video, right? And then basically all you got to do is got to come back here and you upload it right here and then snap back in. All right? Is that cool? All right. Cool. All right. So, now you just put it back in this section right here like so. And you can snap back into this. And then you can basically understand uh what I’m trying to do. And then we just uh put it in here. Okay. Um basically. All right. So then you can save the project and be good to go. All right. So basically I’m just showing this to you guys so you understand uh basically which is very important is that when you’re working with this you have to understand the end goal and end to end then you can guide AI where the mistakes are happening correct so for example uh to explain this better we explained here first frame last frame right where is it used the ability to do first frame uh last last frame uh with image upload that new feature we came right if you don’t know that exists this um then you know what I mean you’re going to wait until I create a workflow for you to be able to use these correct so the idea what we’re trying to do is we’re trying to have you do this project this whole thing to be able to understand where is it making mistakes so that you can come in and fix that because then you can say hey this one was a narration video remember I gave that prompt to charge to fix it hey fix it because you know it’s it’s not talking so what I want you to do in other words is what I’m telling it effectively is come to create from uh with AI right create from from prom with AI right this one then come here and then select it to lip- sync HD video get this option right here and then I’m telling it click on this and then when you uh basically use the same character photo let’s use that for the time being right and come here click on this boom like so and it’s basically telling um here okay uh to use that lip sync video right when you say use for library click lip sync video create video. There we go. We can describe her like uh she is staring at the camera. This is what I’m telling uh Chad to do effectively in this actor script is where we want her to talk. This is going to fix that 100% of the time the narration video issue. So we can tell it use this feature whenever there’s speech. You see now the instructions are more clearer and that’s what you need to tell it. You can’t just magically say hey go do this go do that when features change in applications. uh you know we make updates to certain things and stuff like that. So if you don’t understand that, you’re going to be sitting there and like wa there’s 50 features here. Which one do I use for what purpose? Correct? Uh and again the other beautiful part is you see here she’s staring at the camera. I can adjust it where we can say she is walking in and talking at the camera, right? And then she can say um uh let’s say you can walk and uh work while uh using your phone and video express. Let’s say for example that’s the thing right. So now what it’s going to do is you know she’s just uh staring she’s going to try to walk. Does that make sense? Um and uh within that frame that we gave her right in that image effectively. So when we do use from library the difference is compared to putting the image prompt here the difference between both okay between this and that is that here it’s going to try to regenerate the image again using the likeness of the face and the clothing here it’s going to use exactly so meaning the user from library are going to be exact as is okay everything being exact okay um so that you understand like okay I want the whole frame to be as is this is useful where for example example, you want that framing to be correct, the lighting to be exact, the clothing to be exact, her jewelry if she’s wearing to be in the exact area, her hair tones and everything. That’s why we use the use library where it’s not going to recreate the image again. Effectively use it exactly whatever is here, it’s going to be the image that’s going to be used in that video. Okay. Um, now can we upload a song and do it uh is the question. Talking photos AI is best for this video express. Uh, the reason why is in songs you need the melody part to be throughout, right? not a 10-second um uh scenario. So, for example, in the case of I’ll show you this, you understand better. So, here you see how we have each sequence breaking here. Um that’s useful if you want like you know a person to move around, a person to do different activities like in one scene she might be talking, one scene she might be walking, one scene she might be like sitting down. You can do all that with the lip sync scenario, right? That’s useful in this scenario. When singing you don’t want to do that, but it breaks in the middle of the melody look strange, right? So in that case we completely built an algorithm from scratch um in the case of um uh that so where you can go in so I’ll show you um app talking photos.ai Yeah, you can go in here. I’ll show you. Um, so here when you come in here, check this. You see this where literally you can come in here, click on singing, and then this close up high quality. And then this is with the instrument high quality, whichever one you like. You click on it, it will do the entire 5 minutes here, and entire 3.5 minutes here with perfect lip sync regardless if there’s background music and all that. Okay? And that’s why talking photos AI is much better for this use case for sure. And again, I’m going to create a workflow for that as well uh with Chad VT and claude in the future. Same logic applies. Okay, for singing 100%. There’s no not even a debate because we have to do it from scratch and it’s very compute intensive like you have to use a bunch of servers to run 3.5 minutes where every frame remembers the last scenario, right? Like back to back, back to back, back to back. And that requires a lot of what we like to call memory and context, right? Very expensive uh process to do. So yeah, talking photos very cheap as well to get. Uh it’s the best for singing. It’s from the ground up setup. Okay. Um that you can get. All right. Uh yeah, for sure. Everybody loves it. Uh for example, okay. And I mentioned this just now. Two out of 11 scenes, the lips are not sinking at all. Exactly what I said, which is what I showed you. It’s why you got to pay attention, right? When it is not doing it, you’d want to do it this way where you tell it uh for example, where you can do it two ways, right? Manually means you save it this way. this one right here which I told you right now where you can save the last frame and then you can upload that last frame uh when you go to create from prompt and then uh you click on uh use from library that setup I showed you. The other way is basically you can tell um Chad GPT whatever to always use lip sync HD video option and always when using that to paste the script in the actor one script section in the next step. Okay, does that make sense? So let’s say for example if I pick her as the character you can tell um Chad can do the same thing which is let me go back here one sec um and then if I pick her let’s say I can tell every single time okay here in this section I need her to talk this okay uh the reason why I didn’t put that in the system prompt is because if you do this understand that no matter what she’ll talk okay so there’ll be some cases let’s say for example in a spokesperson video they’re skydiving or something Right? Uh for example, like you don’t want a scenario where like while jumping from uh the the u the helicopter that person starts talking which looks strange, right? So by default we didn’t put it but if you want to force it you can say hey create lip sync audio and actor one script paste the script there. Okay, that’s what you’d want to say, which is what I kind of told it here, right? In the third scene is just narrating instead of speaking. Make sure that use the lip sync feature checkbox and then paste actor one as a speech. And it said, as you can see here, I’ll replace scene three with true lip sync take the presenter defined as actor one. And um and the spokes uh spoken line paste in actor one script. Okay, and that’s what it did here. You see that’s how you fix these issues. Uh cuz it’s like if you don’t and and the beauty here is it’s going to remember it for next time, right, in memory. So it’s not going to make this mistake again if you want that exact output. That’s the beauty of uh prompting chatgpt and these AI uh tools to do it because the memory gets better with time right uh effectively and that’s why we don’t want to get into the uh chat GPT business. It’s just because you know they subsidize these things to the point where like you know uh they it’s just not worth it for us to put chat GPT into uh video express at all. Like it’s going to cost us let’s say $500 a month. It’s going to cost you $20 a month. Why? Well, because they want to subsidize with all the money uh from venture capital and stuff they’ve raised, right? Uh so and they want more of people to use Chad GPT than people like us competing with Chad GPT. So that’s the other reason they want to do it. All right. So this is the way we want to structure it. Is that clear? Um if you uh are clear on this. All right. So all right. So we covered quite a bit here today. Okay. And to keep this exciting, I’m going to end this in the next minute or so. I want to uh kind of summarize what we did today so far. Okay. so that we kind of understand uh the flow of what what we did. Okay. So, first things first, what I showed you is we go into video.ai/workflow. I built a brand new workflow for you. In the workflow, uh it’s going to be in this uh video express.ai/workflow here. As you can see, you come in here. You’re going to come into this tab like here, which says uh this one right here. You see this fulllength consistent character video with one prompt. I’m going to add more of these workflows with time. Come in here and then you’re going to say open the system prompt. Okay. And then come here, click on this. And in here, did you notice one thing? It gives you the whole steps. Okay. Log to the app. First in the browser, okay, of uh claw or chat GPT or whatever. Second thing it says is copy the prompt. Which one is the entire prompt? This button right here. Okay. And then third is paste and answer two questions that it asks you. Okay. So, what are those two questions? You scroll down here to the bottom. I’ll show you. Um, watch carefully here. Um it says uh like you see this right do this in the very end it asks for these questions right uh whatever those questions are okay and the question will be reference photo do you want to give it or do you want to generate any generated photo that’s the one if you want to make modifications yourself you can download this file open it with like notepad in windows or like uh text pad or whatever in Mac and then you can make changes to this uh prom yourself or you can just copy it and ask chat GPD or cloud or whatever to change it yourself okay cool uh you need uh for this the browser third tab uh open. Uh that’s the second aspect. So in uh chat GPT as I showed you here, I’ll show you right in the top right. Okay, it’s going to be this little tab, right? Toggle side panel as you see it got selected on the top. That will open up the browser in there. You see here which I put app.vdiexpress.ai. You want to have that uh created. And then when you come in here, you log in. And once it’s logged in, all the stuff works. Okay. uh I want to log in before I do this because if I don’t do that uh then it’s going to ask for the login and keep prompting you put the login and stuff and then when you put your login and password in the chat window it’s going to say hey no no I don’t I I don’t want to save any passwords publicly right so by doing it in the browser it’s more secure and um you know it’s one extra step for it not to think and now safeguard that password somewhere encrypted and all that right here in the thing it’s can be organized that way properly okay uh that’s the other one so The next step that I showed you was basically where it will do all the work for you where like for example it’s going to come in it’s going to generate the image like so uh and it’s going to generate the video like so right um where the person is talking and stuff in this case um and you can make them walk and talk as well like I showed you just now uh where you can do that and and basically which is I believe is this one where you see this just walking and talking okay so you can do it this way too for example Right? You see this? She’s walking and talking basically. Uh you can do that with prompting as well. And you can drag it into the timeline of course. So then she can walk and talk like this. All right. So anyway, so uh basically you can do this through prompting and stuff. Sometimes it’s going to be where there’ll be issues where it’s narrating uh meaning there’s no lip sync happening. Okay. If that is the case like uh what you want to do in those cases is you can do two things. Right click, fix video and you can do uh fix quality is the one option. If that doesn’t fix it, you want to go to redesign like so. Come here and then what you want to do is click on lip sync HD video this option and then you want to click on create video and then you want to make sure you do this after one. Okay, it’s talking. So when you do this, it’s always going to talk. Okay, no matter what, even if it’s doing some actions and stuff, it’s going to make sure to prioritize uh lip sync over other things. Okay, then the next thing I explained to you is uh basically where all this stuff, the automations and stuff is predicated on two things being true, correct? Uh well, first one is Video Express, okay? Uh being the the best deal in the planet obviously in terms of like where you get one time, right? the ability to pay just once and be able to create as many of these experiments even, right? Sometimes they don’t come properly without having to pay for credits and stuff like that, right? Credits, tokens, monthly fees and stuff. And that’s not going to be true down the line for those who got in will be grandfathered in. That’s our promise. But it’s the hardest thing to do for video. That’s why Chad GBP left Sora. Chad GB completely dismantled Sora, right? Uh because it’s too expensive uh OpenAI people. And secondly, every other platform charges like $4 for every 20 second video, 15-second video, whether they merge it or whatever. We’re the only platform, the last one left, last company doing it. And we still get hated on. Uh because at the end of the day, people get first exposure with Video Express, right? And they kind of don’t know what’s out there. Okay? Uh let’s say you have other platforms out there. We charge $99 a month and give you $90 worth of credits and then you open it up and by the time you use one project uh with the 3minute video already $50 is done and now you’re sitting I only have $40 left for this month this whole month meaning in 2 minutes is done. So when you run chat JPT and these automations imagine right so um what the idea is is that help us out by buying our other tools because we’re the last company left and we don’t make much profit out of these things. So if you can buy our talking photos.ai AI which is the best lip sync tool for singing uh for you know dancing videos uh talking for like the whole 5 minute is singing and lip syncing right without you having to do clips for example um that’s what tap talking photos does for example like this one right here you can do singing uh you can do replicate motion where you can upload a photo and some uh actions and it will replicate that motion throughout right whether it’s cartoon style realistic style whatever you can do fantasy talking videos whatever right for long length like 5 minutes and stuff like that uh lip-s sync videos where you don’t have to worry about these uh syncing things, right? Uh specifically for singing as well where your background music matters. Second thing is um you can buy our clone wise version 4.0 is coming soon. In the case of clone voice, what the advantage is is that you can come into the API and you link your clone wise account. So when you create um say for example, you come in here. I’ll show you as an example, right? Let’s say you come in and then um you do that use from library thing just which I showed you. Come in here and then um you come in. I’ll show you this one right here. And let’s say we created uh this uh her again like we used her and then we created a a video where we want her to uh do some activity like she’s uh running or something jogging or something let’s say right so like we can come in here and then she say uh we put like this I’ll show you we can put narration video I’ll show you okay narration and um we can click on this create and then here you see where it says uh clone voice uh here we can now here basically add our cloned voices and stuff you It says provide API key. So you go to clone, you put your API key. You can clone voices 7,000 uh plus u unique voices like uh you know like a mage talking a radio broadcaster talking and all that kind of stuff. You can do that with that direct integration with clone voice. Okay. And when you do that your voices that you clone will come up here like uh clone voices. Um and that version uh four is coming next week which I’ll announce officially to you folks. It’s ready. Uh just uh doing some final beta testing and finishing up some tutorials on that uh with the update. So, you can help us out with that one, right? And we have other products as well that you can go to um this uh link right here that you can check out of ours. Uh even in the description, I have it as well um that you can check. So, you’ll see that poner.com. So, if you go into that um let me show you real quick. Uh yeah, you can go in here, you’ll see all our products listed here, right? We have clone voice, we have Artistly, our other image generation application. Artistly V7 is being worked on very hardcore right now where we’re going to have a chat window similar to like chat GPT and stuff like that where you can edit an image and you can chat with it and something we’re working really hard on. It’s going to be ready next month uh sometime uh once we wrap up Clone Wars V4 and stuff like that. And then uh Vide Express obviously the one you know right now which I showed you. And then the stocking photos I just show you longer than lip sync. And then human pal which is like a spokesperson style video we did a while back. And what’s beautiful with that one is um it really has templates, right? If you like the template approach where behind that person there’s mockups and like behind a person there’s screen share videos happening. Let’s say when a spokesperson behind them there’s like a screen share video like what I’m doing right now like I’m talking and there’s like a screen share happening. You want that kind of stuff. It has that click sites which are AI generated um website builder. Uh so meaning you can use you know generate websites and you can have it hosted by us. You can export it and you can sell client websites as well with it because we allow you to export client projects and stuff like that. Uh because of that white label thing that we give with this one to export it over as an agency to clients and stuff like that. Pretty cool. Uh you can support us with any of these. Okay. And more than ever before it matters now uh because every one of our competitors everyone I’m not talking okay there’s one uh two everyone uh where is now moving into a monthly plus credit system. Okay. What does that mean exactly? Well, that means like effectively to compare let’s say you spent um let’s say with our products let’s say right you spend let’s say $200 with our products right overall let’s say and that means you spend one time right for that now imagine these other platform even if you spend $99 they’re going to be more add-ons to purchase and then plus you got to pay credits on top okay so meaning you’re paying from them for the privilege of renting the product renting is the right word and then on top of that when you exhaust, let’s say, 20 videos or 30 videos you create with it, now they’re going to say, “Oh, 99 bucks you paid for this month is done for the last 5 minutes you used it, now pay more or you can’t use the product cuz you’re renting it. You don’t own it effectively.” And we’re the last company left doing it. I mean, it’s a tough challenge. Uh, and I keep telling uh folks out there and uh we have our community helping us out with our Facebook group and stuff, right? where we have like if you join our Facebook group here opponent.com um um that FB thing right there on the bottom you’ll understand that we have 85,000 plus people there and even in our YouTube channel like 47,000 something subscribers all of our customers are here and we are the last company left and as a community it’s important that we stick together right one of the things I see all the time right people don’t understand the challenge with technology is not exactly really about what you do with it, which I can help you out with all these workflows I’m giving you and simplifying with the training and stuff I’m doing for free. It is the belief, okay? When you come into video express or any one of our competitors out there and you come in and you’re like, “Oh, it’s going to be like I’m going to running out of credits. I used Chad GPT. I ran it some automation and it already created 30 videos for me, right? create 30 videos for me and already my competitor or let’s say or any one of our competitors uh competitors is going to probably for the 30 videos assuming it’s 10 to 15 seconds long or whatever per clip is going to charge you like about give or take even the lowest of low ones I’ve seen $60 okay for the 30 give or take and especially at 1080p which we do natively so that means you exhausted $60 even on the $99 a month plan within literally the first 5 minutes of using charg GP or cloud or something to automate, right? I imagine, okay, with us, you’re you’re still being able to experiment more, right? And you get the ability to do more vendor slots and stuff like that with unlimited account. Hey, that’s why a lot of people even tell us, “Hey, why are you not raising your prices?” Because it’s a commitment we made for you guys uh to give you more value. That’s what we did. And we want to do that uh for as long as possible. Sort of like what Costco does, right? you go to Costco, you know, hey, I’m going to get the lowest prices, but also I’m going to get the best value for my my dollar, and for that I can stick around, right? And I have that brand loyalty. That’s what we want to do, okay? Um, so help us out with any of our products you can purchase. I’ll be greatly appreciated, of course, and only help us update more products, right? Like for example, clone wise V4, it’s coming up, right? Like even if you invest in video express, that money goes into Clone Wars development, right? invested in talking photos, that money goes into the update of Artistly V7 coming up, whatever it is, because the the idea with AI right now is that the costs are insane, okay? Insane. Like our server costs and stuff are in the millions of dollars, okay? Um and uh like right now, for example, we’re spending anywhere between $300 to $400,000 and stuff worth of uh compute uh that we have to spend every single month. And that’s not including our engineering costs uh and all that cuz we’re not like one of these people where oh you know uh we’re such a great company that we’re just going to use seed dance 2.0 um and seed dance 2.0 comes in now you just pay us for the credits. All we’re going to do is pay uh uh you know like be a rapper where we just going to recharge you. Let’s say uh seed dance cost a dollar per 10 seconds or whatever it is. We will charge you $150. We’ll make our 50 cents on top. Easy easy right? No engineering needed on that. just put the thing and it’s done. That’s what everybody’s doing now. Okay, it’s a shame actually, but that’s the game. So, when we do something different, we need support, right? We need people to understand and say no to the behavior that is occurring out there where everything is being increased and people expect you to pay because it’s monopolizing now, right? And uh so that’s why I’m trying to say like this training courses I have for you, other stuff will always be free. Uh the hardest challenge is to ensure that we don’t jack up the prices on you for video express. The hardest challenge is to update it for free. We’ve been updating V Express for the last two and a half years, three years now almost um for free, right? Whether you got in two years ago or whatever. That’s hard. Okay, that’s much harder than creating a school community and you just say, “Oh, you know, new update for Claw, new update for Chad GBD.” Anybody can do that. Okay, easy stuff. What’s hard is to actually build the infrastructure, the technology, the engineering work that’s required to make it. Does that mean that we’re going to be as fast as these people using seed dance 2 2.5 whatever and just reselling it back to you? No. It might be a couple of months later or whatever where you understand that we stand behind our stuff. We can come on live like this and you can blame me if something goes wrong and stuff and I’m hearing you right. Uh which is not easy trust me. So do help us out where possible please. It really helps us out and you know we do want you to understand that we’re working hard for you and it’s not at a certain point it’s not even about profit. It’s about uh commitments right? It’s about being true to your word. You know, when I say, “Hey, all these workflows are free.” They’ve been free. Suddenly, you didn’t put a uh like when you go to this video. There’s not even an opt-in form. Like, we’re not even asking you, “Hey, subscribe or sign up and stuff because I want everybody to use it. I don’t want somebody’s like, “Oh, okay, there we go. I got to put my name and email. I’m not going to put it.” And then they quit, right? Um I want it to be accessible to everybody. And that’s a hard challenge because a lot of time goes into it, right? So, I hope that makes sense. And uh that’s the goal out of doing this stuff. It’s not like about just a bunch of profit or something because if it was about profit, we can serve 10% of our customers at a higher price point and make more money doing it and with less headaches. But we want accessibility for everybody. AI to be such that where you know, you come in, you should be able to say, okay, I I understand the power of it where it struggles, where it not. And that’s the discussion we’re having today where hey, you know, uh I try to create a video sometimes it doesn’t talk. How do I fix it? much better discussion to have uh than when I see people like you know I use seed dance API in this rapper company where it just like uses it and resells it back to me they don’t even reply back to me because they say it’s a seed dance issue uh or whatever right a Google issue or something it’s not my problem you pay ours for the just the interface right the interface you come in to login and uh just please understand that what we do is the hardest job in the world and as time goes on you know more and more and more people are going in the other direction uh which is hey charge more money make more money satisfy the investors uh and that leaves us in this one lane everybody else in this other lane and sometimes it’s hard to justify our value because people don’t even have a reference point to compare against and they’ll say yeah yeah you’re a cheap product like it’s not good enough and I tell you it doesn’t work that way right it’s the amount of love you show into the effort you put into the product and standing behind something matters a lot more right uh so hope that helps and I see some comments coming in I really do appreciate the support um and and everything else as well, right? It it does mean a lot. I really believe it and um and uh that’s what why we do this. Okay. Uh because I’ve been in the space for almost like next year 2027 June will be uh 20 years been doing this uh full-time, right? Uh so what I mean by that is like I made my money. It’s not just about money anymore, right? It’s about like uh taking a hard challenge in this case value for you and making sure the numbers work in the end and still sticking by uh promises made 3 years ago even and that’s uh not disappear right and leave you uh um you know holding the bag so to speak is the hardest challenge out there because you’re the last one left. Nobody left uh to even say okay that other company also does it therefore you know we are $10 cheaper than them. There’s nobody left. Everybody’s credits monthly fees. everybody. Okay. So understand that um because of that you know as time goes on your support will help us you know reach more people of course but also build a community of people who say no to monopolization and you know everybody trying to squeeze as much money as possible from people and then making it such that AI is not accessible for everybody right like for example like if I do the video express like the workflow right I’m open to tell you right like I’m open to tell you like I don’t want to get into the business of being a chat GPT or for 20 bucks or 8 bucks whatever it is and depending on the which part of the world you’re in, they’re giving you stuff that could we have to spend $500, right? If we integrate with them to do stuff they’re doing cuz they are the direct source. It’s like going to, you know, like the uh manufacturer of a of a good and saying, “Hey, you know, I’m going to compete with you on price and let’s let’s go do that.” When I can just say go to the manufacturer and buy what is better than what we can do. But what we do really well is video, lip sync, audio, image generation, and then bringing it all together, right? We’re not in the business of saying, “Okay, you know, um, you know, like get this chat GP integration in our video express, pay more money to us.” Like instead of paying $20 here, pay as usage based fees, which will add up to 100 bucks. you know, like the stuff I showed you here where uh chat GPT was running for uh 20 minutes to 30 minutes. If you don’t use the actual account that they’re giving you for that $20 a month account or whatever it comes to, it’s going to if we were to integrate it on a usage basis, just that one session will eat up like $30 to $40 of creating something, right? So that’s why I’m saying like just whatever just be transparent, right? And what we’re seeing right now, everybody’s like, “Oh, okay, cool. We can make money doing this.” So we’ll say agent techic workflows which IGPT integrated into the application pay us by usage like doesn’t make any sense and it’s kind of a rant I want to tell you because as you go on it’s going to get worse believe me and when you remember that when you watch these videos you understand that uh there’s no one left okay you have somebody who is like actually the last one standing we say right David versus Goliath well David won but there’s so many Goliaths out there that there’s only one David now which is us right like the underdog, let’s say. Um, so hope that is clear. So when you do tell us stuff, we do hear you. We do feedback and stuff, but understand we’re doing a harder challenge of actually making sure that when we put a feature in here, we’re not ging it on like, okay, this is a new feature where you can do this type of a video now. Oh, by the way, pay us extra money for the credits on this. It’s going to cost you more, right? Uh, hey, you know, 720p, like you know how we export video? I’ll show you. Uh, full HD versus HD. HD 720p, full HD is 1080p. They’re not even asking you extra money for 1080p, right? Everybody is like when you see Danc’s APIs or some of these other video platform stuff, they charge a price for 720p, charge a price for 1080p and charge a price for even further. And now you’re going, I’m going to save more money. I’m going to 720p. It’s not going to get you the same results, right? In terms of quality. So these are the realities, okay? Um and um I want to explain this part so you can understand. So when you come to these trainings, understand the love that goes into it, the hard work that goes into it, and also all the value we’re trying to give you. It’s not so much to make a quick buck, but longer term, right? As we’re finding where the last person left, we’re going to be the Costco of the industry where there are all these other um you know, your Walmarts and your other uh companies out there like IKEA and stuff where you have one Costco and all these others, right? Where we provide value, okay, to you to the best of our ability. Okay, so that said, okay, thank you so much for watching this training video. Next week it’s going to be about Clone Wars Wii4. Okay, the fourth version of Clone Wars will be coming up. I’ll be talking about that, announcing it to you. Watch out for our Facebook group and stuff. Uh it’s going to be awesome. It’s really really something we spend like the last almost 8 months working on because it’s 400 languages. You got to test it in so many different ways, right? Uh so um hope that will be fun for you folks, okay, out there. All right. Okay, then see you in the next uh training uh series next week. I’ll post this as well uh via email uh the shorter version of this training as well for those who want to watch in our tutorials page as also our Facebook group. Okay, so watch out for that as well in our Facebook group uh down u uh in this uh link right here. If you haven’t joined our Facebook group, I’ll post that as well. Okay, the edited version. Okay, thanks again. I’ll talk to you next week.

  • How I Made 500K With This ONE Affiliate Marketing Strategy – Sara Finance

    What if I told you the way everyone has taught you to do affiliate marketing was wrong? And what if there was a better way to do affiliate marketing without investing thousands of dollars upfront, without showing your face, and without having to have a large following? Well, after making over $500,000 in the past year with this new beginner-friendly affiliate strategy, I’ve been able to build a passive income stream that generates $50,000 a month while I sleep, [music] grow an anonymous, profitable brand without ever showing my face online, take full control of my income without counting on a nagging boss. That’s why in this video, I want to go over my own four-step method that shows you how to leverage this new beginner-friendly affiliate strategy to help you reach your first $5,000 online in record time so you can finally get rid of that annoying boss, own your time, and unlock location freedom. But before I show you how it works, first you must understand the biggest pitfall beginners fall into. Because here’s the thing, the way traditional affiliate marketing works is that step one, you find a product. Step two, you promote a product to an audience. Step three, you get paid a certain commission every time someone buys the product. But here’s the problem with that. [music] With traditional affiliate marketing, you already need to have a large audience. You need to be an expert in content creation to stand out in a saturated market. And on top of that, you need to compete with all the AI creators using AI to their advantage. This is exactly why most beginners in affiliate marketing get frustrated and give up in their first three months. But it doesn’t have to be this way. There’s a simple and little known strategy that solves all the problems of traditional affiliate marketing that I’ve used and that other small creators have used to make their first $,000 online. Like Ecom Mastery, a small channel who’s already generated thousands off their channel alone in the last 6 months. or Digital Wizardry, a faceless channel generating the same thousands as Ecom Mastery by following the same strategy I’ve used to generate $500,000 in the last year. These are all real examples of real people who have been using this one strategy to make their first thousands online. It’s what I call tutorial AI affiliate marketing. And the way this works is simple. You post tutorials showing how [music] to use business softwares like Shopify, ConvertKit or Hostinger on YouTube or Pinterest. This could be in the form of a blog or [music] a YouTube video. And because viewers are already searching for a tutorial on how to use Shopify, they’ll naturally check out your guide, learn how to use the software, and then they’ll sign up using your affiliate [music] link. Once they sign up, you will receive a $30 to $150 commission depending on your affiliate program. More on that in a bit. And unlike traditional affiliate marketing, you don’t have to have a large following to make this work. Because just by having 10 to 20 people sign up using your link, assuming you’re receiving $100 per signup, you’ll easily make your first $1,000 online. Not only that, but you can stay completely faceless and have zero experience [music] using the software and still build a profitable brand. Take E-Commerce TV by Nick for example. He posts simple Shopify tutorials and one of his threeinut videos how to set sales prices for products pulled in over 111,000 views. He never showed his face. He wasn’t teaching anything groundbreaking. It was just a basic tutorial on how to set sales prices that any beginner could have made. Now, I’ve designed a four-step method with AI in [music] mind, so you can leverage it at every stage. Instead of spending hours each week creating content from scratch, marketing it, and promoting it manually, you’ll have AI helping you do [music] all of it. This is one of the most overlooked ways to make money online because it’s misunderstood and undersold. Now, let’s break down the four-step method to build and grow your own profitable tutorial AI [music] affiliate business and start working towards your first $5,000 online ASAP. Think of this like building a house. Miss just one step and the whole thing can collapse. So, pay close attention. Now, before we get started with anything, let’s start with the first step, which will act as the foundation of our house. The affiliate programs we’re going to promote. A few programs that I highly recommend are Shopify, Hostinger, ConvertKit. The reason why I recommend these is because they have some of the highest payouts out of all. Check their affiliate programs out, apply to them, and use them. But if you’re not, here’s the number one thing you need to keep in mind when applying to other programs. Make sure they have at least a 30% payout or a $30 commission per sale. The thing you don’t want to do is spend too much time on the products that don’t offer good commission because you’ll be wasting your time getting 10 to $15 per sign up. You want to focus on promoting three to five programs so your viewers can see you as the authority of that product. And focusing on three to five will give them that feeling so they trust you and sign up through your link. Now that you have your foundation built, you are still missing the walls that will shape everything together. And building your walls will be the difference between having a house that stands the test of time or one that completely falls apart. And in this case, the walls will be your own website. With a website, not only will you have a way to display all your affiliate links properly, but you will also have a checkpoint where visitors can return to purchase your other affiliate products. But here’s the problem. The vast majority of us don’t even know how to code or set up a website domain. And when you don’t have something as crucial as this down, your entire tutorial AI affiliate business could fall apart. That’s why I’ve recently opened the doors to my content creation mentorship, where you’ll get all the support and guidance from me and my team of sevenigure coaches to do exactly that. This includes creating a website from scratch, even if you have zero coding experience, learning how to promote all of your affiliate links so you can make your first $5,000 online. Building the fastest growing social media brand, even if you’re starting from zero. So, if you want to learn the exact step-by-step methods to doing this, click the first link in the description, and I’ll see you inside. But having a website isn’t enough. Even if you have the best website, no one will be able to find it if you don’t have a method to get viewers to click on it. and check it out. Think of it this way. Imagine you’re in the business niche promoting your affiliate links like Shopify, Convert Kit, and Hostinger. You’ll find hundreds of creators in that niche promoting the same affiliate links as you. So, how do you stand out without looking like every other creator promoting the same products? That’s where step three of the four-step method comes in, building your content strategy. Now, there’s two methods to go about this. The first method is through YouTube. Being the second largest search engine in the world, right behind Google, you can easily use it to drive thousands of viewers into your videos, even if you don’t have a large following. And the way this content strategy works is simple. You’ll start by posting step-by-step faceless tutorial guides like these. Easy, right? Because all you’re really doing comes down to two steps. You’ll guide your viewer how to use the software and what they could expect from the different functions just like Metrics Media does in their video. You’ll also throw in call to actions throughout the video, telling them to sign up using your link [music] like Metrics Media did here. The easy part is recording the video. The hard part is standing out from competition. But don’t worry, there’s a simple way to stand out without putting much effort, and that’s through your YouTube packaging. In other words, your thumbnails and titles. For your thumbnail, you want to have something that pops in the home screen of your YouTube page. And to show you what not to do, take a look at this example. It’s pretty boring. Nothing really pops out when you look at it in the home screen and you’ll scroll past it. Now, take a look at what to do. There’s a big difference. You see how this one stops you from scrolling? You want to take the elements such as the big revenue numbers on the screen, the person pointing at it, and the red circle, and use them in your thumbnails. The reason why because these all point to a desired outcome we all want as beginners making thousands of dollars online. And as for your titles, I’ve done all the work for you. I’ve created a template you can use in your next tutorial video. Just fill in the blanks and you’ll be set. Here’s the template. How to insert what you’re going to teach in current year step-by-step tutorial. So, if we were promoting Hostinger, it would look like this. How to create a Hostinger website in 2025. step-by-step tutorial. But here’s the thing, YouTube isn’t the only way to promote your products. Because what if you really don’t want to do videos? That’s where our second method comes in. Pinterest. With over 553 million active users every month, you don’t have to have a large following to get started. Because we’ll be taking advantage of their search engine to draw these users to our affiliate links. And the way this method works is simple. Firstly, you’ll direct viewers to your pins. Once they are there, you’ll lead them to your website where you’ll have a blog post showing them how to use the software. And in that blog, you’ll throw in your call to actions leading them to click your links. The only difference is that unlike YouTube, this is on text instead of video. But even though this is clearly on text, there is still one area where beginners struggle with creating their pins. But don’t worry, you don’t have to create your pins from scratch. The truth is, you can take advantage of this little known winning template to help you out. And using these templates all starts with our first AI tool, Canva. Here’s what you will do. First, log into Canva and go to create a new design. Next, you want to click on the Pinterest pin. Here, you’ll get a ton of pre-made templates to choose from. I like the ones that look simple but artistic, like this one. Since one of Pinterest’s main audiences are women looking to make money online, we can promote our affiliate links to them and show them how they can get started with Shopify or Hostinger through this template. The next step is to change some things up. For example, let’s switch the text of the template to speak to our target audience. In my case, it’s women trying to make money online. So, a short simple sentence like five simple ways women can make $1,000 a month online in the next 30 days should get the job done. The key is you want to be specific and have a desired outcome in mind. A bad example of this same headline could be five ways women can make a lot of money online. Sure, it has a desired outcome, but it’s too vague and we want to be crystal clear on what we have to offer to our target audience. Next, change some of the colors in the template to yellow or orange. A bad example is using dull colors like gray and black, which don’t invite anyone to click on your pin. You also want to use bolder fonts like Monsterat extra bold, Oswald bold, or Poppins bold. These are all crucial factors that will help your pin stand out from hundreds of others. And that’s exactly our goal on this platform. If you need more guidance and would like to work with me to fasttrack your success, you can apply to join my mentorship program, which will be the first link in the description. Moving on, now that you’ve created your pins, you need to link people to your blog post where they can learn more about your affiliate products. Because as you already know, people aren’t going to use your link because you tell them to. You have to educate them on your software and show them how to use it. And to better understand this, let’s take for example this creator who created a pin talking about the top five digital products that sell. As we scroll down the blog, we can see that they are telling us about the top five digital products to sell. Then they are suggesting softwares like Canva or Shopify to try out. But if we look closely, these are the affiliate links to monetize their content. And here’s the thing, she is doing this because this is the number one key to selling an audience that is skeptical about who you are. Providing value so you earn their trust and they sign up using your link. And you might be asking, that’s cool, but that seems a little complicated. How do I provide value so they trust me and purchase my products? Don’t worry, because there’s a little known prompt you can use to have our final AI tool help you write these blog posts. Here it is. First, log into Chat GPT. Then give it this exact prompt. I’m just going to give you this prompt on screen. So feel free to copy it and use it for your future pins. And so when you type that in, you should get a beautiful looking blog that you can use for your affiliate links and products. All you need to do is place your affiliate links throughout the blog with your call to actions and you will be set. If you want to learn exactly how to set up your website and create your blog posts, I highly recommend you check out this video where I break everything down step by step in detail. Now, you know how I’ve generated $500,000 from tutorial AI affiliate marketing, but honestly, this video barely scratched the surface. If you’d like to avoid all the mistakes and fasttrack your journey to making your first $5,000 with this content strategy using the same strategies that have generated me $6.4 million in the past 6 years, click the first link in the description and apply to the content creation mentorship. I’ll see you inside.

  • 08/26/2026 – Alliant Webinar – SAVVY SOCIAL SECURITY PLANNING – What Baby Boomers Need to Know About Their Retirement Income

    Well, good afternoon everybody. Thank you so much for joining me today to learn a little bit more about social security. What baby boomers need to know before their ret uh um about their retirement income. Uh this is a pretty uh popular topic that I do. I do this pretty much every quarter. I do this four times a year and uh usually get a lot of questions and a lot of people would like to get together usually typically after these to discuss what when to take social security in relation to the rest of their retirement whether they should take it early or wait to take it later at you know maybe at a reduced amount early or an enhanced amount later uh what works in your specific plan. I’m going to go through this presentation here and I hope that you at the end of the presentation you will select yes when I put up the survey at the end if you would like to have a one-on-one conversation uh and it’s a no obligation no um you know so and this is a complimentary thing that we do uh these presentations and the full retirement plan that is also a complimentary thing that I do offer of many people that I talk to say here’s what I have. Here’s what I want. Am I on the right path? Can I retire when I want to? Should I take social security early? Should I take it on time at my full retirement age or potentially even later? And this complimentary plan that I do offer, it’s very comprehensive and it’s certainly something that you could take advantage of just to find out what you should be doing in retirement. How should you be invested? More aggressive, more conservative if you’re going to to retire at 65 or 66 or 67. And uh people say, “Well, should I be backing off on my investments?” Maybe, maybe not. Uh hopefully, you’re still a long-term investor um at that age. So, um it’s certainly something that you and I can look at together um as we talk about your retirement plan.

    Uh I do have to share that because this does come up quite a bit on every presentation that me and my team that we do uh we are not able to uh record and distribute these or even the deck or the slides uh on these. So uh and we do have to tell other people that you are not allowed to record and distribute these presentations as well.

    Uh I do have coming up some other presentations. Uh savvy tax planning, different types of retirement accounts and traditional Roth taxable accounts uh like brokerage or savings that you get taxed on every year. What does all this mean in your retirement? Learn a little bit about that Tuesday, September 8th at 6:00 p.m. Central time. Uh this is uh for educational purposes and again this is the do not distribute. So, sorry about that.

    Uh, next presentation I have is Wednesday, September 23rd. Uh, that’s the home stretch, the seven things to do before retirement. Uh, that’s also another popular topic talking u many different stages of as you get close to retirement, everything that you should be looking at is uh that’s a very good uh presentation for that. Uh you do have access to a lot of our um educational resources here at Alliant. You can see what other webinars you can uh take a screenshot if you want to take a picture of this page and you can certainly look up uh to see what webinars uh are coming up, different topics that you might be interested at at various times. We do have other people that do presentations in other states uh in California, in Colorado, in Texas, Utah. We have someone doing presentations there. And here in Illinois, our uh invests podcast you can listen to. And our Aerys uh Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, that’s what the Aerys stands for. Our website and blog. Uh this is a lot of the things that I do offer. uh this is you know complimentary uh financial planning the upper left there again that’s what I uh had mentioned uh certainly different types of advanced planning when we look at you know when you someone should be doing Roth conversions uh converting from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA estate planning is a very um important thing that you should be hopefully looking at whether it’s trust wills powers of attorney uh power of attorney for healthcare power of attorney for financial matters, um, investment management. Again, a big thing that we do, we have, um, uh, quite a bit of assets here at the credit union and also in in our investment accounts that we do manage. Uh, so it’s certainly something that uh, is available to you in investment management, our comprehensive range of investment choices, many different if you are ultra-conservative to ultraaggressive. Hopefully, we can help you. My name is Joe Gaspari. I am one of the financial consultants here at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. I’m an Alliant employee. Uh, and this is again something that we do. Uh, you know, a very a complimentary thing and hopefully uh I will get to know you more on a one-on-one basis as I do uh talk about options available to you of uh what’s available for different types of retirement planning. I hope you and I will have a one-on-one conversation. So, as we get going, people are hurting their retirements by making terrible, costly decisions about Social Security. As I go through the presentation here today, if you do have any questions, you do have access to chat box or the Q&A question and answer box. If you think of a question as I’m going through the presentation e if a slide sparks something uh go ahead and type a question in in one of those the chat or the Q&A and those will hold till the end of the presentation and I will take those questions at the end and I’ll remind that a couple of times during the presentation. Things to know about social security. You have many different claiming options. Decisions have far-reaching consequences. Choice impacts both spouses. So, if you are going to take social security early, if you happen to pass away when you pass away, uh if you have a surviving spouse still, are they going to be getting a higher income or a lower income based on when you take your social security system is not bankrupt nor Ponzi scheme? We’re going to talk uh at the beginning here about how social security is funded and how long it’s going to last and what happens in about the 2033 34 35 range. Uh benefits helped a family member and your friends friends are not the experts. Just because a friend or relative does uh a strategy of social security that may be uh tip appropriate for you but it may not be appropriate for you. So, it’s certainly something that you and I can have that conversation to find out what is best for you. Uh, baby boomers want to know. Will social security be there for them? Uh, how much uh can they expect to receive? When should they apply for social security? How to maximize the benefits? And will social security be enough to live on in retirement? Understanding the value of social security. Will it be there for you? So, in social security, how your so our social security trust fund is funded is through our paychecks. Um, or if you’re self-employed, you pay into social security. If you’re a worker working for a company, 6.2% of your income goes into social security. If you are working for a company, then that company matches your 6.2%. So, 12.4% 4% of your income goes into the social security trust fund. So at the end of 2024, we could see that this trust fund was worth $2.721 trillion. And then in 2005, $1.449 trillion is funded into out of our paychecks into the Social Security trust fund. And then 1.6 6 trillion went out to pay people on social security. So these numbers were reversed a little bit a few years ago, not that long ago. There was more money coming in than there was going out. Now there is more money going out than there is coming in. We could see that that uh that shortfall was $229 billion last year. And how much will it be this year? We’ll find out. Um but we see this trust fund balance went from 2.721 trillion down to 2.561 trillion. So every year that is starting to tick down. What does that look like on this pretty chart here is we could see uh that what is going out is the orange line. That’s the schedule payments. And you could see back in the early 2000s there was more money going or coming in than there was going out. And then that passed where it switched where there’s more money going out than there is coming in. And now we’re starting to see that trust fund go down because they’re covering that shortfall in the year 2034 35 in that range. It is projected if nothing is done that this could go to a zero balance. And if it does go to a zero balance, it doesn’t mean that social security is done. It’s when we look at that middle box there where it says payable benefits as a percent of scheduled benefits. We could see in 2034 that about 81% is going to be covered. So is there going to be reduction in pay in 2034? uh and then be beyond and then 299 and even lesser percent. So PE it’s a it is a pay as you go strategy where money comes in every year and money goes out. Now, there’s more people coming out of the workforce than there is going into the workforce with baby boomers retiring at record levels. And every year, every day, some more people are retiring, coming out of the workforce, eventually going on social security. And then there’s some people coming into the workforce, but there’s more going out than coming in. So, what are some of the fixit on here? Right now, if you make more than $184,500

    uh in 2026, if you make that or less, then 6.2% of every paycheck goes into uh the Social Security trust fund. If you make, let’s say, 200,000 of income, that 15,500 does not get taxed, the 6.2%. So everything above 184,500 does not pay 6.2%. So if someone’s making 250,000 500,000, a million or more, uh they are only paying social security taxes the 6.2% on their first 184,500. So are they going to increase that? Are they going to make it more 200,000 250,000 everyone all income? Who knows what is going to happen there? But uh but that is certainly one of the things that could be done. Raise the normal retirement age currently. I mean it was 65 then it was 66 and then 66 and 2 months 4 months 6 months 8 months 10 months and then now it’s 67. Uh so are they going to make younger people wait till 68, 69 or even 70? Uh lower benefits for uh future retirees. So, are benefits going to be cut or are they going to start to take away the cost of living adjustments? Uh, statistically about a 2ish% is what the annual increases are to social security income. Some years is much higher, but then there’s been years where there has been no raise. There are no years that social security will be reduced though. Uh, they’ve protected that, but there are have been some years in the past where from one year to another there is no raise. Uh and then we had in 2023 uh after the big high inflation in 2022, there was a uh what 8.7% increase in social security in 2023 because of the high inflation. Then it went down to 5.9% the next year, then 3.2 the next year. Now we’re back in the twos again for social security increases on average. The bottom line for baby boomers, your benefits are not likely to be uh affected by social security reform. Uh you know, people that are on social security now. So, what’s a clear way to think about social security? It’s an inflation protected income. You’ve paid the premium and every paycheck. So, be smart about how you and when you collect. Social Security offers income you can’t outlive. If your monthly income, let’s say $2,000 a month, uh, that you are receiving today, and if you last 10 years on social security, that would be $262,793.

    This is assuming 2% annual increases in that income. If you live 20 years, that is 583,000. 30 years on social security with those increases. Little under a,973,000 is the total income uh received from social security. What does that look like on a paycheck if you have uh with those annual increases? If you’re getting $2,000 a month today with average of 2% annual increases in 10 years, your income will be 2438. 20 years 2972 and in 30 years 3623. Every year we hope to get that on average 2% cost of living increase. It’s a little bit under what national average inflation is. Talk about a uh 3ish% in uh in inflation on an average. some years higher, some years lower. But statistically, if there’s a cost of uh you know, a living uh if the things cost more the next year, your social security will go up, but probably not as much. Uh the good and the bad when we talk about um you know, with social security increases is that’s a good thing. Uh typically, if you’re on social security and you’re on Medicare, your Medicare Part B payments come out of your Social Security payment. And it seems that every year there’s an increase in social security income, uh, Medicare premiums go up, too. So, you don’t you’re not getting quite the full raise because the typically uh that Medicare premium comes out um a little bit higher each year as well. How much can you expect to receive? It’s how much you earned over your working career, the age at which you apply for benefits. So at age 62, your earnings are tallied and uh indexed for inflation. So uh if you work till age 62, that’s kind of when your numbers are calculated. It’s based on your highest 35 years of working, not your last 35, not the last average of the, you know, some people think, isn’t it the last 5 or 10 year average, it’s your highest 35 years of working. They have this AIME, average index monthly earnings calculation that they do out of all your 35 years of working. I could tell you that if you had, let’s say, 30 years of working, maybe you took some years off, maybe you were raising children, you had 30 years of working, it’s still based on your highest 35. So you will have 30 numbers and you will have five zeros that bring your average down. Now if you work one more year 31 years now you have 31 numbers and four zeros. So your average will increase. So but it is based on 35 numbers whether those are income or zeros. Uh so they do have this uh funky calculation when they’re doing these um you know on how much you’re they’re doing. what they’re doing kind of behind the scenes to figure out your exact income is based on the age that you take it and what your income has been over those years. Benefit is increased each year by cost of living adjustments. Uh it’s good to know, but why shouldn’t I claim as early as age 62 instead of delaying till full retirement age? And we’ll look at those ages or even 70. That’s the latest you can take it for an enhanced amount for a higher income. Your monthly benefit will be reduced if you claim early. It may also be reduced for taxes and Medicare premiums. Uh and benefits could be withheld if you work. If you take it early and you work, you could be your benefits are uh withheld from you. And we’ll look at exactly how that works. I’ll throw another reminder that if you do have a question and so um on this topic, uh go ahead and type it in the chat box or the Q&A box. question and answer box and I will get to those at the end. When should you apply for benefits? Uh health issues, health has a big uh effect on that. Life expectancy, need for income, sometimes you just have to get that income sooner than later. Uh whether or not you plan to work and survivor needs, remember when we talked about if you take a lower number, if you pass away, your spouse could potentially get a lower uh in I’ll call it inherited amount. um or that spousal benefit amount I’ll say. Uh but uh if you wait and delay and you pass away and with a higher income that spousal benefit could be higher for that survivor. So when I talk about health status I talk about my my parents situation typically my dad uh my dad had his first heart attack at age 49. He had a heart attack heart attack heart attack. He had another bypass at age well he had a bypass at 51 and then he had another bypass at age 64. So he had a lot of heart issues. Uh so when he turned 62 he was I’m taking it while the taken’s good. I don’t know long how how long I’m going to be here. Uh he did end up passing away at age 75. Still financially it was not a bad decision to take it early. uh that break even is usually in that late 70s, 78 to 80 years old or so. Uh that if someone thinks, okay, if I live that long or longer, maybe I should wait to take it. Um because those higher income uh that higher income will be compounded so much more uh for those years that you’re on social security. But if you do pass away younger in your late 60s or even early 70s, some people will say then well maybe you should take it early. However, we don’t know when those dates will come. Uh that day that comes for each of us. So, uh it’s certainly something that how do we plan this for whether you are here for a shorter time in retirement or a longer time? That’s what that retirement plan that I’m offering is going to help with uh with that decision. Will social security be enough to live on in retirement? Probably not. uh for many people uh full retirement age. So based on your birth year, so if you could just see what year you were born, uh you could see when your full retirement age is, I could say that 1959. If you were born within the next two months, you’re going to be at your full retirement age in October. If you were born December of 1959, you will be 66 and 10 months this October. um then that is your full retirement age. Other than that, everyone else is age 67.

    What if you apply early for benefits? How does that look? How much of a reduced benefit will you be getting? So, looking at the middle column, age 66, the FRA means full retirement age. Uh so, this is the full retirement age of 66. You can see it’s a 100% benefit. If that person took it early at age 65, it’s about 6.7% taken off. And if you’re 64, then you get 86.7% of your full benefit. 63, 20% is taken off. And 62, 25% is taken off. Now if you are age uh you know full retirement age as 67 and you took yours as early as 62 30% is taken um that you do not get by taking it that early. Some people have the argument but that’s five more years of income. Um isn’t that doesn’t that do better again that break even is between age 78 and 80. uh that yes you do get longer more years of income but that reduced income uh compounding with those cost of living increases of average 2% um that income does not compound as fast as with higher numbers that will be started if you take it later. What if you even delay it? What if you don’t want to take it at 66 or 67 and you want to delay it to get an even higher income? If your full retirement age is 66, um then you can get as uh 132%. You can get 32% more by waiting until age 70. So you could see the increments of how much more you get at 67 68 69 or 70. But if you are able to delay at till 70, uh that’s a big increase in that income. So some people will say why would I delay that long? Um, some of the reasons are that some people will say maybe I’ll just love live off of my own assets until then. Um, you know, because you’re paying taxes on social security income. Hopefully not right now until 2028. I’ll touch on that a little bit more uh with the uh the taxes uh the tax changes from last year and how that’s affecting uh taxable income for social security and those additional deductions for social security. So, if your full retirement age is age 67, the most you can get is a 24% increase by waiting until age 70. So, how do you find your estimates? Um, ssa.gov will get you there. Um, you’ll have to create a login. If you have not done this, you’re going to create um a login for this so you can uh and I get emails every year after we file taxes. Excuse me. After we all file taxes, then social security gets your income and it kind it adjusts your average. Did you have higher income? Did you have lower income or even no income? And every year your numbers are updated. And I get an email, you know, a few months after I file. It says, “Your new Social Security numbers are ready to view.” And then I can log into the Social Security site to see what my income is going to be based on the various ages. And you can go on. It’s a very uh userfriendly site once you’re in there that you can say, well, what if I took it at, you know, my full retirement age is 67. What if I took it at 66 or 65 or 64? And I can just plug those in and it tells me exactly what I’m going to be getting based on today’s numbers. And then what if I delay it till 68, 69, or even 70, it’ll tell me those numbers as well. Uh, so you have a few different websites here, but ssa.gov gov will get you there. Why delay benefits? So, this is uh we’re going to look at the column where it says 67, age 67 or I’m sorry, the row that says age 67. Uh so, you can go across there and it is that’s the 100%. So this is the full retirement age of this hypothetical person is age 67 and their income going to the right is 3,000 a month based on their um you know uh their previous income years and things like that. So they are eligible for 3,000 a month. If that person is 62 today and they see these numbers they say well if I take it at 62 I’m going to get 2100. That’s that 30% knocked off. Uh or if I wait till 63 and 64. Now to the column to the right of that, the far right column is showing what your income is would be with 2% annual increases. Um so you could see those numbers a little bit higher because it’s assuming a 62y old by the time you’re 67 it won’t be uh 3,000 a month. It’ll actually be 3,312. uh if there are average of 2% cost of living increases. So the middle column is showing just the raw numbers and the right column is showing that if there are an average of 2% annual increases. Here’s where that makes a difference. Or even if you wait till age 70, what that income looks like and you could see there’s a big difference on the far column to the right taking it at 62 at 2100 versus 70 at 4359. That is a big difference in income.

    So more income later on. So when we look at if you are if you claim at age 62 uh by the time you’re 70, your 2,000 a month will be uh I’m sorry, your 3,000 a month benefit uh will be at age 62 uh is 2,400. Um let me go back a screen. I’m so sorry. It would be 2100. that 2100 by the time the person is 70 would be 2460 all the way out to age 100 you could see it’s 4457. Now look to the if you claim it at 67 by the time you’re 70 that income is 3500 age 100 6300 and if waiting till 70 there’s a big increases now and the higher your income is the more those compounded 2% annual increases can be affected. Uh so you can see there’s a big difference but again what is your specific need? Do you need to take it earlier? Do you just want to take it earlier? Uh just for your specific lifestyle, whatever is going on at that age. Uh but uh that’s what that hopefully if you say yes, that uh that retirement plan that I can offer will help us figure out or help you figure out when should you be taking social security. Should you take it earlier, on time, full retirement age or even later based on your specific uh what other assets that you saved? So again, another reminder just uh that if you do have some questions, I know there’s a couple uh that you can uh type away in the chat box or the Q&A box and ask away and I’ll get to those at the end. So, how do you maximize your benefits? Uh logging in, you could see make sure number one, it’s accurate. Uh are there any years missing? Was there any income? Mine seemed pretty spot-on when I had logged into mine, but you never know if there are any errors. somewhere and can you improve it by working longer? So, if someone’s going to re if you’re looking, let’s say you’re 58 years old, just to throw out an age, you’re 58 and you’re saying, I think I’ve saved enough, I would love to retire now. Um, and then when you’re going to look at your social security income in the future, again, the earliest you can take it is 62. Um, and then your full retirement age would be 67. So, you’re 58 years old, you’re thinking you want to retire and you see your social security numbers, but just so you do know if you’re under the age of 62, there is an assumption that you’re going to keep working making similar income. So, you do have there is a way to show that to say that if your income is going to stop uh then you can uh work with social security to say or on the site to say if I’m not going to have income after the age of 58. So, um, maybe so how much is my social security going to be if I don’t continue to work? Cuz if you remember, your income is calculated at age 62.

    Apply for Social Security at the optimal time. So, consider your income needs both now and in the future, your life expectancy, and your spouse’s life expectancy. Again, for spousal death benefits, is that going to carry over to uh a lower number to the surviving spouse or a higher number? Taxation of benefits. First, we’re going to look at what does this if you take your social security early. This is not if you take it at your full retirement age. This page only applies if you take your social security before your full retirement age at 66, 65, 64, 63, or even 62. If you apply early um and you make more you choose to work and you make more than $24,480 and that’s what the number is for this year 2026. Um if you make more than that $1 of every two is withheld uh from social security. So we said that earlier that if you make too much money if you take it early then there could be benefits withheld. That’s what this is doing. So, $1 of every two is if you make more than 24,480. If you make up to that, maybe you just want to work a part-time job, you take your social security early and you just want to make, you know, 10, 15, 20,000, it’s fine. Nothing will be withheld. It’s only if you make more than that 24,480 just to make sure. If you are full retirement age, if you are age, let’s say you’re 67, your full retirement age is 67, you start social security, but you do not uh stop working. You continue to work. You can make as much as you want and you do not it doesn’t nothing is withheld. Uh so there this I’ll call it penalty quote unquote penalty is only if you take your social security early. uh and the benefit will be adjusted. Now, this is where where I say you don’t lose it. It’s your the benefits are withheld, but they are readjusted when you get to your full retirement age. So, let’s say it’s your turn 67, you took it early. Yes, you worked, you got $1 of every two withheld in the past. It’s all going to be recalculated. Uh so maybe your income would be adjusted hopefully a little higher um at age at your full retirement age in this example age 67. Uh don’t let the annual earnings test discourage you from working. Sometimes you have to do what you have to do. If you need the social security and the job income uh to avoid uh the earnings test, wait until your full retirement age or later to apply for benefits. Again, if you wait till your full retirement age, nothing is withheld. taxation of benefits. So, um how does that work and how much taxes would you pay? So, on here, I’ll cover this first. So, if you are married filing joint, that is the top row here. Um under if you make under 32,000, what they call provisional income, and this is your what’s called your adjusted gross income. Uh if there’s any earnings, interest earnings, dividends, anything that is taxable on here, uh it is your adjusted gross income plus one half of your social security benefit plus any tax-free interest like municipal bond things. If all that is under 32,000, you do not pay taxes on your social security. If it’s between 32 and 44,000, up to 50% of your social security can be taxed. And if it’s over 44,000, then up to 85% of your social security can be taxed. The nice way to say it is that 15% of your social security is tax-free. So up to 85% of your social security can be taxed. Now, we’ll talk a little bit about what’s going on with this 6,000 credit that you know is uh or deduction that some people will get if you’re 65 or over. And if you’re on social security, you can get an additional $6,000 deduction each. So if you’re a single filer, 6,000 deduction. If you’re married filing joint, a $12,000 deduction. But this only goes through to the year 2028. So is that going to be extended beyond that? Is that going to be just stopped? Who knows what’s going to happen? But for now, some people are enjoying an additional 12% deduction. your income has to be below 150,000 a year to get that additional deduction or 75,000 if you’re a single filer. And if you’re on social security, you want that other uh that uh 6,000 or 12,000 deduction. Your income has to be below those levels. 75,000 for a single filer, 150,000 for married filing joint. And you can see also for if you’re a single person where those taxes fit or married filing separately. If you are married filing separately up to or 85% of your social security is automatically taxed. Ways to minimize taxes on social security. Reduce other income or tax advantage investments. Uh anticipate I IRA RMDs required minimum distributions. Uh just so you do know that once you are the age of 73 and beyond and you have to take out of social security I mean out out of your IAS let’s say you have to take out 10,000 20,000 30,000 depending on how much you have in these IAS determines how much you have to take out each year and that is all part of that adjusted gross income. So even if you have no or little income, but if you have to take out big IRA distributions, then your income will be higher and you could pay more taxes on social security then just because of having IRA withdrawals. And I get that you does it have these discussions when people say, “Well, that’s my money. What I mean, yeah, I know I’m paying taxes on it, but why would that affect something else when I’m just withdrawing my own money?” But that’s the way that is. you can start to convert before you take social security. I do have people that are deferring social security until age 70. And even if they retire at 65 or 66, at age 66, 67, 68, 69, they are starting to convert from their traditional IAS to their Roth IAS. While they’re not taking social security yet, so they don’t have to worry about paying taxes on it. They’re trying to stay within an a moderate maybe a 12 or maybe even a 22% tax bracket converting moving money from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. It is a taxable event, but there is absolutely strategy of when you should be doing Roth conversions. Uh and part of that uh that retirement plan that I’m talking about uh offering to you is that uh Roth conversions is a big part of that conversation if that works in your plan. Delay social security uh reduces a number of year your years your benefits are taxed. Uh reduce expenses, pay down debt, adopt a simpler lifestyle. Sometimes easier said than done on that u that line. uh continue to manage taxes throughout retirement. And that retirement plan, we do a forecasting of every year in your retirement, how much you’re anticipating taking out of required distributions, what does your tax uh situation look like going forward. And again, that complimentary plan will help us determine that Medicare can shrink your check. So, here’s where Medicare comes in. Uh so Medicare uh if you’re on Medicare and on social security, your uh payments currently at $22.90 comes out of your social security payment. So your direct deposit will be whatever your income is going to be uh is going to be $22.90 less and then it could be even lower if you choose to withhold taxes from your social security. So, um, you know, very important to know that yes, once you’re on social security, you’re on Medicare, that your Medicare payment does come out of your Social Security payment. When to apply? If you apply early, your benefits start lower and they stay lower for life. Uh, meaning even though with you get the 2% cost of living increases, but you’re compounding on a lower number because you took it early. Cost of living adjustments, colas, magnify the impact of early or delayed claiming. The longer you live, the more beneficial it is to delay benefits. Uh, your benefits may be taxed and reduced uh to cover your Medicare premiums. Don’t let the earnings test discourage you from working. Delay benefits uh delaying benefits may give surviving spouse more income. I’m not going to live long, so why shouldn’t I just claim my benefits when I can? For couples, you should always uh maximize the higher earners benefit to perfect uh protect the surviving spouse. So, here’s an example of uh that we have John and Jane. John makes uh is going to make $2,000 a month in his social security. Jane worked a lot less, maybe took some years off, and her benefit is only $800 a month. When Jane applies, assuming um that Jon applies first and Jane applies at her full retirement age, she is guaranteed to get at least 50% of the primary earners income. So that 2,000 that he’s getting, she will get a,000. So the 800 goes away and she gets a,000 even though she worked less. or even if she didn’t work at all and never even qualified for benefits because she didn’t uh pay into it uh because she stayed home with kids or just did not work for whatever reason. Um that she would still get that thousand a month.

    Primary worker must file first. The spouse must be at least 62, but if the spouse does take it at 62, it’s reduced for her age um uh calculation. and no delayed credit efforts for uh so if the spot if the husband in this case if John waited till age 70 to take his uh the uh Jane in this example does not get 50% of his age 70 number she gets 50% of his age 67 so there’s no uh delayed credits for her for the spouse coordinating spousal benefits there are some strategies where maybe some maybe one spouse will take it early, one spouse will take it later. That’s what this is saying that maybe the lower earnner um primary is more than 50% of the of the higher earnner, both spouses delay till age 70. In this example, it’s what if the lower earnner is less than 50%. Maybe the lower earner starts early and then the higher income earner waits till 70. So the retirement plan that I’m offering is certainly something that we could look at. Should you both take it early? Should you both take it late, one early or one later? First of all, what are your income needs? Let and then we start to look at what does this all mean for the longevity of your plan. So that’s something that uh you know we could certainly look at. One takes it early, the other waits. Or you both take it at your full retirement age uh and find out what’s best for your specific plan. Well, I’m already widowed or divorced. So, how does this impact your social security strategy? If you are widowed or divorced, you may be eligible for survivor benefits or divorced spouse benefits or divorced spouse um survivor benefits that can increase your monthly check. So the age uh sur the survivor benefit if there is a a primary earner let’s say passed away and the survivor it depends on when the initial person applied for social security at the age which the deceased spouse uh originally claimed the benefit or the original benefit. If the deceased spouse claimed before the full retirement age, survivor benefit will be limited to the higher of the deceased spouse benefit or 82.5% of the deceased. Um, so what’s going to be higher? So that’s certainly again what you and I can talk about. If that’s uh if this slide pertains to you, we can schedule that time to speak to find out how much uh benefits what’s the best to take for you. If the deceased climbed after the full retirement age, the survivor benefit um will include delayed credits. Uh survivor uh benefit will depend on the age at which the widow claims. If the survivor claims before full retirement age, the survivor benefit will be a fraction of the original benefit 71.5% of the uh deceased amount if claimed at early as early as age 60. So as a deceased uh spouse um benefit the survivor will um can claim as early as age 60 but it is a reduced amount. If survivor claims after full retirement age the survivor will be 100% of whatever the original person’s income was. If some of this is more confusing again some of these may slides may pertain to you some may not. um please say yes at the end when we and we can go through this your specific numbers what’s best for you if the spouse dies while both are receiving benefits. Uh so how does that look? So Joe and Julie are married. Uh both are over full retirement age. Joe’s benefit is 3600. Julie’s benefit is 1,800. If Joe dies then her 1,800 goes away and she gets Joe’s 3600. So Joe dies with the higher income, uh she gets the better of the two. So if hers was higher and Joe passed away, of course she would keep her own higher income. But again, if uh if his is higher, then uh she gets the better of the two. So Joe and Julie are married. Joe, this is for delayed uh claiming. Uh Joe’s is 3600. He delays until age 70, which his 3600 would be end up being 4,464 because of the enhancements of 24% more. Joe dies, Julie survivor benefit will be the 4464. So, this is where it’s very important to figure out what is best for the couple’s plan, not just the one person of, you know, just that I want to take it because I want to take it. Uh this is going to be what’s going to what if something happens to one of you, what is the survivor going to get? And that’s part of that planning. Uh so let’s see where we are on time. We’re pretty good so far. Uh couple must have been married at least 9 months for that benefit. Survivor must be at least age 60, but it would be a reduced benefit or 50 if that survivor is disabled or um full retirement age for the full benefit. survivor benefit not available if the widower or widow or widowerower remaries uh before age 60. Uh divorce spouse survivor uh benefit available if the marriage lasted for at least 10 years. So again, as I’m starting to get get a little bit closer toward the end here, I do want to just say if you do have any other questions, type away in the chat box or the Q&A box and I will get to those at the end. Divorce spouse benefits. So if you have uh a divorce situation and the primary earner let’s say I’m going to use the husband as an example in this that he has uh a higher income and the divorced um wife in this case the ex-wife wants to take benefits off of the divorced husband uh then that is certainly possible but you have to be married at least 10 have been married for at least 10 years that if the person receiving divorce spouse benefit is currently unmarried. If you get remarried, that takes that off the table. Uh the expouse is at least age 62. And if divorce was more than 2 years ago, ex- spouse does not need to have filed for benefits. So, um if uh if there’s a little bit of an age difference, sometimes uh if the the higher earner has not filed yet, the uh the ex-wife in that example that I was saying, um she can still start her spousal benefit even though he did not file yet. Divorce spouse rule. So, more than one expouse can receive benefits from the same worker’s record. I’m going to use an example of this at the end. Benefits paid to one expouse do not affect those paid to the worker or the current spouse or other expouses. Uh divorce spouse benefits stop upon remarage of spouse collecting benefits uh not upon remarage of the primary worker. So, if you are on um uh expouse benefit and you get remarried, then your benefit those ex those spouse benefits will stop and then you’ll have to wait till your full retirement age or take what you’re eligible for.

    Really more complicated complicated than you realize. So, should you take yours early? Should you take it way later to get a a bonus? People are hurting their retirements by making terrible costly decisions about social security. Uh so we’ll just do a little quick recap. Social Security offers an inflation protected income. You can’t outlive. Your monthly benefit will be reduced if you claim early. Couple should always maximize the higher earners benefit for the surviving spouse. If you’re widowed or divorced, you may be eligible for benefits u that can increase your check. Uh if you would like to have that analysis done on yours on when you should take it, I would love to have that conversation. I’ll be putting up that survey here shortly. Uh consider or things that we will certainly take into account is what other income do you have? What other savings have you done? IAS, 401ks, brokerage, any other accounts that you’re going to be living off of. How is this going to affect when you take your social security? As I finalize uh the presentation, I’m just going to get into uh this final little story. And I heard this when I went to a uh you as an adviser went to a social security presentation 20 years ago probably. Uh but the story is how this expouse and current spouse benefit works uh for social security. So here’s the story that I had heard and it’s a let’s say you have a 25year-old male and a man and he gets married to a woman who is also age 25. Uh they are married for 10 years and at age 35 they get divorced and just for the sake of this let’s say 10 years in one day just to make sure it was 10 years. Uh so 10 years later they get divorced. He immediately gets remarried at 35 and gets divorced again at 45. So now he gets remarried again at 45 and gets divorced again at 55. So now he’s got three ex spouses. Uh so now he gets remarried at at um at 55 and he’s now they’re all age 66 67 full retirement age. So this person has three ex spouses and one current spouse. And in this scenario he starts his social security. And let’s assume that none of the expouses ever worked. They never got remarried. They never put into social security. They can all get, let’s say, the the primary earner, let’s say he’s going to get $3,000 a month in his social security. Expouse number one gets 1,500. Expouse number two gets 1,500. Expouse number three gets 1,500. And current spouse number four also gets 1,500 off of one worker. uh interesting scenario, but that can actually happen. So, uh uh very interesting on how uh social security works sometimes. Uh but that’s one of those funky things that uh why is that there? Um so, when should you apply for benefits? What if you keep working? What if you um what if you’ve already applied? How much will your benefit be? Can you coordinate with spousal benefits? What’s the best long-term strategy for your situation? And what do I do next? you and I will hopefully have that one-on-one conversation uh to get into what’s important to you. Here’s again that list of uh all the products and services that I offer here. And I’m offering that blue one in the upper left and that’s the complimentary retirement plan. Uh so my com my contact information is up on the screen here right now. You could take a screenshot of that or if you even would like to have that conversation one-on-one, you can actually uh get your camera on your phone and hover it over that QR code and tap on the little yellow thing that comes up and you will get access to my calendar. You can schedule an appointment right now if you would like to. So, with that, I’m going to take some questions. uh the questions that are up here and I am also going to be putting up the survey right now which I just did. So hopefully you see that on your screen. If you would like to talk um please say yes and we will I will get back to you and we can schedule a time. So with that I will go through some questions here. Uh how long does it take um from filing to first check? Uh they say it could be a couple of months uh depending on how back they are but you can do it as soon as three about three months early you can start to apply. I wouldn’t there have been you know and I’ve talked to people that yeah I did it the month before and I got it. Uh but I would do it at least a couple of months before because your payments will start typically on at the beginning of the uh of your you know the month that you’re you’re selecting to start. Uh but I would give it at least two months. uh when would Medicare premiums uh convert from quarterly to monthly? Uh if you if that is referring to maybe you’re not on social security yet, if you are on Medicare right now but not on social security and you’re mailing in payments quarterly, it just automatically will come out of your social security uh payments um every month once you start your social security. If one delays receiving Social Security, do we still have to register at 65? Uh, that’s for Medicare. You don’t have to um signing up for Medicare is an age 65 thing. Uh, but you don’t have to do anything with social security income uh at 65 cuz your your full social security might be 66 and 8 months, 10 months, or even 67. Uh, so you do not have to do anything with social security, but you would have to get, you know, start activating Medicare at age 65. You don’t have to do anything with social security. But I will say the Medicare signing up for that is on the social security site, but you don’t have to do anything with your income um on social on the social security site at 65. Okay. So, my situation is complicated. How can I set up an appointment? Uh, so yeah, just hopefully you were one of the yeses on here that you and I can have that one-on-one conversation. Um, here’s another how far in advance that was also on there for to apply for Social Security. I would do it uh at least 2 months earlier before you wanted to start. If I choose to semi-retire at age 67 and keep working um on a part-time basis, how does that affect your Social Security income? Uh if you do if assuming age 67, that’s your full retirement age. Um that if you want to make as much as you want, you can absolutely do that. It will not affect your social security income at all. The only thing that actually that it will affect is that if you’re working while on social security, but you’re if it’s at your full retirement age or later when you’re not penalized, like I said earlier, um your income could potentially even be increased for your social security in the future if your working income is still part of your highest 35 years. So, if you’re making good income, you’re on social security at your full retirement age and you want to start uh or keep on working making good income, you’re fine. Doesn’t affect your social security. In fact, your social security could be increased. It will not be decreased if you make low income. So, just know that. Uh let’s see if there’s anything else. I think that is all the questions that I do have right now. Uh yep, that’s it. And so, thank you all so much for your time and attention. I hope that you and I will have a conversation really soon uh based on your situation. If you did say yes, uh we’ll be scheduling a time here very soon. Thank you all so much for your time and attention. Thank you. Have a great rest of the day.

  • 08/16/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. What’s happening everybody? How’s it going? Good evening to some of you. I see good morning to some of you as well as good middle of the night. Thanks for staying up for this. See a few people are It’s like 2:00 a.m. 4:00 a.m. Appreciate that. Appreciate you guys. 4:30 a.m. even. Um, yeah, few people 2 a.m. I see here. And then it looks like Jack woke up a little early. About 5:51 a.m. for him. Nice. Nice. Okay. So, good evening to most, I’m guessing. Good morning to a few and good middle of the night to a few as well. So, I see Minnesota in the house. Virginia, uh, Minnesota, Gail, Virginia, Williams, uh, Kathleen from Nevada. Brian, Indianapolis, Indiana. Kathy, Toronto, Ontario. Timothy, Missouri. Norm Washington State. Brimton. Nice. Mark Georgia. Robert, Maryland. Ron, Texas. Jeffrey, Gainesville, Virginia. John, upstate New York. Jack, hi Shane. Hey, Jack. Brian, too much rain. Uh, Maddu. Hi, Shane. What’s up, Maddu? Luis, here I am. Here am I. John, Lady Vicki, uh, hi Lady Vicki. Okay, Joseph. Uh, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Um, Douglas Rain. Uh, Andrew, cheers, mate. Cheers. Angela, hello. Hello, Angela. Carl, Cape Town, South Africa. Jack watching Shane’s then straight to work. Hi. Hello. Hi Josh, EMTT, Marsha. Awesome. Okay, guys. Um, next question. What is the number one reason why you’re here at this live training right now? What brought you here? What is the number one reason?

    Go ahead and comment in the chat. Scrolling down here. Oh, we got someone calling in from Panama City. Nice, nice, nice. Scrolling down. Philadelphia, I see Karen from Florida. Rain, Houston, Texas, Phoenix, Illinois. Topeka, Kansas. Nice. I uh definitely I spent a lot of time in Topeka, Kansas. I used to live in Lawrence, Kansas. Christy from Frisco, Texas. James from Reading, California. Nice. St. Louis. I’m still scrolling. There we go. We’ll get there eventually. Jenny Margarita, uh, from Janette, David from Tampa. Nice. Okay. Dollars. Okay, there we go. Uh, the reason everyone showed up tonight. Okay, dollars. Sandra showed up for dollars. Okay, perfect. To make money. Got it. Brian Curiosity. Uh, Lionel. Lionel. Lionel. I always had trouble pronouncing that name. Lionel to learn. Um, Greg, need income. Janette, to make money. Nicole, want to start a YouTube for my dogs. Oh, very cool. Okay. Deborah, money. Louise, I want to learn what you know. Got it. Douglas, money. Nadia, curiosity.

    John, St. Marie, money. Misty, direction. Melissa, need income. Kathleen, I’m having a hard time finding a job. Got it. Okay. Yeah. Common in this in this market currently. Um, Timothy learn create a new income. Hunter dollars mu improv like improv speaking.

    Yeah, I’m I I have gotten pretty good at that just just by uh you know recording enough videos. I’ve gotten pretty good at that. Judy, need income. Judith, learn more from you. Awesome. Pat, curiosity. Uh Elvie, make extra dash. Andrew, wanting to start YouTube. Uh, William, I’m about to start a YouTube channel and wondering if the niche is good and how to market it. Jeff, skipped the slowest part of the learning curve. Awesome. Perfect. Perfect. Tammy, want to learn? Jack, learning to grow my YouTube channel. 2K subs so far. Congrats, Jack. Epic, man. That’s a great start. I love it. Carlos, learn more about AI and how it could help us on YouTube. I remember like when I first got like my first few thousand subscribers, I was just absolutely elated. I was I was so happy. But I think I was even more happy when I started making money as well. Like that that was important, too.

    But it’s really fun. It’s really fun at the beginning. Like those first few thousand, first 10,000, the first 100,000. Like that’s that’s uh those are those are the that’s the best times right there. Make money. I need to pay off debt. Anil, learn to automate content distribution. Joseph, effectively earn solid money from content creation. Christine, looking for a worldwide remote resource of income. Uh, Artis, need a second income. Steven, uh, changing career. Ray, curiosity. Ron, use Claude and YouTube. David, building a brand. Uh, Ray Nalds, want to earn some extra money. Susie, like to streamline my production and get better at content. Awesome. Uh, Janette, learn and make money. Okay, very cool. All right, how about this next one, guys? I’m gonna ask another question. What is the um number one thing that’s stopping you from starting on YouTube or getting to your goals on YouTube? Like, what’s the number one thing that’s stopping you from from meeting your goals when it comes to YouTube? go ahead and comment that and uh I’ll read a few of those and then um yeah, I’ll read a few of those and then we’ll we’ll jump in jump into the main thing. Okay, a lot of said people said to find their niche. I’m scrolling down here. Define their niche. Let me see here. Uh okay, finding the niche. Choosing a subject, knowledge, type of material, time and energy, it’s overwhelming. How to begin, getting consistent views. Rick says, “I don’t think that I have the talent to share.” Okay, we’ll we’ll go over that today. Okay. Uh, Tamara, you probably do. You probably do. Tamara, just getting started. Sharing fear. Mark ignorance. Barb, needing to do more about starting a channel. Luis, honestly, I am inconsistent and lack of confidence. Got it. Lisa, knowledge. What’s stopping me? Fear and lack of knowledge. Not knowing where to start. Um, Hunter, how to monetize. Nicole, not what not what uh not knowing what to do. Guy, lack of knowledge. Um, and desire. Elizabeth, lack of knowledge. Casey, uh, new, no idea where to start. Niche. Joseph, I am I feel I am making mistakes in my upload timing or settings and the algorithm doesn’t share my content as far. Kathleen, I’m not sure what I would be an expert in. Oscar, using the right language to communicate the information. Denise, where to start? Christopher, don’t know where to start. Don’t have a clue where to start. Shyness and feeling uneducated. Got it. Okay, good stuff, guys. Let’s jump in. Let’s go ahead and jump in. Um, so I’m going to

    share here and yeah, should show on the screen. How to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. Go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. It should be on the bottom right of the screen. It’s the emoji thing. Views, okay? Go ahead and do the emoji thing if you’re excited about getting views. All right, good amount of people. Good amount of people excited about getting views. All right, but how about this one? All right, how about this next one? Money. Do the emoji thing if you’re excited about making money. Okay, I’m seeing a lot more and a lot more diverse emojis here. We’ve got uh hearts. We’ve got confetti. Okay, perfect. shocked face. Okay, perfect. Uh, clapping. All right, but how about this third one? Having an impact, right? Basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. How about that one? All right, I think that’s the biggest out of the three of them. And that’s that’s great. Okay, so you guys you guys are awesome. You guys are the types of people I like to work with because if you take care of this one, if you have an impact, if you’re actually solving people’s problems and helping them, the views and the money are just going to take care of themselves in many cases, right? So, that’s perfect. Okay. Now, before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one, teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten free right here. No catch. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, our coaching program where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,00 plus people inside of our community right now. And I’ll be honest, it’s not cheap. It’s expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. It’s totally fine. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, totally fine. Stay anyway. Learn everything. It’s yours for free. fair. Drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair. Okay, I’m going to scroll down. So many comments. I have to scroll down every single time this. Okay. All right. Seeing lots of people dropping deal. Perfect. Okay. Now, by the way, we are giving away free stuff uh at this workshop. At the very end, you’ll get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro, both the chat GBT or the Cloud AI version, whichever you like to use. And this is the newest version yet. And it is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you’ll also get $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Now, look at this. YouTube just shared the design principles behind the entire app. And look at the very first one. Make content the star, right? Their whole goal, get out of the way and put the creator center stage. Think about that for a second. The biggest video platform on the planet is redesigning everything about around one idea, which is making creators uh the focus, right? Every button, every menu, every pixel, all of it built to push your content front and center. And that’s why YouTube uh that’s who YouTube is building for, right? Not big studios, not TV networks, but creators, people like you. And you will never find a platform more on your side than this one. They literally win when you win. So they designed the whole thing to make your work shine. So the stage is set uh stage is set. Uh the spotlight is uh spotlight’s on. The only question is whether you step up and start creating. Okay? That’s exactly what I’m going to show you how to do today. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish here at the bottom. Okay? That’s the goal. Your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis, with zero views and zero income and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. So, if you’re here watching this right now, you’re ahead of the majority of people. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, uh, anything that you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Mazekeeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of the channel, right? It makes almost no difference. And that’s the maze. that’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. Just like this. Okay, so I’ll kind of outline it a little bit. Just like that. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. You basically go around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route, cuz we learned from a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely, and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice, right? A lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc. Cuz there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that’s why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. Before, they were saying that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. Then just 6 months later, they updated it and they said it was going to be worth $1.6 6 trillion by 2034, right? And that is a massive change in just a 6-month period. So, it’s grown that much faster and the projections are just going up and up so much faster than even the experts expected. And then by 2035, it’s going to be worth $2 trillion, right? So, this is growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to sit on the sidelines as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy, because you’re in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, and it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses, of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it, but want to crush it even harder, people that uh own software companies or SAS, even location specific businesses like uh law firms, uh financial adviserss, dental cosmetic clinics, uh realtors like real estate agencies, etc. people doing uh paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar businesses we’ve helped do this and even people with disabilities do this, right? So, this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves of the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988.

    Now, by the way, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income. And that’s what he did. He went on a on a basically a podcast tour last year. And he revealed that he’s only making about $44,000 a year uh at 4 million subscribers. So, he’s making about $3,700 a month, which is less than the average income for an American, even though he has 4 million subscribers or nearly four million on YouTube, right? So, he’s one of the hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money. Okay? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. uh here, you know, and but there are also people who get a lot of views and they don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong, right? And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first, you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Um because an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach, right? So go ahead and uh drop your profession in the chat. Here I’m going to scroll down.

    All right. We go.

    All right. Musician, Substack, uh, writer, retired pharmacist. Nice. Realtor. Uh, Norm, photographer. David, IT admin. Tracy, realtor. Jeffrey, realtor. Jennifer, teacher. Rick, engineer. Angela, nurse. Judy, retired. Marsha, bus, bus driver. Pam, accountant. Dunston, IT analyst. Susan, teacher. Denise, despa owner. Nea, uh, trained in wildlife conservation here. Awesome. Roberto, fire chief in Florida. Uh, Patty, forensic mental health. Jeffrey, forest protection. Tammy, nurse. Steven, software developer. Uh, Denny, food safety consultant. Joseph, sales. Bristol, 3D artist and bartender. Sean, real estate. Brian, uh, senior systems administrator. Cindy, physician assistant in the ER. Got it. Arlene, registered nurse. Terry, retired medical transcriptionist. And Rain, massage therapist. P, teacher. Christopher. David, AI, software engineer, small business owner. Awesome. Okay. Uh, bridge engineer. Uh, Ron Phil, dentist. Uh, Tanya, psych nurse practitioner. Chris, anesthesiologist. Uh, Lewis, optitian. Awesome. Okay. So, we have a lot of highle professionals here, right? A lot of highle professionals. whether you own your own business or you’re like, you know, you you’re very experienced or you’re in a high level profession, right? And I’m so confident in this system that I literally used it on my own brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy. He’s never made a video in his life. Um, and yeah, first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead, right? Because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, like I said, he’s in the trades, right? He’s been in the trades for 30 years. He’s owned his own business in the trades for about 20 years, an HVAC business specifically. And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification or some cushy desk job, something like that, right? And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he post that he posted blew up. Got over 800,000 views. Less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. And that’s a $78,000 a year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience.

    And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. That was uh last month or yeah, the month before. And plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. So he’s not just making money from AdSense. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense, right? So, this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator. You want to use YouTube automation. Um, so an example of that, Whiz was one of our clients when Whiz first started his YouTube channel. It was a totally faceless channel. U, it’s a good way to start sometimes, but he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly he got almost all of his clients from YouTube. So they might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. And that’s one of the biggest and most valuable things of YouTube is it’s incredible at nurturing your clients before they buy. Now he runs an agency. Now, he did make the decision to reveal his face later on, but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where he could do that because again, he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future. And we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it’s very important that you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make and you’re also not going to have options in the future. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he was making over 100K per month. And basically, Davis actually owned a portfolio of companies. So, he owned, you know, several different companies, but he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies and one YouTube channel before he started working with us. And that’s not sustainable, right? But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. He has other people recording the videos. And now he spends zero hours a week. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he’s spending zero hours a week. So if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you, and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. He talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world. These are companies where it is literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or even Yale, right? If you look at the numbers and usually you to get into these companies, you have to apply to these jobs for years and then finally you might get accepted. after you’ve applied over and over again. But the companies were actually reaching out to him. So he got an offer from several different fame companies and ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He settled on living in Japan which was his dream country to live in and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. Okay. But then the YouTube channel just kept going. 5,000 a month, 10,000 a month, 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled all the way up to $186,000 in a single month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. And I really like this example cuz it goes over every single stage, right? Just getting started as a beginner, uh, knowing almost nothing and making almost no money on YouTube, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side. uh then starting a full-time business making 10 to 30k per month even though he was still just working part-time and then scaling his business right to 180,000 plus dollars in a single month right so it shows every single part of that and I really like the part where um basically he emphasizes the networking right because that’s one of the most underrated parts about starting a YouTube channel obviously you can make a lot of money directly with your YouTube channel and we’ll get into that here in a moment and you you saw he made 186,000 in a single month. But the indirect, the intangible benefits that you get from a YouTube channel are actually, in my opinion, even bigger than the tangible benefits because you become an authority in your niche. All of a sudden, you get invited to speak on stages. You get invited to meet people that you wouldn’t be able to meet before. I personally got equity in a company that could end up being sold for over a billion dollars. And it was all because of my YouTube channel, right? And there, that never would have happened if it wasn’t for my YouTube channel. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s this easy, then why do most people fail?” Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube, is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money, right? They think they need to create a channel like Boogie 2988, right? But if you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel, right? Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Humus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to 1,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube, right? But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soon to be trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. But first though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.6 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch, right? Like like not starting with anything. And I’ve helped countless other businesses that were, you know, already successful uh grow their business even more with YouTube. I’ve also helped countless amounts of YouTubers who had a large YouTube channel already grow their businesses. Um and then I’ve helped countless amount of other people who started from scratch make it to full-time incomes, part-time, you know, side hustles, etc. Right? But I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses specifically. Here’s a company that I worked with. Uh this was course careers. This is the company that I actually just mentioned a few years a few minutes ago and they like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company. So again, that’s me talking about the intangible benefits of YouTube. Um and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and usually I like to work with individuals, right? And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story very quickly. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. I saw we had a few pharmacists and a lot of uh medical workers in the chat. Um, and you know, me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts during the pandemic, right? So, before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And I did what society told me to do. You know, I didn’t want to be poor anymore. So, I did what society told me to do. And by the way, this is the exact Salvation Army that I stayed in for about 6 months when I was living in Lawrence, Kansas. Right? But yeah, didn’t want to be poor, so I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I became a pharmacist and I got a doctorate. Right? So, I got the highest level of education that you can get. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to get there. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or whatever, right? But when I became middle class, um, you know, as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. Right? Here’s one of the videos of us getting robbed. And uh so overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious, how burnt out I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money, right? Shopify, drop shipping, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, uh, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, uh, flipping physical products. Here’s one of them that I tried. It’s called the booty kit, right? It’s basically an atome workout thing so that you can work out your booty. And, uh, I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, at that time, I was living in a house full of seven guys to try to save money. And one of the guys uh I met his name was Sam. And he basically moved here from Lebanon. He was an immigrant. Uh barely even knew English when he first moved here. He had to kind of like learn that. he couldn’t technically work. Um like he couldn’t he couldn’t have a job legally. So he was basically forced to start a business and uh his business was wedding photography. But basically he started this YouTube channel to promote his business and to sell stuff directly on the YouTube channel. And he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month with this 10,000 subscriber YouTube channel and his wedding photography business. And he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before this, you know, I’d spent some time in LA. I’d met influencers who didn’t have any money and I was like, Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a tiny channel, right? Because I’ve met influencers who have millions of subscribers and they’re not making any money. And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like. And he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10, 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. In fact, one of our clients, Carla, made a video that got a couple hundred views um you know with a tiny channel of about 1.4,000 4,000 subscribers and it landed her a six-figure contract that was worth $106,200 a year just to start which is pretty wild. So this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so basically I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective I have gotten lots of views 6 million 1.2 million 1.7 million 4.3 million views. Um, I know how to get views with the best of them, right? But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video and it got over 4 million views, but in its whole lifetime, it made about $30,000 from AdSense because it really wasn’t making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. So, that’s kind of the secret, right? Because I listen, it’s way easier for me to reproduce a video that gets 8,000 views but made $48,000 than it is for me to reproduce a video that took 6 years to get 4.3 million views and make $31,000. Right? This video right here is extremely reproducible. We have several videos like this like every week basically. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made around two plus years ago. two September ago or three September ago, I made about $283,000. Then one September ago, I made about $325,000. And this last September, I made about $1 million in cash collected cash collected. Now, I’m not trying to say this to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about, right? Because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel themselves outside of just teaching other people YouTube, right? So, they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers. They’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel or YouTube business outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel and business where we helped thousands of people get their dream remote jobs. And these are thousands of documented testimonials um some most of them video testimonials uh from our YouTube channel. We we got all those clients from YouTube. All of them came from YouTube, right? And I did this all before I started teaching other people how to do it, right? So, the craziest thing is is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work four hours a week. So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And this is me in the uh on the San Juan Islands whale watching. Um, this is just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. right now. I choose to work more than that sometimes because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. So, I choose to work more than that, but I only have to work 4 hours a week. And in many cases, I’ve actually gone as much as 2 months at a time without working at all, spending zero hours on my business. So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and I’d post on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, “Hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels.” And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, Shane, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching. Or I thought, maybe it works for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches. So, I turned them down, but I felt bad about it. And I shrugged it off for years until one day a friend of mine on YouTube who I thought was doing really well because he had a big channel or big-ish channel getting a lot of views and had a lot of subscribers reached out to me and he’s like, “Shane, I saw one of your videos and I’m struggling, right? I am struggling on YouTube. Even though I’m getting the same amount of views as you, I’m barely making any money and I’m I’m seriously financially struggling. Can you help me with this?” And so I said yes. And I realized that if I’m going to coach this one person, I might as well just coach all these people, right? So I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and it was a very diverse set, right? So a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every niche is a little bit different, right? There are a lot of underlying principles, but that every single niche is a bit different and they all need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, the month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got 24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general typically make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. And so kind of like a Mr. B style entertainment channel, if I would have gotten those 20 same 24,000 views, at$1 to $3 per 1,000 views, I would have made about $24 to $73. Typical education channel, so we’re thinking, you know, Mark Robber, Veritassium, etc. Like a channel like that, typically they can make about $20 per 1,000 views if they’re monetized correctly. And with a channel like that, uh, we’d be making about, you know, with 24,000 views. At $20 per 1,000 views, we’d make about $484. So that’s still a lot better. Don’t get me wrong, right? That’s 10 times better right off the bat. Education, you’re make 10 times more money right off the bat. Uh, making education versus entertainment content. But $484 still is not a full-time income, right? But with my niche authority channel, niche educational content, a very specific way of making it and then monetizing it correctly, I was able to make $1,736 per 1,000 views. So with those same 24,000 views, I made $42,000. Okay? And this is what happens when you’re properly monetizing your channel. Now, um, yeah, so with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more than entertainment content. But there’s a better type of educational content which is niche educational content where you’re properly monetizing your channel. Now you can do mass market education channel and properly monetize your content, right? And you can still make a heck of a lot more money than this. So for instance, my main channel, Shane Hummus, of course, that’s more of a mass market channel. And the reason it is because I just talk about whatever I want on that channel. And that’s what you can do once you have a really big channel. you can kind of just pivot to whatever you want and talk about whatever you want as long as you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which we’ll get into here in a minute. Um, but that channel makes more or less about $400. Sorry. Oh, this is incorrect. Sorry, this is incorrect on this slide. I don’t know why this is this is incorrect right here. Um, this is $400 per 1,000 views on average, not 4,000. Okay, so this channel makes about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So that’s about 20 times more than a typical education channel. Even though this is still more of a mass market channel and that’s because again I’m doing a more than just education. I’m doing uh niche educational content and I’m monetizing correctly. But I still recommend that you guys start off with niche educational content and like truly being niche, right? Because that’s what I started off with on this channel. Okay? I I expanded to the point where, you know, I can kind of talk about whatever I want at this point and I do that, but I highly recommend that you start off being very niche and basically just starting talking about a very niche subject and doing that first, right? And I probably would be making more money from this channel if I stayed niche, right? Because with a niche educational channel, in many cases, you can actually make $4,000 per 1,000 views. And that’s actually what I got this second channel, too. uh Shane Humus, the content growth engine. It started off at $1,736 per 1,000 views, but I eventually got it to $4,000 per 10,000 views. I think that’s probably why this slide got had that 4,000 on it. That’s a mistake, though. But yeah, what I recommend is you start off with niche educational content. And um uh you know, the thing is you’re not going to be stuck doing that that type of content forever. You know, I started off talking about college degrees, careers, etc. And I was able to pivot the channel about 10 or 15 times because I set it up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. With that being said, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. Right? So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 36 to 100,000 a month according to view stats just from AdSense alone. Okay? So, you can see it right there. Just from AdSense alone, he’s making about 36 to $100,000 a month from this channel. Now, if he’s properly monetizing, he’s easily making far more than that. So, if you just do that, $10 to $20 per 1,000 views, that’s very conservative. Not even 20, but just $10 to $20, he’s easily making $136 to $250,000 a month from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days and he was still making that much money from the channel. And that is because he has been uploading these videos for a very long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. Okay. So, basically, every single video that he makes is almost like you just hired an employee that’s just going to work with you, work for you for free for the rest of its life, and it never sleeps. It never takes time off. Um, and it’s only job is to go out and make you money forever, right? That is why he’s able to make this much money passively without even working a single day in two months, without uploading a video in over two months. Right? because it says right here, 62 days and 16 hours. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he’s making content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, sometimes people get confused. I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can make your educational content entertaining, right? The the whole thing is is that you’re helping people solve their problems. Okay? So, you can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. Says right here, uh, he did a interview with the news outlet said he made $24 million from YouTube. And he said he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And he’s over 70 years old, guys. Right? And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products, right? And that is his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple to him. Now, tell me another business where a 70-year-old can start the business and just make like just start making random content that’s helpful to people and make $24 million, right? There’s just not that many businesses out there. And he didn’t have to learn anything new. He’s literally just teaching the stuff that he already knew. There’s just not that many other businesses out there like that. And that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. Um, this stuff is dead simple for him, right? He just talks about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same thing, but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. Now, this is the craziest story. Physics Wallow, he came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement. You can see how bad they are, like blurred face, etc. But it didn’t matter. He started making videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. So it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US and he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests and at first he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is physics India standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring people and he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel and that company is now worth $5.2 billion and it’s called PhysicsWala as well so it’s an education app and it’s now worth $5.2 2 billion. And it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos, right? And posting them on YouTube, right? And now he is probably richer than Mr. Beast, okay? Because Mr. Beast also has around like that $5 billion valuation for his companies. But the difference is is Physics Walla has actually gotten funded for one, whereas M with Mr. Beast, it’s kind of like a, you know, hey, we’re worth $5 billion. Like I guess I could say that too, you know, but it’s, you know, obviously like his company is worth a lot of money, but it would also be very difficult for Mr. Beast to sell his company because it’s so tied to his personal brand. Whereas for Physics Walla, it’s a it’s a software app and it’s not nearly as tied to his personal brand. So he’s actually probably richer than Mr. Beast. And chances are you have probably never heard of him, right, before you heard of him from me. So that is the power of educational content, right? when you’re actually solving people’s problems. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all this and there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now one thing I want to say uh really quickly by the way here um as well there’s only so many views that you can get on YouTube, right? you YouTube there’s already two billion monthly active users two billion plus and there’s only so many views that you can get on YouTube so instead of focusing on getting more views and playing the views game it’s much smarter to just focus on getting the right views and then helping that type of that person much more deeply and you’re going to get rewarded for that they’re going to buy stuff from you when you help them a lot right and so it’s much smarter to just do that because uh if you have a channel where you need to get a million views a month to make a living, that’s a really tough existence to have, right? You are on a constant hamster wheel if you have a channel like that. But if you have a channel where you only need to get like 10,000 views or a few thousand views a month, like basically a couple hundred views a day to make a living, like a few hundred views a day, that’s not that hard. It’s really not that hard at all to have a channel like that. So now, so like I said, now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all this. And there is a secret formula. Um, so first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now, generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there’s a lot of other niches outside of that, and you can make money in all those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So, what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment what your niche is in the comment section uh below. And I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what your niche is. And I know that a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche. And I don’t blame you for that, but that’s incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. Okay. Okay. Let me let me see here. Let let me read some of these here. I got to scroll down. Yeah, let’s see.

    Okay. All right. Scrolling down.

    All right. Can we combine all three? No, absolutely not. You cannot combine all three. That completely defeats the purpose of choosing a niche. Lindsay writing. Uh Casey, no idea. Denny, food law. Petra, science, art, and politics. Patty, mental health groups. Sherry, metabolic health. Deborah, Parkinson’s. Pandra, relationships over 55. That’s a really good niche. I like that. Timothy, real estate. Jeffrey, uh, VA disability ratings. Oh, that’s another really good niche. Yeah, that’s a really good one. David Klene, Cats and AI. Uh, Charlie, fitness and film. Paul, pain management. Nigel, real estate. Carall, pathway to marriage and community association management. Albert, soccer. Maddu, science. Edna, insurance, auto, homeowner, Medicare. Uh, how do you create your own brand? Um,

    uh, Garen, sports betting. Kurt, astrophotography. Tammy, helping mom age in place. Pedro, uh, beginner, Harley-Davidson, writer, Jennifer, 6 to10K. Oh, that’s not that’s not an answer. Various segments of healthcare. How to how to organize when you have too much stuff. Uh, Robert, wealth creation, Anthony, insurance. Okay. Lewis, uh, fitting and selling eyewear. David medium. Awesome. Okay, so I know that a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you come into your niche. That’s exactly what happened. But that is incorrect. And let me show you why. So the niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what most people uh call a niche, but I like to call it a market. And that’s going to be the X. Okay? Then you spec you you pick one specific problem in that market, right? That is the Y. Okay? Not cuz this market might have, you know, 20 different problems or 200 or 2,000 plus different problems. You are not going to pick all 2,000 plus of their problems. That is how you post videos on YouTube and absolutely never get any views whatsoever, right? That that’s the perfect formula for doing that, right? Or or picking like all three of these niches and putting them together. Don’t ever do that. That’s a terrible idea. Okay? So, you want to pick one specific problem that people in this market have, okay? And then you find a specific solution for that problem. So that’s going to be the Z. So uh and that’s going to be your niche. Okay? So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. And the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. But the important part is to establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well. And you’re going to help them solve that problem. And that is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. Okay? So, let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accounts. So, I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all of these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. Okay? So all of these are real examples. So at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that is more of a mass market channel but it’s teaching people typically students basic accounting concepts. So somebody’s taking an accounting class in high school or college. Uh they don’t understand what the teacher’s telling them. They go to YouTube and they look up, you know, what’s a P&L or what’s a balance statement or whatever, right? Um so it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor but for accounting. And this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year, and they’ve been doing it for a long time. And they’re making really good money. And uh people in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L. Now, let’s go to the second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So, they got an accounting degree or they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So, that would be like physics Walla but for accounting, right? because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So, physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So, that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year. And people who are in this market uh would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA, right? People who are looking up how to do random accounting stuff because they’re taking accounting in high school or college are not necessarily interested in becoming a CPA, but this market would be. Okay. Hey, third level, helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. That’s another business owner that I know and they’re making multiple seven figures a year. Okay, so who’s in the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry- level job. That’s the market. And that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge in accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, people who are already accountants and they’re making $50 to $100,000 a year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. This is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even $300,000 a year. So totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. And the type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. And so I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all accounting. Because if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? Before watching this, you probably would have said, oh, my niche is accounting. There’s like all these people, for instance, that commented their niche. They probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It’s so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator AI, which is going to help you basically pick your niche if you don’t have one in the first place, or if you already have one, it’s going to help you dial it in and make it 10 times better. Perfect. Awesome. Okay, we’re giving that out here in a short bit. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants. I forgot to mention that. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, right? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is, but when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. And one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche, right? So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche, right? So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with iHel X2Y. But once you get traction when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So let me show you an example of this. Alex Heroszi when he first started on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses. But now, he can talk about his unconventional diet. He can talk about this is why you’re not happy. Um, he could talk about uh his book launches. He could talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants. But the point is he started niche, right? And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now, right? If he if he tried to talk about just any topic that he wants, he wouldn’t have nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then he became the king of a small pond, then the king of a lake, uh then the sea, then a river, then the ocean, uh and then uh yeah, that basically everything, right? But the point is he started niche. You want to be the king or queen of a pond first before you expand out to those other things. You got to start small. You got to start niche. Don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. Right? And that’s another mistake that I see people making all the time is they’ll make a channel in such a way where they’re always stuck in the gym niche. So, for instance, let’s just say Alex Herozi, if he named his channel gym uh gym client secrets or something like that or gym marketing and sales secrets. Well, guess what? He would have never been able to expand it. Okay? So, this is how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Now, that’s just one way of making it easy to expand. That’s an obvious way, but there’s other ways as well. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics, as well as how you make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Rossi opened up basically like an investment fund, right? Very rare type of business called a family office. and he has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions of dollars from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that cost a few a few thousand. Uh you could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is, all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution, people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method. and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me give you an example of that. Doug Demiro launched this website from his YouTube channel where he reviews cars called carsandbids.com. Okay? And he launched this website during the pandemic. All right? This is a car auction website. Then he ended up selling it for $80 million. Now, the point is here when it comes to hybrid personal brand, right? Uh, online car auctions were basically not a thing before the pandemic. Okay, they were all in person. When you went to a car auction, you did it in person. But during the pandemic, obviously, you couldn’t do that. You know, everything was shut down. You couldn’t do that. And so, did Doug Demiro think when he started this channel that he was going to start a car auction website and that was going to be his big thing that made him tens of millions of dollars? No, he did not think that. I promise you. I guarantee you and I promise you that Doug Demiro did not think that his big thing was going to be car a car auction website when he first started this channel because that wasn’t a thing when he first started the channel. But when the opportunity presented itself, he set his channel up in such a way with the hybrid personal brand method where he could easily launch something like this. And then it ended up being a massive success because there were tens of millions of people who loved going to in-person car auctions who couldn’t do it. And so what did they do instead? They went to online car auctions, right? And that is why you want to set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method because as much as it is a good idea to plan things out when you first start and you should plan things out, the truth is there’s going to be opportunities that pop up that you can never imagine. You can never foresee these opportunities. Okay? And you want your channel to be set up in such a way where you can take advantage of these opportunities. Right. Right. And really another way of saying this is what you want to do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time. As we evolve, because we are growing, changing, evolving human beings. And your channel should evolve and grow and change with you. Um, but not not just as we evolve, as the market evolves, as things happen in the world. You can build a channel that has the ultimate advantage, which is it can adapt to changing circumstances. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, that’s just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So, Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college. And he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of different stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because uh he was basically a business and engineering double major. But he wasn’t really making any money, right? and we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in this offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately. So, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman in college. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients that I’ve ever worked with, right? He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company. He was basically working like 60 80 hours a week, had a new baby, had lots of investment like uh investments like real estate investment properties, etc. that he had to take care of and all kinds of different stuff like that. He was just a super super busy guy and he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, I’m pretty proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. Here’s another example guy. This one is a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple extra thousand a month because he’s close to retirement, right? So he’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it’s very debilitating. And so he made this channel where his goal was to just make a couple extra,000 a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich, right? And he made $1,500 a month to be exact with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal for 1,500 a month. And now he’s getting pretty close to like 10,000 subscribers. So now he’s crushing it. But before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind 1,000 subscribers, he was making money just from sponsorships alone. So if you don’t think that you can get sponsorships with a small channel, you can. And this was his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship. So one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. A fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-doll studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. You definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this one from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry and basically he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. I was the first person to ever do this. So what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. Okay? It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel and they have a big audience, that audience is going to watch anything that they put out, right? So at that point they’re a market maker. Okay? So they can basically talk about stuff and it does well. So they’re actually making the demand for the market. Okay? So you don’t want to you don’t want to copy big channels. And that’s the most common thing that I see people do is is copying big channels. Terrible idea. Do not copy big channels. Okay? Because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and the audience is going to watch whatever they want. So you look for a video that has a lot of views coming from a small channel. Okay? Uh, so less than 100,000 subscribers. Um, so a lot of views despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. Okay, so you want the video to be mediocre at best. Okay, at best you want it to be mediocre, but preferably you want it to be bad. Okay, so the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. So let’s go let’s go over an example here. This guy right here, you can see that his face is blurry. The door in the background is in better focus than his face. Um, he there’s uh very little editing, if no editing in this video, and he’s basically just drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees while he’s literally drinking beers. This is a Coke Zero, but he’s literally drinking beers, right? And it’s recorded with a potato for a camera. Okay, the audio in the video is terrible. And this is the actual thumbnail. This is what his thumbnail looked like. Okay, so the thumbnail is really bad, too. And so, uh, this video, despite all these things, and despite it coming from a small channel, this video did very well. It got 760,000 views. So, you could determine because of the fact that it came from a small channel and because of the fact that the content was bad, you can determine that the reason this video did so well is the topic of the video. The video was about worthless college degrees and that’s a topic that people were willing to watch even though it came from a small channel with no audience and even though the video itself was bad. Okay. So what you want to do is you want to steal the idea of the video and then you make a better version of the video. Okay? And so boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better video, and boom, that’s what happened. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. Now, to be very clear here, you are not copying the whole video. That would make zero sense for you to copy the video. The video is bad. So, you wouldn’t copy the video. The only thing you’re going to copy is the idea of the video, and that can be expressed in the title. So, your title is going to be similar, but everything else you can change. Okay? So, I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. This is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So, for instance, you can do the icon method instead of on views, you can do it with revenue. There’s ways of basically telling how much revenue a video makes approximately, and you can do the icon method with revenue instead of views. Okay, that’s what we typically do. Now, so once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue forever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. So, now let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, uh, without having to show your face all the time if you don’t want to, no expensive software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates, plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one-day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there are a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people to get this early access to and you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now or you can type in go.shenhome.com/coaching or you can uh scan this QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program. Uh but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And guys, last time we did this, in fact, almost every time we did this, but last time we did this, uh, we were fully booked out and we couldn’t even open up more slots because even if I wanted to. So, I suggest that you book now while you can, uh, because once I dropped those bonuses, people just swarm the calendar, right? So, go to go.shanehus.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, but also something that you’re passionate about. Okay? And I can’t emphasize how important this first part is. You pick the wrong niche, like I said, your channel is doomed for success from the beginning, right? Uh doomed to not have success from the beginning. Next is the mindset section. You might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube, especially if you have the right niche. And I get it. It sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube already or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. And this module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. Cuz the truth is, guys, it’s not that hard to just make videos. It it’s basically like if do you think it’s hard to talk to one of your friends for 30 minutes? It’s not hard, right? It making videos is essentially the same thing if you if you do it the right way. It’s you’re just talking to a camera instead of talking to a friend. You know, it shouldn’t be that difficult to make videos. But for some people, for some reason, people just find it so difficult to make YouTube videos when in reality, it’s actually quite easy. And this is the mindset section. And this is going to help with that, right? So, uh, and you know, I, uh, when I ask people, you know, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection, you know, people are just obsessed with this. Then also the mindset section, even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations. Another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system and you actually take action, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep logical emotional almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, very first video that he posted blew up and he went from zero to full-time income in less than a month. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 plus videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three, the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. Okay. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is uh right here. Um the uh Justine, are you seeing it? So, this is the where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And by the way, just got word the slots are almost gone. Only have a few left. So, don’t wait on this one. I think we had somewhere around I think 45 or so slots open and we’ve already had 29 people sub uh submit. Okay, so yeah, there there’s only going to be a few of them left here. So yeah, slots are almost gone. Click that link in the chat. Uh go to go.nomous.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. The next is the holy trifecta where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Okay? It’s very important that your thumbnail, title, and intro uh package the video title the right way and they need to be congruent with each other, too. Big mistake that a lot of people make is they’re not congruent. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible. Oh, we now have 60 total submissions. Yeah. Okay. So, 60 total submissions. That’s more than the total amount that we had open. We haven’t we haven’t accepted everybody though. Typically, we only accept about um 18% of people on the main channel. Sometimes it’s a little bit higher uh for people who show up to these live trainings, but we do have to be, you know, we always have way more people who want to join the program than we have spots uh to open in the program. Um but we have to be kind of selective. Uh but uh with that being said, yeah, 77 total submissions now. Um and I will let you guys know if it fills up. But yeah, next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. This is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. So this done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So the niche validator that we’ll be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for every possible problem that you can imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it is very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. Um, and yeah, now we have 107 submissions. And yeah, so I’m not sure all the slots have been filled up yet. Uh, Justine, how many how many total slots did we have open?

    Make sure make just send me the Yeah, send me the thing. So, uh, yeah, I think we have a very few slots left. So yeah, take those spots now. Go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching or click the link in the chat. And that is just a taste inside of uh what’s inside the community, right? You don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting updates in real time and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run chatbt or claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views. Grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Another one closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers. Another person got 39,600 views right away on a brand new channel and got to 800 subscribers immediately. And so this isn’t just a course that you buy and forget about, right? This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few. This is what our group looks like on any given day. So if you want results like this, book a call with us now. So that uh and we’ll look at whether you know your channel idea. We’ll look at your niche. Sometimes we also help people dial in their niche on the call. And that is one big thing we look at is we want to make sure that you want to start the type of channel where you can give value, where you pick a n the right kind of niche where you’re actually solving problems for people. And uh if that’s the case, we’ll look at where your channel’s at, see if you’re a fit, and map out what it would actually take to get you results like this. So again, click that link in the chat to access that or go to go.shenmas.com/coaching.

    And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Uh here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is also the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually there’s a shaded region right here. You can see this is what a typical views graph looks like uh on a channel. Um you can kind of see, you know, there’s the shaded region. This is what your typical views are. And then this is what your video views that you got on that video is, right? But you’ll notice that there’s no shaded region here. And I was looking at this client account and I was just like, why is there no shaded region? That makes no sense. I’ve never seen that before. And it turns out when we looked into it, this client had been posting for over 8 years on YouTube and never had a single video pop off and get over like, you know, a couple hundred or a couple thousand views. And then one of their first videos with us got over 180,000 views. And so it basically broke the YouTube uh studio AI or whatever it is, and it couldn’t even properly show the shaded region or it is showing it, but it’s so low that it blends in with the x-axis. And so that’s kind of what happened there. And I thought that was kind of funny, but this is just an example. And this happens quite often, even with people that have been posting on YouTube for years that start working with us, right? This is another example. This person was brand new. I think this was about a month and a half into uh starting their channel. This person um you know, started on YouTube. They got like 354,000 views, 8,000 subscribers. They started making money right away. This was about a month and a half. They uh this is when they enabled monetization. And so they started making money just from AdSense alone. But uh basically this person was making money outside of AdSense too. Their primary goal was not to make money from AdSense. But yeah, they started their YouTube channel and blew up right away. Uh this person right here is what I call a category king. So not of all not all of our clients want to actually reveal their channels, right? Because they don’t want competitors, okay? And so or they don’t want their competitors to know like who their YouTube mentor is, you know, in some cases, which I respect. I respect that. And you know I always respect my clients. I will only reveal their channels um if they give me permission. Right? This particular client uh is anonymous but they are a category king. Okay? So they are literally number one in their niche. Okay? And this is a big niche. We have probably hundreds of people that are number one in like small to mediumsiz niches. But we also have a good amount of category kings and category queens in large niches as well. Right? So, this particular client uh is in a very big niche. You would probably know it. And they are number one. They’re getting over 8 million views a month. Uh they’re making 50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. And um they’re making 20 to $30 million a year from all monetization methods, all forms of monetization. Basically, all the stuff that they’re selling on their channel, right? So, over 20 to $30 million a year. So, this client right here, another one who was brand new. We have a good mix. We have people who just start people who had been posting on YouTube for a while but they’re struggling with it. We have people who are crushing it on YouTube. We help them crush it even harder. And we have lots of beginners as well. So here’s an example of a beginner. Uh this person just started on YouTube and you know they booked five calls from YouTube. These are the first calls they’ve ever booked in their entire life. They’re selling a service, right? And uh or they’re selling a 90-day program, right? And usually when you take your first sales calls, if anyone’s ever taken sales calls, they know this is true. You’re going to close like 10 or 20%. Right? It’s it’s not it’s not pretty. It takes a little bit of time to get good at sales calls. It makes you very nervous, etc., etc. You’re going to close like 10 or 20%. This person closed 80%. Four out of their first five calls. And that fifth person actually ended up buying later on. So, they basically closed 100%. Okay? So, and this is what happens when you basically start a YouTube channel. You start getting these sales calls and these leads that are just pre-sold, right? They already know, like, and trust you. they they already want to buy your stuff and uh the sales call you’re basically a cashier. So instead of trying to convince them to buy, it’s just it’s just like answering a few questions and then you know you’re you’re a cashier. You’re just checking out. That’s it. They already want to buy your thing. Okay. So that is the power of YouTube and no other platform is like that. This is the biggest thing when I work with business owners who are on other platforms. They say the leads they get from YouTube are absolutely insane. They’re just they’re really really good. Bill transformed uh his YouTube channel’s impact among 177k subs and now he’s making over 30k plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” Uh so he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn is another category king, by the way. He’s okay with uh me making him public, but he’s number one in the Amazon KDP niche. But when he first started working with me, he wasn’t number one. He was making about $30,000 a month from his YouTube channel. And we helped him scale all the way up to over $500,000 in a single month. So he said that Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not at the fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. And so we have had 186 total people uh apply now and I do believe we actually did run out of calendar space. Justine, please keep me updated constantly. I need on on the on the thing here. Please don’t make me ask. Okay. So keep me just keep me updated. Okay. So we did open some more slots. We opened about nine slots on Calendarly plus Yeah. Yeah. We opened about nine slots up. Okay, so we did open up some slots. I’m not sure we can open up any more slots after this. Okay, but we did open up about nine more slots. So, go ahead and click that link in the chat and um uh scan the QR code uh or type in go.namus.com/coaching. Okay, next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings and before joining us, she is stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and the thumbnail frameworks and hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views. And now she is landing brand deals. This is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jin here, uh Jyn here, who is a healthcare professional who recently joined our program, she was actually in the same exact position as you just a few months ago. And before joining us, she was a complete beginner. She had no idea what to make, no experience. And in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube.” And now she has about 35.8,000 subscribers, and her channel got 4.2 million views already. Three of her videos already went over 600,000 views. And I spoke to her just last week, and she told me that she’s now traveling all over the US. She quit her job as a nurse. She’s literally traveling all over the US in her camper van, which is pretty epic, which was literally her dream life. That was her dream to do this. And she’s even going down to Baja, so she’s even going to go down to Mexico, which is really exciting, right? And that was her dream. And she’s making it happen thanks to us, which is absolutely unreal. And she records her videos part-time while she’s traveling in her camper van inside of the van itself. And this month, she said that she made $10,000 just from AdSense alone. So the first month she got monetized, it was 6,000, then 8,000, then 10,000. And these are numbers that most creators chase per years. And she started just like you guys did just a few months ago. She attended a live training uh wondering if this is for her or not and then she took the leap of faith. She booked a call and she ended up being a good fit for the program. We ended up working together and uh you know the rest is history and she built all of it on what she already knew. Okay? And this is what the one thing that I keep saying over and over again. Most of the people I would say not all of them but most of them probably at least 80% of clients we work with literally end up having successful channels just teaching stuff that’s obvious or common sense to them. Okay. So, she built on all uh built all this on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So, if you’re a healthcare professional or professional in general, this could be for you. This is what happens when you follow the system. Okay? So, a lot of the people that we work with, uh, they end up building a channel about something that they already do in their job. Cuz think about it, if you’ve been working in your job for 5 years, you’ve already done it for over 10,000 hours if you’ve been working 40 hours a week. So, you are definitely an expert if you’ve been working in your job or your industry or your profession for over 5 years. And so why start from the the the start line and and and race the entire marathon with everyone else when you could just start from like you know the 20 mile mark and you only have a few miles to go before you get to the end. You know like of course that’s what makes sense is just talk about stuff that you already know. Okay? And that’s what most people that we have success with do is they just talk about stuff from their job or or stuff that they spent a long time doing or problems that they’ve had. you know, if you’ve had like a health problem for a long time, for instance, or you’ve had a problem that you were able to overcome in your life, etc. Those are the kinds of things that people oftentimes will make channels about, right? So, for instance, we have a couple clients that help people get over alcoholism, right? So, this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. And I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually, the highest paid people, the best of the best, uh, work with big corporations. And so they’re going to be like doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. Right? Now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. So I have some friends that do this. And basically like they’re one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. This is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies. They build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody out for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. Okay? And they usually charge about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable and I learn a ton of stuff in these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get one of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shenh.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. Okay, I think yeah, open more.

    All right, so bonus one. This is a big one. You get a one-on-one dominate your niche call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam and he was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. This is worth $12,000 easily because I do pre-work for the call. You know, studying your industry and your niche, etc. Then we have the call and then I follow up after the call. Takes me a lot of time, effort, and money to do this, but it is easily worth $12,000 and I charge $5,000 an hour for corporate consulting. This is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shinhomeus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching call looks like. I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. So go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two, the viral title maker GPT. This is easily worth $7,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version of it. the titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, both chat GPT and Claude AI version. So, whatever AI you are to use, you’re covered. And this is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like. All right. So, whether you use chatbt or cloud, we built it for both. Yeah. Can you can you try to open more slots, Justine? I don’t know if you heard what I said. Can you try to open more? So, here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chatbt or claude, we built it for both. Uh you give it a an idea that’s already a video that’s already performing or you know niche or video idea, it reverse engineers why it works. Then it hands you five highconverting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shen.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the NoClick Script Writer Pro worth $8,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways, both Chachi BT or Claude, whatever you already use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it actually looks like. The same tool running in both chat and claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches you and your channel. And this is not AI slop because you are the source. You are going to do what’s known as a yap session to it. Takes somewhere between five and 15 minutes. Um that’s exactly what my brother did. He he wrote a script in 15 minutes, right? Just talking to it almost like you’re talking to a friend and it it’s going to tell you exactly how to do that. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the high converting thumbnail toolkit. Uh this is worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything else. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, then nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. Now, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month. That’s $18,000 a year, and they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for uh educational content. So, there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. Um, hold on.

    So, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content. So, there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. So, this is my entire thumbnail system. the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework. Uh you get it all as a bonus, right? So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault, fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations, that’s me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the hidden uh niche vault, right? The profitable hidden niche vault with live updates. This is worth $6,997. So, we actually update this live whenever we find new channels or new niches. we update this live. This is the one that everyone asks me about. What niche should I start? Uh what niches are making money right now? What niches are nobody talking about? This vault answers all of that. Profitable niches that most people don’t even know exist. And we update it live so you’re not looking at niches that worked 2 years ago. You’re seeing what’s working now. So go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the live icon method deep dive recordings with five real clients. This is worth $4,997. This is not me explaining the icon method on a whiteboard. This is me doing it live with real clients and real niches. So, you get to watch over my shoulder as I find winning video ideas for five completely different uh channels, and you see exactly how I think, um what I look for, what I skip, and why. Uh most people hear the method and they still don’t know how to apply it to their niche. This fixes that. So, you’re basically sitting on uh So, you’re basically sitting in on $5,000 worth of private coaching sessions for free. So, go to go.nomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you, which is the YouTube niche profit accelerator GPT. And this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So, you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both ChatBT and Claude, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000. and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked, that’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like chat or cloud, you can use this either way. Um, this isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine in our own team, and it is yours for life. So, go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. So, the 90-day YouTube growth guarantee. This this is absolutely priceless. Here’s how it works. You’ve got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it doesn’t work, you get your money back. So, last month, for instance, during the month, we had a 1% refund rate. I just looked at it um after that month period. Um and if you look at it after that month period, after the the 90-day uh refund rate, this this was 3 months ago, um it was 2%. Right? So, just to put this in perspective, industry average is about 7 to 15%. Okay? So, we’re sitting at 2% refund rate. That is why we’re confident in uh giving away this guarantee, right? Because we know that our stuff is so good. Our coaching is so good. We get the best results. We barely have any refunds. Almost everybody is incredibly happy uh with the results that they get and the coaching that they get and the program in general that we have a 2% refund rate. Right. Additionally, we surveyed all of our clients inside the program and we asked them if they got an ROI from it. 91% of them said yes. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses. Total value 61,494. Now, remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally, that is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit accelerator GPT. Uh, that one you only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Okay. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all bonuses. You will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 2 or 3 days from now or even 5 days from now if if it’s open. Probably not, but if it’s open, that’s totally fine, okay? You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to go.shen.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now, book your free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with the plan. No pressure, no hard sell. But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And one last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you’re going to get two emails. One is from Calendarly, one is from the consultant that you booked with. Okay? Both of these are going to be titled CGE MasterClass call. Check your inbox right now. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, your trash, etc. Okay? It’s going to be a little bit different on all the different email marketing platforms, but sometimes they hide in there instead of your main inbox, right? So on Google, for instance, Gmail, it looks like this. All mail, spam, trash. Just just go to all mail. That’s going to be the one you want to go to. Um on some of the other ones, you know, there’s different things that they say, but just just look in there, right? All mail, spam, trash, promotions. Those are those are the uh the ones that uh you want to look at. And I have changed this part right here to promotions, I think, twice now. I think I’ve changed this part to put promotions here twice now and then people somehow it gets deleted. So, uh yeah, but promotions should be on the slide. Make sure that gets changed permanently. Uh so, put put the promotions right there. And uh yeah, sometimes they hide in there instead of your main inbox like I said, but those those emails are going to have your call details. So, find them and open them and then follow the instructions. Very important you do that. One thing that we look for when we’re thinking if somebody can join the program or not is can they follow instructions, right? And the most basic instruction of all is check your email, right? Can you follow that basic instruction? If you can’t do that, chances are, you know, we’re probably not going to let you join the program, right? Now, we have had over 250 total submissions at this point. Um, out of those 250 submissions, let me see.

    Yeah, less than 30% of them we actually accepted for a call. So, if you got booked on a call, congratulations. We did also I’m getting note, we did also open up uh some other slots. We did open up some other slots as well. With that being said, I’m going to go ahead and answer questions now. Um, so if you have any questions for me, I’m going to answer questions. Let me go ahead and scroll down here and I will answer any questions that you have. I’m going to go ahead and start now, though. Um, and yeah, I’m going to go ahead and start now. Thank you for your time. You got it, Jeffrey. My pleasure. Um, what is Pro Otter? I think Otter Pro is a automatic app on Zoom that basically it goes over your call. Um, do you have a tool to identify videos using the icon method? I’m unaware. Oops. Okay, let me um I’m unaware of a way to filter YouTube videos based upon high view count but low subscriber count. Yes, absolutely. We have tools for that 100% inside of the program. 100% we have tools for that. In fact, that’s one of the the biggest things that we uh that we uh cover inside the program. What are the hidden costs? Uh no hidden costs. The the call is free. Um, Nadia, we only have And by the way, guys, make sure you send your comments to everyone, not hosts and panelists. Um, we only have to book one call to accept all the bonuses. Yes, just one call. That’s it. One call, guys. Don’t book multiple calls. Scheduled, but no email. Please check your uh your all mail, your spam, and your trash. Did you check guys? If you say there’s no email, and you don’t say that you already checked your all mail, your spam, or your trash, I’m just going to assume you didn’t check it. Okay? So, make sure you check your all mail, your spam, your trash, your junk, what whatever it’s called on those other platforms, okay? And if you say that there’s no email and you checked all those things, then let us know and uh we we can uh accommodate you. Cindy, I booked a date and time but didn’t get an email. Same thing there. Tatiana, how do you help channels with dog TV content? Yeah, so we uh I’m not sure what you mean by dog TV, but we’ve helped a lot of like dog channels. For instance, we worked with one of the uh probably the biggest golden retriever uh or sorry lab uh lab um uh so so golden like yellow black and uh brown labs, chocolate labs uh Labrador Retriever, right? The biggest Labrador retriever uh breeder in the United States works with us. So um he has a really big channel on YouTube, too. So yeah. Yeah, we definitely have worked with like Dog TV. We worked with people who get dogs ready for um like dog shows. Like they do those dog I’m not super into that world, but like dog competitions and like how pretty the dog looks and and stuff like that. Uh we work with people who uh do that as well. So yeah, we’ve definitely worked with people like that. Yep. Kyle, so what was the price including those bonuses? Yes. Okay, so the price, you’re right. I I actually usually do that. I I forgot to do that earlier. So let’s talk about the price really quickly. So, like I said before, usually uh we we have people that applied to us from different levels, right? So, for instance, last week I think we had like three or four CMOs that were were watching and applied to work with us. Um, so we have people that apply to us from different levels. So, sometimes they’re like business owners of a of a huge business, CMOs, marketing managers, etc. People who work inside of a big business and they were tasked to find somebody to help them build out their YouTube channel for the business, right? And in in that particular case, the scope of work is going to be very different than the scope of work of us like training you, right? So a lot of the time they want us to do a lot of the work for them. They want us to hire people for them. They want us to build out the SOPs for that division inside of the business. And then it needs to be able to communicate with all of the other departments. And usually we have to learn to use their software, right? They might they might even have a custom software, right? That like it’s custom designed and we have to use their software, right? So the scope of doing a project like that is just completely different than the scope of doing other types of projects. So for somebody like that that’s going to be like a six figure plus uh commitment and we don’t even we don’t even work with a lot of people like that. You know for instance one of the companies I worked with in on that level was course careers and I got equity in that company but it’s at least going to be six figures. That’s the absolute bare minimum uh to work with a company like that. Then we’ve got quite a few companies probably like 10 20% of the people who apply to work with us who are in that six figure to uh seven eight figure range right so small to medium-sized businesses SMBs um for companies like that again the scope of what they want is typically different so for instance sometimes these companies just want us to help them hire a video editor um and they want us to hire them from the Philippines right and we can do that right sometimes they want us to hire uh uh you know somebody to literally travel around with them as they travel all over the world and they’re like a videographer and they travel around, you know, and they’re like a creative director as well, right? We just got that request last week from one of our clients. Okay. So, so again, the scope of what they ask for is going to be different for these different types of clients, but the range there um and then a lot of the time they want us to do done for you work. A lot of the time they help us, you know, build out the channel, hire the people, etc., etc. But the range of what we typically charge there is anywhere from about $12,000 all the way up to about $60,000 for a six-month period. Okay? So that’s typically the range of what we charge for those six figure uh businesses up to seven or even eight figures. And then at this uh kind of like an entry level, right? If you’re just getting started with YouTube and you don’t want us to like do the work for you, but you want us to teach you how to do it. So these two up here are we are fishing for you or we’re building out the machine that fishes for you and we’re hiring people to run that machine for you, right? That’s what these two up here are because obviously with as business, you know, big business owners like they want us to like actually hire people for them typically, right? Or work with their team. We we work with their team as well. At this level, we’re just teaching you how to fish or we’re teaching you how to build a machine that fishes for you. Okay, that’s what this level is. And that one is going to be $9,800. Uh or you can get it down to about $1,000 a month. And you can give it even a little bit less than that. So if if you’re uh okay with doing in-house financing with us, we have our own in-house financing that we can do. We can get it a little bit less than $1,000 a month. So yeah, so $9,800 total. We very likely will be raising the prices pretty soon. Um you know, it it just the scope of what we offer. We hire the absolute best coaches in the world. They’re paid very well. Um, you know, each person gets one- on-one coaching, right? And you just have to understand like this is not like a course with a with one live stream a week, okay? This is one-on-one coaching, one-on-one dedicated chat support. Um, and you also have access to all of our other coaches as well inside of your coaching channel. Um, and you know, you get all those other things as well. Of course, you get the course component. You get multiple live streams a week from absolute experts. We have this saying in our business called greatness on all surfaces. The only people who you’re going to interact with are going to be absolutely top tier people. You will not interact with anybody who isn’t like a YouTube expert. Even the customer service people are really good at YouTube, right? So, we have greatness on all services in this business. And we and fortunately, in order to achieve and but that’s the why we get these results. That’s why we have the best results in the industry by far. There’s no one even close to us when it comes to our testimonials uh when it comes to educational content making money, right? But in order to achieve to achieve that, we have to hire the best people, right? So, it does cost some money. Uh, with that being said, that’s that’s the answer to that question. I’m not going to answer that again. Um, but that is the answer to the price question. So, someone went to the bathroom. Sorry. You’re just going to have to watch the replay. All right. Um, let’s see here. All right. Is real estate oversaturated? Definitely not. Real estate is one of the biggest opportunities for sure. Um, we have a lot of realtors that join the channel. Um, for instance, we work with the biggest realtor in Montana, right? Literally the biggest realtor in Montana we work with. Um, and you know, he’s in his 70s. And he was posting on YouTube for four years, barely got any views, and and he I think he got 40,000 views in the entire four-year period. And some of it was paid promotion. Some of it he just like promoted it uh paid. Um, and then one of his first videos with us got over 100,000 views right off the bat. Boom. Right. So, he he’s crushing it. And, uh, yeah, we work with other realtors as well. Um, so real estate is definitely not oversaturated. In fact, if you run a business that is more localized or regional, like a regional business or a localized type business, YouTube is just getting better and better and better for those types of businesses, right? So, yeah, it’s really good. Uh, is hummus a chosen name? And is uh and what is your favorite flavor of hummus? I actually like plain Jane hummus. Okay. I really like plain Jane hummus. Uh hummus, my last name is Homson. So it’s kind of like Gary Vaynerchuk where he shortened his name to Gary Vee because everybody gets my last name wrong. So my last name is Humson. Uh but uh so I did the same thing that Gary Vaynerchuk did where I just shortened the name to Gary Vee because honestly an entire lifetime of people getting your name wrong uh can be a little bit annoying, right? So I just I just went ahead and shortened it. Caroline, do I call or will they call me? Uh just all of those types of questions will be answered in the email and on the thank you page as well. So that’s one other thing I want to say guys really quickly. Um there is a thank you page that will pop up after you schedule the call. It should look like this. Make sure you don’t uh shut it down. So, it’s either going to look like this or it’s going to look like this. Okay? So, make sure you don’t shut that down. Um, and keep this thank you page. If you need it, let me know. We can actually just drop the thank you page in the chat. Just let me know if you need it. Okay? Um, with that being said, there’s a short video you watch on this. Uh, there’s some direct there’s some directions there. And then what’s really cool is there’s going to be a bunch of case studies that we put on this thank you page as well. And there’s going to be all kinds of different people from all kinds of different backgrounds. Uh so for instance, if you’re wondering, oh Shane, does this work in the spirituality niche? Well, there you go. Cheryl, uh she helps people have spiritual awakenings, right? I think she was like an atheist her whole life and she had a spiritual awakening, right? Okay. Um and then uh you’re like, “Oh, does this work for physical products?” Well, hey, Tiffany, she did physical products, right? Um you might have so many questions like, “Does this work for uh music coaches or singing coaches? Hey, this worked for a singing coach. Uh, does this work for people in tech sales in sales roles? Yes, this is here’s an example of someone in a sales role. Uh, does this work for young people? Right. Yes, this works for young people. Does this work for older people? Yes, this works for older people. Um, let’s see. You know, just etc., etc., etc. Okay, so yeah. Um,

    yeah. Uh, does this work in the French market? Yes, it works in the French market. This guy’s in the French market, etc., etc. Right? So, there’s just going to be case study after case study after case study after case study of people that this has worked for. These are going to inspire you. These are going to be people that come from maybe a similar background to you or they have a similar niche or they’re selling something similar to you or they’re came from uh in a similar industry as your industry, etc., etc. And uh these are going to really give you a lot of ideas of of what type of content you could make and um you know the types of people we type to work that we work with, whether you’re a good fit for this type of content. Um you know what things you could sell, etc., etc., right? So make sure you go over that. Uh this one is the same one. It’s just a little bit longer, 10-minute video, a little more directions. It also has some FAQs here. Um and it has, you know, directions on how to, you know, sign up in the email, etc., etc. Okay. So, uh, and then it has all the same case studies here. So, definitely check that out. Um, that will be very helpful. Um, and also click that link in the description. Sorry, click uh go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Okay,

    Shai, very insightful presentation. Thank you. You got it.

    Okay, my pleasure. Shai, uh, Robert, how do you determine if you need multiple channels? You never need multiple channels. You never need, unless you’re watching this and you already make millions of dollars a year from YouTube. Do not start multiple channels. See, here’s the mistake that people make, guys, and this is such a common mistake. They look at big YouTubers and they and they think like, “Oh, well, Mr. Beast has like five channels. I should start five channels, too. Guys, the stuff that big YouTubers do, like Mr. Beast started his second channel after like 15 years of working on the first channel. Okay, maybe it was a maybe it was like 12 years, but you get the point. After like 12 years of working on the first channel and building that up to massive heights, he then started his second channel. Okay, do not start a second channel. All right, one channel, if there’s an old proverb, if you try to chase two rabbits, you will catch zero rabbits. Okay, one channel at a time. That’s it. One channel. Put all of your focus into that one channel. Now, if you want to talk about different topics on that one channel and kind of test different things out just to see how you like it, I encourage that. But one channel, okay, that’s totally fine. And so, if you already started a channel and you’re like talking about other stuff, it’s okay. Just make make more content on that same channel about a different topic, totally fine. Mark, how can I utilize the niche validator from within the chat? uh literally just start talking to it. It’s it’s fully programmed to to give you all the directions that you need.

    All right. And yeah, we did open up more slots, guys, on the on the calendar. So, click that link in the chat. Go to go.jmus.com/coaching. Uh scan that uh QR code. If you tried to if you already tried the calendar and uh you couldn’t find a slot, if it’s open on your screen, you can refresh it. There should be more slots open, more options. Additionally, um if you already uh tried the calendar and you closed it down, just go ahead and click it again. Do the same one and uh there should be more slots open this time. Ken, how does a refund still apply if you’re on a payment plan? Um then you just you refund the payment plan. It’s pretty simple. Yeah. So, so again, if you if you do the work, you you don’t get results and it’s within the first 90 days. Um it it was pretty it’s pretty self-explanatory. We we refund all the money that you paid us. Whether you’re on a payment plan or whether you paid at the beginning, you we refund all the money that you paid us. Nelson, can uh call booked and calendar saved? Awesome. Good stuff. Okay, Caroline, I got the email. Awesome. Good stuff. Yeah, email is in the spam. Yep, sometimes it gets in there. Roberto on Yahoo email. Check junk mail. I found it there. Perfect. Janette, so this is the coaching program. So is the coaching I think I went over in great detail the price of the program. So um guy no joy with all the mail sources including spam. Okay. Uh if you can’t find it even if you looked in all the different mail sources uh email support.com and by and by the way by by the way uh guy yeah uh uh you probably it’s probably still in there. just maybe look a little more closely, but uh email supportainhomeus.com and um somebody should have responded to guy. Not sure that that’s a comment that was from 20 minutes ago and nobody responded to him. Somebody should have responded to him. Donna, what do you recommend for scripture reading content? Not sure what you mean by what do I recommend? Um but uh yeah, that’s that’s something that we’ve helped. We helped for instance a couple um uh Damian and Kennedy. They’re actually on our YouTube channel and they help people basically find um their ideal Christian partner. Okay. So have and then have an ideal Christian, you know, partnership in marriage. Um and that’s what they do, right? So really, really cool channel and uh yeah, for scripture reading content. Um, yeah, I’m not sure what you mean. So, so again, like what problem are you solving? Right. That that’s that’s the big thing you you need to focus on, right? So, it’s not scripture reading content. Of course, like Damon and Kennedy, do they read the Bible on their of course they do. Yeah. Yeah. They read the scripture on their channel. Um, but they’re solving a specific problem, which is they’re helping people find their ideal Christian partner, right? So, so again, that goes back to the niche hypothesis statement. Who are you helping? What problems are you helping them solve? Right? I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Right? So, uh maybe you need to go back and listen to that again and and use the niche validator as well and that’ll give you a better idea of what to do. Kathleen, why did someone say YouTube is shutting down AI channels when you use AI for scripts? Does that count? Um they’re shutting down AI slop channels that are mass- prodduced and automated. Um but they are definitely not shutting down channels that use AI to make good content. So you can use AI to write your script. For instance, we heavily utilize AI to write a lot of our scripts. Um, but the source still comes from me. And that’s the important part is the source is me. We just use AI to kind of fill out the words sometimes. Jeffrey, I’ll be able to help a lot of vets after this training. I have no doubt. Absolutely, Jeffrey. Yeah, what you’re doing is so amazing, Jeffrey, because like my dad, for instance, he’s a veteran and it took us like 5 to 10 years to get his VA benefits. It was insane the amount of hoops that they made us jump through to get VA benefits. And when they first gave it to us, it was only like 10%. Right? And then we had to apply again to get to 30% and then apply again to get to, you know, I think he’s at like, you know, 80% now or something like that. 80 90%. But, um, yeah, it took so long to get his VA benefits. So that is such a massive headache and uh if you can help people uh navigate that process that is really good and I think just like not necessarily VA benefits but just veterans benefits in general. I know that there’s certain insurance companies that only work with veterans. I know there’s certain like recruiting agencies that only place veterans. So just showing veterans like all the different opportunities they have I think could be really valuable as well. Um, Patty have my confirmation email. Awesome, Patty. Alyssa, check spam. Okay, awesome. Uh, I’m guessing admin Stephen messaged you hopefully. Uh, so, uh, if our ad our admins may send you direct messages, guys, so look out for those if you’re having trouble signing up. Our admins may send you direct messages. Um, okay, awesome. Checked all folders and still didn’t get it. Great. Admin will be following up with you. Uh, admin Stephen, did you follow up with Cindy at the 8:38 time stamp? Lindsay, I’m going to be honest. I hate my job without going into too much detail here. I do have security. I have no idea what to do. Have to. Yeah, I mean, there’s a lot of people that just want to escape, right? They’re not necessarily doing it because they like YouTube, but they’re doing it because they know that it’s the best opportunity for them to escape. And if I’m being honest with you as well, pain is one of the biggest motivators. And if my job had been really good, I probably would have never started a YouTube channel, right?

    But because of the fact that, you know, we went through the pandemic, the job was kind of a a nightmare. I started that YouTube channel, right? And I had massive motivation to do it,

    you know, or if I did start the YouTube channel, it would have taken me a lot longer to get results. So, if you’re in a painful situation where you hate your job, you can use that to to fuel and motivate you because I promise you, people that have a lot of money or they’re really happy are not going to have that same level of motivation. So, I know it sucks because you hate your job, but look on the bright side. You’re highly motivated to make it work. So, um yeah, hopefully that helps, Lindsay. Jeffrey, looking forward to the call. Awesome. Jeffrey, looking forward to it as well. Um, Robert, what if the only AI that I’m familiar with is Gemini? Uh, upscale, my friend. It’s basically the same. Yeah, absolutely. Claude is just as easy to work with as Gemini. We recommend Claude for content creation. With that being said, Gemini, you know, you could use it if you want to. It’s just like all of our tools are in are in Claude and ChatgPT. Vincet, so much of this is Latin to me. Uh, is a lot of that broken down on the call. What is the main purpose of the call? Yeah, the main purpose of the call is to see if we’re a good fit to work together. A lot of the time we’re going to ask you about your niche. So, I would recommend checking out the niche validator. Again, that’s going to be dropped in the chat. So, scroll up, scroll down if you need to see that. Um, cuz that’s going to give you a better idea going into the call of uh, you know, what uh, uh, you know, what kind of what kind of niche you could do to give value on YouTube. Um, but yeah, definitely that’ll be broken down on the call for sure. Um, so yeah, click that link in the chat, guys. Go to go.shenhome.com/ /coaching. Scan the QR code. Click the link in the chat. Um, is there anything that I am missing that you have given those who came to this webinar such as help for beginners. Um, and did you get the niche validator? We just dropped that. Scroll up, scroll down if you haven’t gotten it. That that’s a very very helpful AI tool. Lindsay, uh, and and just answering all your questions, Lindsay, finishing half sentences. Have you worked with someone who works in security and hates their job before? Absolutely, 100%. I’m guessing you’re talking about cyber security. Yes, absolutely. We’ve worked with we’ve actually worked with a lot of different cyber security people

    and it’s cyber security is a perfect combination because honestly it’s pretty boring. It’s uh people it’s it’s um you basically sit there and do nothing most of the time. Sorry, hopefully you’re not offended by that, but that that’s the case for a lot of people. And most of them hate their job, but they have a lot of free time to make content so they can escape their job, right? So that’s cyber security is a great combination of those if you’re talking about I’m assuming security means cyber security. Yeah, it’s a great combination. So for instance, you could check out Nicole’s channel GRC for mere mortals. She’s in but excuse me, she’s in cyber security governance, risk, and compliance. Um Josh Matakor, he’s in cyber security teaching people that. Um yeah, we we have other people as well. Regina, hey, I received the call confirmation but not the one with the tools. Excuse me. You offer a free um Yep. Hopefully uh Stephen responded to you. Mary, you offer a free YouTube optimization guide for people who aren’t a good fit, but it only asks me to book a call again. Seems like a shady action to me. Shady action to me? What are you talking about? We’re giving you free stuff and that seems like a shady action to you. Okay, you’re probably not a good fit to join the program. So, so you can leave now. Carrie, price if we are just starting out. Um I that’s it’s the same price for the beginner program. $9,800 or $1,000 a month. You can get a little bit less than that. Casey, are there any homework assignment preparation tools or interview questions that we should complete before our book call? Yeah, it’s all about uh the the stuff that we put on the thank you page, right? So, the thank you page and the emails you get that is going to answer all of your questions. So, so just look at the thank you page and look at the email and all of your questions will be answered uh by those two things for sure. Now, um I will say uh let’s drop the thank you page uh both of them in the chat, guys. Uh admins, let’s go ahead and drop that thank you page just for people who didn’t uh get it. So, go ahead and drop that thank you page, guys. Um just in case you shut it down by accident or something like that. Um we’ll we’ll we’ll give that one to you. Uh Christy, I apologize because I know this was already addressed, but just to clarify, there’s only one individual call to book. There are two, just one. Yep, just one. Christy, you’re all good. Just one. Alex, VidIQ has lots of great stuff. Thumbnail design, niche info, free version available. Yep. Uh Vid IQ is pretty solid. Yeah, it’s it’s one of the tools that we like using. That’s pretty basic though, but yeah, it’s it’s pretty solid. Uh how would you recommend I launch successful YouTube channels that combines both fitness and film? I’m already involved in both industries and I have a blueprint for how I eventually want to build them together as part of my overall business. I’m just trying to figure out how I can really capitalize on YouTube, grow an audience, and use the platform the right way from the beginning. I love that. Okay, so Charlie, you basically want to combine your love for fitness and film together. And I love that. So, I I would probably pick fitness as the niche and film as the as your differentiator for how you make your content different within the niche. Okay? So, you want to so a great example of this, I’ll give you a great great example of this. In the finance niche, there’s this guy named Andre Jik. And when he first started posting in the finance niche, he uh was really into film as well. And so he he does it somewhat now. It’s a little bit less now, but this is kind of how he sort of burst onto the scene in the finance niche is he made really cool videos that were, you know, kind of like film style videos. Um, and you could do that in the fitness niche as well. I haven’t really seen anyone do that. you could definitely do that to kind of make a name for yourself in the fitness niche is make really highly produced highquality uh film style videos um and do that in the fitness niche and that would satisfy both of your you know passions there. So I like that. I like that Charlie that sounds like a great idea. Um Jeff, most of my expertise in AI systems is in developing multi- aent orchestration systems, harnessing uh harness building and using those systems to create ad hoc solutions for businesses. But most of what I can easily legally share proof of work with is much less serious, mostly games. How do I convert the higher paying uh how do I convert to the higher paying niche? Yeah, so you it really depends on the person that you’re targeting, right? So, you want to be targeting somebody if somebody’s interested in those really advanced stuff, which I’m I’m very familiar with all the stuff you’re talking about, right? So, I have one of the absolute top AI people in the entire world. I convinced him, you know, we we were in the same friend group. Uh I convinced him to literally move out with me and I and I rent the apartment right next to me and we we work together literally every day. He’s one of the top guys in the world. Absolute like top 99.99th percentile in the world, right? And um so he knows all about this stuff like harnesses and all that kind of stuff. And you know we’re having him work on help us work on like all these AI systems that we have inside the program. With that being said, um targeting very very advanced stuff. What you want to do, okay, is you want to show them the outcome that they’re going to get. Don’t This is a big mistake that a lot of the advanced AI people make, okay? And I’ve actually helped a few people with this. Okay, you want to show them the outcome that they are going to get and then maybe show like share the problem that they have, the outcome that they’re going to get, demonstrate the AI getting that outcome, and then you can maybe show them like how you made it. Okay? And here’s what’s going to happen. The people that don’t have the money are going to watch your whole video. they’re going to get a ton of value out of it and they’re going to be super happy because you showed them how to do it. The people who do have the money don’t have time. Okay? Because people who have money typically are very busy people. Those are the people that you’re going to charge high ticket to either solve the problem for them or work one on-one with them, either yourself or people in your company to help them solve the problem. Okay? But you’re going to be charging high ticket prices to those people. Okay. So, that’s generally speaking what I would recommend. And when it comes to AI, I mean, you could you could potentially charge like six figures to do an AI buildout if you if you have the right audience, right? So, that’s what you’re going to be doing. Okay? But it’s very important that you show like big mistake that I see people making is they’ll do what’s known as selling the 12-hour flight instead of selling the destination. Okay? So, let’s just imagine you were put in charge of being the person who promotes Thailand, right? you’re you’re like Thailand’s uh tourist marketer promoter, okay, for the for Thailand. How terrible of an idea would it be if you’re promoting Thailand to Americans uh to say, uh, hey, there’s going to be like a 20our flight and you’re probably going to be stuck in between two people. There’s like a 33% chance you’re going to get a middle seat. And um, you know, it’s not really the best flights either. It’s not the best airline and it’s going to take a long time. time there’s going to be a crying baby right behind you and you know like but then eventually when you get there it’s going to be great like that would be terrible marketing right and that’s what happens w with these technical niches that I’ve seen so many times uh where uh you know you’ll you’ll go over like all the stuff to actually do the thing and it’s it’s very boring and it’s very technical and it’s very tedious. What you should do with a 12-h hour flight is you talk about the beaches, you talk about the smiling people, you talk about the amazing food, you talk about all the cool activities that you can do when you’re in Thailand. Okay? That’s what you’d want to do uh when it comes if you were the person marketing Thailand, right? But what so many people do on YouTube is they talk about the 12-h hour flight. Okay? They talk about the 12-h hour flight. That’s a problem. Don’t talk about the 12-h hour flight or or don’t talk about that until you’ve already talked about the destination. Okay. So, talk about how amazing the destination is. Talk about the the problems with where they’re at right now. Talk about how amazing the destination is. And then you can get into the 12-h hour flight. And the people that don’t have money, but they do have time will have the time to go and actually do all the technical stuff in that video. But the people that do have the money, almost invariably, they are not going to have the time to do all the technical stuff in that video. Or even if they do have the time, they have the money. So, they’re just going to pay for you to do it for them, right? So hopefully that makes sense. But yeah, definitely something uh we can help you with. Jeeoff Debbie, I booked my call. How long does a call last? Should be about uh 45 minutes or so. Uh Rhonda, how will be helped if I’m interested in doing faceless video? Uh same way you’re helped if you’re not interested in doing faceless videos. Program works the same for for both both people, both ways. Um

    yeah. So guys, go to go.shaneus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. We did open up more slots. Like I said, we have a few more open. Um, we try not to open up too much in advance, but we did open up like a few days in advance, uh, just to accommodate because we were getting comments from people saying they couldn’t book right away. Donna, what do you recommend for uh, already answered that question, Vincent, is there any preparation for the call that would be a good idea? Bring in any niche ideas? Yeah, like I said, email, thank you page, uh, play with the niche validator. Niche validator is amazing. Ken, uh, is fantasy football content oversaturated? I would say not. I would say it’s not oversaturated. I’d say it’s even growing if if possible. You just have to niche down a little bit more. Um,

    you just have to go at it from like a different angle and niche down a little bit more, right?

    So, for instance, I I I I do play fantasy football myself. Um, American football, not uh the the soccer soccer one. I know there’s fantasy football that’s, you know, uh, you know, American football and then, uh, football for everyone else. Um, I’m just going to assume you’re talking about American football, right? So, uh, I do play fantasy football. I play in my my brother’s league. Um, and I kind of wish I didn’t, but but it’s it’s a way for me to stay in uh, you know, close contact with my brother. Always want to, you know, have good good relationships and good contact with my brother, but I I kind of wish I didn’t because it takes a lot of time. With that being said, when I’m when I’m playing fantasy football, um, I watch some of these YouTube channels and one thing I will say about the YouTube channels is none of them hold themselves accountable from the week before. Okay. So, that’s one thing that like I don’t know. I I personally look at those like they they like they have all these picks like, “Oh, yeah, this pick, that pick, and they’ll talk about the picks that they did well the next week, but they never they almost never hold themselves accountable to the week before, how how bad their picks were, right? So, I think that would be kind of interesting concept for a YouTube channel is potentially one summarizing all of the other YouTube channels and all of their picks and which one was the best. So, basically like accountability and transparency to see who actually is the best, right? So, you know what I mean? And then also uh doing your own picks too and then actually holding them accountable. I think that would be quite interesting. That’s one thing that um I did a lot of with my channel is I was very transparent with the audience. I would like share numbers. I would I’d like start a second channel and literally grow the channel and give updates on it. I was very transparent with my audience and people really love that. Um so that that’s that’s a really cool one to do. Um so yeah, but uh could be really good, but there’s probably a lot of other ones. I’d play with the niche validator as well, but yeah, go. Guys, scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Robert, I’m a realtor in Montana. I probably know him. Yeah, you probably do. Probably do. Yep. Um, okay. Gabriel, what’s an example of an entertainment YouTube channel? Mr. Beast. Yeah. So, guys, if you’re wondering if if I’m a good fit for you, ju just ask this one question. Are you solving a problem? If you are just entertaining people like it’s just mindless self-indulgence, you know, that kind of thing, just, you know, that’s fine. I have no problem with those channels. But we don’t work with those channels, okay? We only work with people who are solving problems. And the reason we do that is because it’s so much easier to make money. It’s so much easier to give value. It’s so much easier to get views with a channel like that. If you’re going to make an entertainment channel, you have to be highly highly skilled at YouTube to make that work. Because if you’re making an entertainment channel, you are competing with Mr. Beast. Okay? So, you have to be highly highly skilled at YouTube to make that work. Okay? I don’t recommend it. I really don’t.

    Okay. Um, so yeah, that’s an entertainment channel. Um, so if you’re solving problems, you’re good to go. Lords, I needed the thank you page. Awesome. We’ll be dropping that here in a moment. I need the thank you page. Good stuff. Uh, okay. Grab my attention. Spiritual. Awesome. Glad that grabbed your attention. This is a recording. We are 100% live, Natalie. This is not a recording. Oh man. Drew. Uh, we have posted it probably 20 different times. Drew. Uh, peace, dude. Thanks. You got it, Luis. Uh, Anthony, thank you. Video Yoko Humson, Scandinavian. Yes, it is. I am Scandinavian originally. That’s that’s where my name comes from. Yeah. Texas. What makes someone a bad fit? Uh, well, some of the reasons why it might not allow you to join the program is one, you say that you don’t want to start right away. We want to work with people who want to start right away. Uh, so if you want to start like a month or two or 3 months down the line, it’s probably not going to, you know, we’re not going to work with you. We want people who want to start right now. Um, because think about it, like how can we give a 90-day um, money back guarantee if you aren’t able to start right away if you like join the program and then you start like, you know, two months from now. Of course, we can’t give you a 90-day money back guarantee for that, right? Um, so so yeah, we want people who are down to start right away within the next couple weeks at least. Um, we also want people of course who have enough money. We don’t want to put people in a bad financial situation. They need to like have enough money to uh get started. There is small startup costs as well. Claude subscription is $20. You might need a microphone for like $50 as well. That kind of thing, but we do need, you know, people who can actually, you know, afford a little bit of startup costs. And yeah, that’s those are some of the reasons. There are other things we look for, but we’re going to keep those things to us because there’s just certain things that we know uh makes a good client versus a not good client. And we want to our goal is to maximize the amount of people that we get results for. That is our goal. And so pretty much everything we do is is uh designed around that goal.

    Um, Jan, once the icon method videos have been identified using your tools and I’ve created an improved version, how can your tools help with increasing the video standing on YouTube? I, for instance, heard that proper tagging can help with increased YouTube exposure.

    Um, yeah. I mean, listen, yeah, there they’re tagging I, you know, there’s some people there’s some experts quote unquote on YouTube. Usually, these are people who never have grown their own YouTube channel. They’ve or or if they did grow a YouTube channel, the only channel they have is talking about how to grow on YouTube. And they will actually make fun of me on Twitter when I say that you should put tags on your YouTube channel. Meanwhile, I have an eight figureure business that multiple businesses that I’ve grown from YouTube, right? And they’re telling me that I’m wrong, which is absolutely hilarious, right? So, you got to be careful what a lot of these these quote unquote experts say. Okay? Tags are not that helpful, but you should put them. And there’s a couple different reasons why. Let’s just say hypothetically they are not helpful at all right now which is not true but let’s just say it was true they might become helpful in the future YouTube has YouTube is updating right it’s a software it’s like it up it it updates their system all the time it might become helpful in the future right so um so that’s one reason to put tags and honestly it takes like 15 seconds to do tags right like you can use chatbt to do them or you can use a tool like Vid IQ or two you know any of the tools do it very quickly right so When it comes to tags, there’s there’s a couple things that I like to to look for to get a channel jump started. When I do the tagging on a channel, especially if it’s looks like the channel is not really doing too well, what I like to do is I I like to actually tag the advertisers. So, I tag the name of the advertisers, the people who would be advertising on the content in the channel. Okay? And the reason I do that is because I want the advertisers that would be advertising on the channel, that would be showing ads on the channel to signal to YouTube that they want to show more ads on that channel, right? Because YouTube at the end of the day is a business and businesses want to make more money. That’s what YouTube wants to do. They want to make more money and one of the ways they make more money is by making their advertisers happy. so that the advertisers spend more money on the platform. And so you want to make every effort to attract advertisers to spend money on your videos, right? To put advertisements on your videos, right? Um and uh that’s one way to do it is to put it in the tags, right? So that’s one thing for instance that I like to do with tags. Now once you’re down the line, once your videos get big, it does not matter anymore. It really doesn’t matter anymore once your videos get bigger. But when you’re first starting, there are a few things that you can do uh to uh you know increase the chances of your one of your videos hitting and that’s one of them. So yeah, go to go.sh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or uh click the link in the chat.

    Okay. Uh Caroline, I have done quite a few marketing seminars and while I usually make it to the end, this has kept me interested. Hey, appreciate you Caroline. Thank you. I I’m always open to feedback uh as long as it’s, you know, constructive. uh feedback. Yeah, I’m always open to that if you if there’s any ways you think you can make it better. But I appreciate that. Caroline John, I got a video to watch page, but all links on the page was broken. I think you just got to refresh the page, John. It’s probably on your side. All these all these links work, right? So, for instance, like I’ll just I’ll just play this right here. Yeah, it’s working for me just fine. Yeah. So, just refresh the page. She should be fine. phone. Um guys, few minutes left to book a call. Okay, just a few minutes left. Um probably going to leave here in a few minutes. So yeah, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat, guys. Um probably might be my last uh last call here. Uh I’ve answered a ton of questions, but I’m still not caught up. But I really do my best to try to answer all the all the questions, guys. Peter, thank you very much for the call. You got it, Peter. My pleasure. TK, thank you. You got it, TK. Donna, I got in trouble with YouTube for posting five videos per day, even though I normally did three per day. I’m not sure that’s a question, but uh yeah, YouTube you you really it’s not so much the amount of videos that you post. It’s more about what type of videos you’re posting. Okay? So, if you are posting AI generated videos, you need to be in exceptionally careful. even if you think your videos are high quality or whatever, YouTube is almost certainly going to delete them. YouTube is not messing around with AI videos. Now, if you’re a news channel and you make news content and you’re posting five times a day, YouTube’s probably fine with that. That’s probably totally okay, right? Um, but if you’re making AI content, like AI generated content, you’re posting five times a day, that’s usually not going to be good, right?

    But if you’re a news channel and it you’re like an actual human being talking on the screen, not an AI generated human being, like an actual real human being talking on the screen, they’re probably totally fine with that. Bryson, if we sign up and do everything that is shared at the cost, do you stand behind your training with any type of money back guarantee? I already went over. Yeah, absolutely. Good question, Bryson. But I already went over that earlier. Maybe maybe you u were going to the restroom or something. Yeah, we have a 90-day money back guarantee. Um, and we have a 2% uh like I said uh with with the that month um we had a 2% refund rate that that month that I was talking about. Okay. So 1% during the month and then even after the month it grew to 2%. So the full during the full uh time and that’s why we’re so confident to give the money back guarantee because people have such great results. Uh VIP access that’s going to be Tuesday night uh 600 p p.m. Eastern Standard Time. Casey Felicia, how do I access replay of this video? Will be sent out uh within 24 hours. Will be sent out.

    Okay, Susie, who determines if you worked? Who determines if you worked? I’m not sure we’re talking about. Um Claude, thanks again for this opportunity. You got it, Claude. Also, great name. Great name. Claude is one of my favorites. I might I might name my firstborn child Claude. We’ll see. Yoko, FYI, my email specified I got booked for a call, not a coaching video chat. Um, yeah, it should it’s it’s a call. Yeah, that that should be fine. Um, just just make sure you follow the instructions in the email. Carl, can I switch to a later date for my current appointment? I have travel close to the time I currently have. Want to switch to a later date for proper focus? Uh, Carl, yeah. uh support shanehummus.com. We should be able to accommodate you. Just make sure you share your name that you signed up with, your email, uh etc. that that you signed up with. Make sure it’s the email that you signed up with and uh we should be able to accommodate you and switch you to a later date.

    DR test two. Awesome. Edna, thank you again for another live informative session. I uh once I am set up and monetized, I will look forward to working with you. Awesome, Edna. Love to hear it. definitely start crushing it. How do you do you have a Shaquille on your team? Yep.

    We do. We do. Um not Shaquille O’Neal. We don’t. He’s not on our team. Uh love him though. He’s great. But different Shaquille. Um Regina, where is the niche validator? Uh just scroll up and scroll down. Regina, Regina, we we’ve we’ve literally put it so many times. Like, we’ve put it so many times. But yeah, just scroll up, scroll down. We’ll we’ll we’ll drop it again. Uh Rhonda, please speak about for those of us who want to do faceless channels. Uh what what do you want me to speak about? If you have a question, I can answer your question. I went over in great detail exactly how to do the faceless channel. So, Whiz of Ecom, Moo, his real name is Moo. Uh but Whiz of Ecom started off as a faceless channel. That’s the model for for what we recommend that you do. So, if you want to look at an example of a faceless channel, you can look at Wiz of Ecom to see how he started out. Later on, he did a face reveal. Um, but you can look at Wiz of Ecom for how he started out. One of the biggest things, guys, like we we um we do recommend that you still use your real voice. Uh, if you’re doing a faceless channel, it’s very important that you use your real voice. Um, all right, Laura, I’m not a good fit for this, but I enjoyed listening and learning from you today, Shane. All good, Laura. Glad you enjoyed it. Good stuff. Um, Jeffrey, took me 12, but I got what you mean. Awesome. Yoko, how can we connect with others in this chat? Um, just you just talk to the others. Yeah. Um,

    yeah, YouTube purged like 10,000 plus AI channels just a few days ago. Favor. You’ll, by the way, guys, you might be noticing that a lot of those channels that started off as AI channels are actually showing their face now. So, for instance, I’ll just give you an example. Sleepless Historian, you guys know Sleepless Historian, right? Uh they actually the the person behind the channel just showed their face. It’s actually a um a lady. Um so, yeah, it’s uh yeah, like these AI channels are absolutely shaking in their boots. And I would say that Sleepless Historian actually makes really good content, right? In my opinion, right? So that’s one of the very few like good AI channels that’s actually giving value. But the vast majority of them are just complete AI slop, right? Complete and utter AI slop, right? Um, but even the ones that are good, a lot of them are getting deleted, right? So don’t make AI slop channels, right? We we have had I will tell you guys right now people that follow our system we’ve had zero zero people that have followed our system have gotten their channel deleted. Zero not a single person out of the thousand like thousand plus people we’ve worked with over the years has gotten their channel deleted. Okay. So our systems are completely airtight. Uh, and by the way, I know a lot of the other coaching programs cuz we have people that sometimes like their best people come over and work for us. And uh, those other coaching programs, like almost all of them have a significant amount of people that get their channels deleted, right? So, we don’t we teach stuff that does not lead to your channel getting deleted. Okay? Very, very important that you do this the right way. But yeah, anyways, guys, few more minutes to book a call. Go. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Guys, I’ve had such a great time today. Um, you know, I’ I’ve been really enjoying this, so I stayed a little bit longer than usual, but uh I do have to leave here in a little bit. Um,

    Donna, I read the Bible for people that don’t have time or the ability to read the Bible. Seems like people only want AI and not a live person. Not sure what I uh can do. You are the one that helped me create a channel back in April, so thank you. Awesome, Donna. Love to hear it. Yeah. I mean, listen, reading the Bible for people, it’s like it’s it’s it’s it’s a bit of a if I’m being completely honest, Donna, if it’s a bit of a little bit of a weak I I really hope I I I hope you aren’t offended by this, okay? But I’m just going to be a little blunt with you, okay? It’s a little bit of a weak value proposition. You It’s not a huge problem that you’re solving because most people can read, okay? So, um, you need you need to solve a a bigger problem because the truth is most people can read. And so, I think you need to solve a bigger problem. Okay? So, get a little bit more deep into it. Think of think of your past. What did you do that the Bible helped you overcome? That’s the problem that you’re you’re probably solving. Okay? So, um yeah, uh do the niche validator again and uh try to, you know, solve a bit more of a painful problem for them. Um are voiceless faceover channels less competitive than an avatar for your face. Less competitive. Okay. So, if you’re going to do a voice uh like like a faceless channel, it’s going to be it is going to be harder to grow than a personal brand channel for sure. And it’s also going to be much harder to monetize. Okay, that’s just facts, right? If take with that what you will, that’s just facts. Like, it’s just very well known. This is very obvious. Um, if you are going to do a faceless channel, we recommend using an avatar just like Whiz of Ecom did. Again, look at Wiz of Ecom’s channel if you’re you’re wondering how that works. Whiz of ecom moo. Uh, that that’s the channel. You can look at his older videos and see how that works, okay? Uh, we recommend using an avatar that represents you, okay? Because then it kind of feels like you’re a real person. and we recommend using your real voice. Okay, so that’s how we do the uh the faceless channels thing. So that’s uh if you’re interested in uh doing a faceless channel, that’s what you want to look at. But yeah, gosh.com/coaching, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. If you have more specific uh questions, just book a call, guys. Just book a call. It’s not that hard to do. If you have more specific questions, we can answer any questions that you have on the call. Vincent, can you drop that because like some of these questions, it’s like I have to kind of go back and forth with you, right? Like like some people are like, “Talk about Faceless Ch.” What? What do you mean talk about what what what what is your question? You know what I mean? Like how can I talk about faceless channels, right? What is your qu what is the question that you have? You know, so um like just book a call if if you if you we got to do a little bit more back and forth and then we’ll be able to know um what your real question is, right? And and I’ll be able to answer it. Can you drop that thank you page? Mine came up and then uh an error when it uh made it go away. Absolutely. Yeah. Uh, admins, please drop the thank you page again in the chat. Drop the thank you page again. Admins. All right. Uh, Loretta, I received one email and confirm the booking time. Awesome. Loretta Ken, besides my current channel, I would like to do topic unrelated. Uh, cemeteries is my current expertise, but I used to do political radio talk show. I like to launch on YouTube. Why would that not be smart with a second channel? Because chase again, there’s an old proverb. If you chase two rabbits, you will catch zero rabbits, right? It’s it’s just that simple. You This is a competitive marketplace, okay? You are competing against other people. If you if they are spending all of their time on their side hustle doing one channel and you’re splitting your time between three channels, you are going to get dominated by those other people. It’s just it’s just that simple, right? Don’t do that. It’s a terrible idea. Um, okay. Dan, what exactly does your company provide as a partner? Already went over that in great detail. So, we basically teach you how to like, you know, in the analogy that I use, we teach you how to fish and we also teach you how to build the machine that fishes for you and we teach you if you want to how to hire those people to build to run that machine so that you just you can just like sit back and almost do nothing. Um, and that’s that’s the point that I’ve gotten to in my business is it just runs on autopilot. I only have to spend about four hours a week on it. Um, but I I don’t, you know, there’s been times where I spent like like two months without without spending any time on my channel. Um, and now I do spend more time than that, but I don’t have to. That’s the that’s the whole thing. I spend more time because I genuinely enjoy doing it. Um, David, so if you want to if you have more questions, Dan, then uh jump on the call. Um, because I I went over in great detail exactly what we offered. Maybe maybe you missed the part where I where I did that. But um in fact, it was probably about a 20 to 30 minute section. So, but if you have more questions, just jump on a call. We’re happy to answer them. David, FYI, to use with Gemini or something like VS Code, rename theskill file to do.zip and then open the file and the folder and copy out the skillmd file and use next to Gemini. Good stuff, David. Yeah, I think we might just go ahead and transfer it over to Gemini. But here’s the thing, guys. We do a lot of quality control. It isn’t just like, oh, we drag and drop to another one. We do a lot of quality control on these and the different AIs are different. So, we we want to make sure that it reaches a certain uh threshold uh when it comes to quality control um where it where it has the literally the exact same answer as me at least 80 to 90% of the time, right? So, we we don’t put them out there until it reaches that threshold. And this is why it takes a lot of time for me to uh me or you know the people I work with closely to um put these tools out. They a lot of time and effort because it’s just split like like it’s pressure testing pressure testing pressure testing pressure testing quality control quality control quality control over and over again and then every time it has the wrong answer we have to figure out okay why did it have the wrong answer d then we change the instructions and we just start over and do it again and again right Texas I got it. Thank you so much. Awesome. Texas. Uh Yoko, do you guys offer a way for us to connect with each other inside of the program? 100%. 100%. There’s like lots and lots lots of groups inside the program. Accountability buddies, etc. Everything. Joyce, my laptop isn’t helping. Give me a choice of cloud. Anybody? Laptop isn’t helping. Um I I don’t know what you mean, Joyce. I apologize.

    Uh, we we’ll drop it again, uh, Joyce, but I’m not I’m not sure what you mean there. Uh, Christine, I’m scheduled. Can I get the niche calculator? Just scroll up scroll down. It’s there. I think you need the niche validator. Uh, and guys, like I said, few more minutes. Go to go.nomomas.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. I’m trying to uh get done with all of the questions here. Still have not received any emails. Uh, admin should have followed up with you, so it should be good. Um, Texas, God bless you. Danny, bless you. Debbie, God bless you. Joyce, God bless you. Michael, bless you. Bless you. Um, thank you guys. Appreciate that. Appreciate that. Love that. What about people that work in the justice system? Yeah, absolutely. I mean, there’s obviously there’s there’s, you know, there’s a lot of problems when it comes to, you know, people getting jobs to work in the justice system or people interacting with the justice system. like how do you properly interact with them, you know, how do you uh do paperwork, you know, this and that. There’s a lot of lot of opportunities there to help people out uh with that stuff. Okay, guys. Um listen, uh I’m I’m going to scroll to the bottom here. Um I do I uh you guys had a ton of questions for me today. I really appreciate that. I don’t think I’m going to be able to answer every single one of them. With that being said, I’m scrolling to the bottom and I’m dropping the thank you pages. Okay, so I just dropped them. Additionally, I’m going to go ahead and drop the uh ability to apply to the call. So, I’m dropping that as well. And if for whatever reason you’re washing dishes, you’re mowing your lawn, you’re sitting on your lawn mower, mowing your lawn, and you can’t apply right now and you’re just like watching slash listening to this, you can screenshot this, save it for later, okay? or you can just save the um link that I just put in the chat to apply to one-on-one coaching. Save that for later. Uh and then you can go ahead and apply after the call is over. Additionally, like I said, highly recommend you check out the thank you page, guys. Very, very helpful. Um it’ll get you ready for the call. Um it will, you know, give you lots of inspiration from other people if you’re wondering, oh, does this work for older people? Does this work for people from Spain? Does this work for, you know, all these questions that you might have, it’s probably going to be answered if you just look at the thank you page, right? Um, so definitely check that out. And, uh, looking forward to, uh, working with a few of you. We typically only work with like a few people at a time, so we’re probably only going to accept a few people into the program, but I’m looking forward to working with a few of you and, uh, looking forward to doing that. So, anyways guys, I’m going to jump out. Thank you so much, guys. Have a good one. Take care. Was a pleasure uh, talking with everyone today and I’ll see you next time. Have a good one, guys. Cheers. Bye. Thank you. Thanks. Uh Jeffrey, Yoko, Danny, Casey, um

    uh Randy, Tatiana, no, you do not have to be monetized before joining the program, Tatiana. Uh I love Jeffrey. That is a that is a phenomenal niche. Seriously. Um actually, yeah, Jeffrey, maybe. Yeah, reach out to me supportainhomemus.com and then uh admins tell tell uh support to to forward Jeffreey’s email to me. Um Joyce, I’m in Claude. Okay, thanks guys. Thanks. Cheers guys. Have a good one. Thank you so much.

  • 08/17/2026 – MagicflixAI 2

    Hey, hey, hey. It’s Ben Murray here. Thanks so much for joining this training. We are live, so let us know where you’re joining from using the questions tab above. Uh, wow, tons of people on already. I see uh Amy White from Baltimore, Scott Finland, Stephins, Keith, Marshall, Ken from New York. Whoa, there are uh tons of people. And if you can hear my mic, go ahead, give me a yes in the chat right now. uh or give me a thumbs up reaction so I know everyone can hear me loud and clear. All right, awesome. Looks like it’s working great. And welcome to the most exciting call of the year where you’ll see how the first self-arning, ranking, and monetizing faceless channel business builder is making beginners 500 to 20k plus per month 100% automating the types of faceless video channels you see blowing up all over social media now. And by the end, you’ll know exactly how to automate your own faceless channel business or use it to 10x your current business, getting far more traffic, leads, and sales. Now, I’m not talking about boring meto faceless channels and AI videos all the other tools make with those boring slideshows, same five themes, characters changing scene to scene, no fast monetization that all just sort of look and sound like AI made them. These are next evolution channel businesses, the kind that we now know get the traffic and earn after a year of testing and earning and new viral themes exploding now. People love to watch like ultra realistic POV simulations, recreate history, Unreal AI, ASMR, Stickman affiliate education, trivia channels, brain teaser channels, something called a soft gibli. You’re going to see storytelling. Tons of new formats, including the standard story channels like uh scary stories, Pixar, kids stories, too, that traditionally do well. But the tech we’re going to go over doesn’t just create these. It goes further. Being the first to self-learn any product and style for non AI sounding channels with channel brain technology automonetize the channels in multiple ways so you can profit beyond just views instantly like sponsorships affiliate offers agency campaigns earn from just the first couple views coming in use perfect character consistency across long form videos rank and optimize the videos now on YouTube Tik Tok and Instagram auto creates publishes and schedules 100% automatically or there’s detailed Camtasia multittrack editing for those who like more control and far more these next evolution facialist channels. They’re the easiest side business to start today. Hands down. Easiest way to get your first win regardless of technical experience or knowhow. And if you run an agency, you’re going to see how beginners are cloning businesses into these self-growing AI channels and then renting them out for big profits with the agent technology. So, who’s excited to hear about some of that, right? Let me see in the chat who’s excited to go. Give me a yes in the chat or a thumbs up reaction if you’re ready to get some cutting edge video marketing and AI business education. Just go ahead turn off any distractions for the next 40 minutes or so. All questions will be answered at the end. Now, what you’re going to get for free here is the fourpart faceless channel formula that’s letting newbies automate 15K per month self-learning, growing and monetizing channels. How to autocreate channels and themes exploding right now. Immersive reality, trivia, recreate AI history, stick education, gibli, etc. with no tech experience. How beginners are landing small business clients and oneclick cloning them into self-growing channels that sell for 3K per month. How to automonetize your Faceless channel immediately so they profit without a lot of views. Get a special deal, win a free copy, get cash and bonuses, and far more. And we’re going to be giving away some prize money for those who are really engaging and answering questions. So, be on the lookout for a message uh for you in private for a team member asking for your PayPal to send you 50, 100, maybe 500 bucks if you’re engaging. Now, everyone needs to be paying attention to this call because AI and and AI channels are the future of traffic and leads. This stuff just keeps getting exponentially more competent, more entertaining, and those who take advantage now will set themselves up for big success. Right now, before we start, I want to play a special message from someone. A customer sent this to us who struggled for a long time. uh she was about to give up in her online journey and then finally broke through. I want to play this so it just fires everyone up today. Okay, I wanted to wait a bit before saying anything because I’ve had plenty of internet things look good at first then fall off. But it’s time to let you know that I have not only one but multiple channels making money simultaneously in different ways. The truth is, not every channel took off, but I was able to test a bunch with different styles, characters, affiliate orders, and and figuring out what people are responding to. I think the big difference is that the videos don’t feel like the same AI content everyone else makes. These feel like channels with big creative teams and producers, which is what is getting the subscribers. Anyways, just wanted to let you know I have real revenue streams now that should work long term. Thanks a ton. Pretty cool, right? And if she can do it, trust me, everyone here on the call can definitely do it. And real quick, a little bit about me again. My name is Ben Murray. In case you have no idea who I am, I run an 8 figureure AI business from the comfort of my home. I’ve made millions of dollars online through affiliate marketing alone or promoting other people’s products and then earning a commission for promoting them. So, I started doing affiliate marketing because I thought it was at the time and still is the easiest business model to get started with because it’s the only one that doesn’t require your own products, funnel, payment processors. And now with these next evolution faceless channels, you don’t even have to worry about getting the traffic to your link, as you’re going to see. Now, this has allowed me to have a nice million-dollar house, take nice vacations around the world, and more importantly, though, allowed me to have more free time to do things that are just meaningful to me, like being able to retire my wife several years ago, spending time with my two kids uh during the quote unquote workday, not having to answer to anyone. Now, that’s the kind of stuff I really want for everyone on this call. Yeah, we’re going to be going over simple ways anyone regardless of experience can make monthly revenue with these first ever self-learning channel technology uh channels as you’re going to see, but really this is all about freeing up time to live life how you want in a way that’s meaningful to you. Whether that’s seeing the grandkids more, you’re going to take like that tropical cruise you really wanted later in the year. Um now think about that as we go along here. Maybe you can share it in the comments if you want and let’s go ahead and make that happen. Okay, so after a full year of the faceless channel boom, we finally know what channels actually generate views, subscribers, and revenue. Now, a year ago when this kicked off, everyone thought that faceless AI video channels were the greatest opportunity for like little guys to make it big online. And they were, but just most people that, you know, we now know built the wrong kind. I’m talking about um channels with boring slideshows, um AI sounding scripts, no way to monetize them quickly, characters that sort of just change from scene to scene, no fast rankings, all generic AI looking and sounding. So, it never really got any traction. Now, meanwhile, the marketers succeeding are building video channels with AI people want to watch. in these next evolution themes I mentioned with self-learning brand voices built-in rankings long form characters and revenue streams baked directly into the channel to profit beyond views. Now before we talk about those um uh how you can automate these drive leads with them and earn on the side I just want to make sure we’re all on the same page here. Give me a yes in the chat or thumbs up reaction if you’ve seen a faceless AI channel just so we know you know what we’re all what I’m talking about here. Right? These are videos and channels AI fully creates, right? It’s not you, you know, messing with a bunch of tools, right? Yeah, there’s a lot of yeses. Yeah, they started popping up everywhere like about a year ago. And now certain guys are they’re just dominating YouTube, making six and seven figures passively. You know why? Well, the debate’s pretty much over. You know, AI, YouTube, Tik Tok, and Instagram channels, they’re absolutely the future of the internet whether you like it or not. You know, growing a personal video brand that can work too, right? But it’s it’s tiresome. It’s time consuming, requires a lot of expertise these days to stand out and expensive equipment. You know, most of us, we can’t be Alex Hormosi or Tony Robbins, right? And that’s sort of what you need. You need to break through right now and get seen. That’s what you need to have to do. Now, meanwhile, entire categories of faceless channels that are completely automated like beginners are popping up making six and seven figures passively. I’m talking about things like AI immersive realism channels. Now, there’s AI realistic cooking video channel. It’s getting hundreds of millions of views on some videos. There’s classic story channels with non AI sounding scripts. This one has 7 million subscribers. Affiliate marketing channels. This one will have two million subscribers and sells affiliate products right in their videos. Uh quiz, trivia, and fact channels. Those are exploding. This one has two million subscribers is automated by AI. Uh there’s channels that educate people with AI characters making seven figures per month. There’s tons of kids channels with millions and millions of subscribers, especially in these like Pixar, Disney styles. And AFAless channels are just the number one thing we’re seeing our students get their first serious traffic, leads, and sales with. I mean, it’s by far the easiest thing to see succeed with because you no longer need a product, a site, a funnel, like a complicated OpenClaw agency app to succeed, right? You just earn from views. And then you can layer on the other monetization methods I’m going to talk about here. But I mean, take a look at this. So, this POV AI immersive channel about attaching like um cameras to like uh like a GoPro to a fish for example, like GoPro animal. Well, it’s at 300k subscribers in just three months. It’s earning 10K per month on the side. Uh this AI recreate history channel, 14K per month, and has millions of views. This AI automated education channel makes six figures monthly from just affiliate products and sponsorships. Uh, Lucas, he got 150K followers in a month with this AI realism like miniature video after failing at like five other business models. Matt makes 45K per month with financial tips advice promoting affiliate products and his automated channel. Um, this anime channel is at 15K per month. It’s just simple everyday sort of boring stories. James took his love of the Bible and he turned it into like a a passive side business that’s he thinks helping people and he’s he’s earning money on the side. This unique AI ASMR channel has hundreds of millions of views already. Now, this thing has a million subscribers and runs on pure autopilot. This little AI riddles channel, it’s banking six figures with millions of sub subscribers. I mean, I could go like on and on here. It’s amazing like the newbies that are just having massive success. So, so let me know like what other uh video niches have you seen or like channels you think you could create to drive traffic and earn from? Uh, let me see some answers in the chat here. Uh, I see Mystery Channel. Yep. Fantasy story. Yep. Someone said Minecraft. Yep, that’s happening. Yep. Humor. Oh, yeah. Jokes. Joke channels are huge. Uh, channels that get clients for an agency. Yeah, we’re going to talk about that. Yeah, a lot of good comments. Let’s see who got it first. Uh, Sandy. All right, let’s give uh Sandy 100 bucks. Like, get her PayPal, guys. Send her a hundred bucks. thanks for being uh on the ball there. And the list goes on and on. I mean, tons of newbies that struggled in complicated business models. They’re just seeing their first big win. Now, the I think the question is, you know, how do you do it, too? That’s what we’re here for, right? After analyzing and profiting from Faceless channels extensively over the last year. I mean, there’s certain categories people want to watch and engage with that recently exploded into the scene. talking about like AI recreate history day in the life POV experiences uh stickman explainer education channels uh something called soft gibli channels trivia so what I want to do is I want to show you some clips of these new types of channels that are working right now so you understand like what I’m talking about here and then we’re going to go on uh with the trending let me go ahead and um uh share you some clips here so you know what I’m uh talking about

    the the Colossus of Roads depicted the sun god Helios and towered over ships entering the city. Built from bronze and iron, it stood for only about 50 years before a massive earthquake brought it crashing down. Even

    if you you’ve spent any amount of time dating in the last few years, you’ve probably had the same thought. You meet someone, things seem promising. Maybe you start imagining where things could go. Then suddenly the owl noticed hundreds of tiny lights. The fireflies gathered together. Pip floated onto the shining trail past the treetops. Where is the smallest bone in the human body located?

    Answer C. ear.

    Pretty

    cool, right? Now, there’s just a few short clips. I want to just give you a general idea here. Um, but but here’s the thing. You need it to look sort of studio quality produced like some of those videos, right? So, generic AI meto stuff doesn’t get any traction on social media. It’s not going to get you ranked, right? It’s just like any business out there. You need something high quality to stand out and deliver a great experience. So that’s why the fly by night generic AI sounding and looking video creator or or channel maker you bought in the past. That’s why it’s not like making you any money. Right now these nextG examples I showed are all eligible for views monetization due to their creative nature. But as I’m going to talk about here, there’s better and faster ways to profit from them right away. And by the way, you’ll be able to fully automate entire channels of those styles in just a few minutes from now. Not just make a single videos, automate the entire uh channel as we’re going to see now. Uh by next evolution channel businesses, I don’t just mean the hottest exciting themes, but the ability to earn in many different ways without you doing extra work. So, let me quickly talk about how you can earn fast, how we see um our students um earning very fast from these, and then we’re going to go over exactly how you can automate them hands-free. Okay, sound good? So, first what you can do is um there’s many ways to earn from these, but what you can do is just simply uh earn from people watching the videos from views. So, both YouTube and Tik Tok reward content creators handsomely for generating views consistently on their platforms with a Tik Tok creator or YouTube’s monetization for creators program. So you can get paid per the amount of views you get without having to worry about web pages, hosting funnels, confusing chat bots, complicated openclaw apps or operators and stuff. Now this is the easiest way to earn passive income there is. Uh partly because you know that’s just why and part it’s partially because you know that’s so many people are having success because you don’t even need to apply for like an affiliate product. You don’t even need your own product, right? Because the technology we’re going to see in a minute can now fully automate tons of these studio quality channels in mass. It’s just a numbers game until you have one or two really take off and make you passive income. But for many people, they want to earn before the views stack up like as soon as your first 20 views, right? So this is where done for you affiliate marketing comes in. And with affiliate marketing, you just apply to promote a product, get your affiliate link, and then anyone who clicks it and buys the product, you’re going to earn a commission, right? Sometimes a 50% commission. uh sometimes even, you know, more than that. Now, as we’re going to see soon, you can have the breakthrough technology find hot affiliate products for you that’s going to pay high commissions, so you don’t need to sell tons of them to make money and then bake them into your channel videos so the videos will help promote these products for you. And then you just add your affiliate link to your YouTube video description or your Tik Tok bio link. And when people click that, you can earn 50% of the sale if they buy. And if you want to earn six figures uh plus per year like I do and many of my students are, you’ll see how how to have the technology create a lead capture page that builds an email list of people that you can email different products for over and over. Now, you can also earn from done sponsorship technology. Now, sponsorships, that’s just when a business pays you for making a video about their product or brand and then posting it on your channel. Now, these start at like 500 bucks to even 10K if you get like a bigger channel going. Now, traditionally, this was like pretty difficult because it required you to reach out to targeted influencers, land them with some sort of lead page, make a customized video about their specific product. It really wasn’t sort of possible with AI. But now, you can find influencers based on specific follower ranges, and then have the self-learning agent technology uh create videos about their specific product for you in your channel’s theme and style. Now, another way we’re seeing beginners earn is through agency clone channels. Now, who’s running an agency in the house? Give me a thumbs up if you’re uh like on the agency track. Well, yeah. Okay, cool. Uh beginners are cloning small businesses into self-growing and learning channels and then renting them out to the small business for about 3K a month. So, it’s common sense, right? Every business, they have to leverage YouTube and Tik Tok at this point to generate leads and stay alive. That’s just where the world’s attention is. That’s where their customers are. But most business owners, right, especially like mom and pop ones, they don’t they don’t have the time to do that. Like, they actually don’t know how. And old school AI video makers can’t mass create channels that reflect their brand and their products. I mean, they don’t want some sort of random video up there about, you know, that’s that’s talking about their business. So, they’re stuck paying these outrageous fees to just one to two, you know, for just one to two videos to agency teams. And then most of them, you know, they don’t want to pay that. So, they just pass on that and don’t have any video presence at all. Now, thanks to our agentic faceless channel technology, beginners can now clone businesses or affiliate products into self-learning YouTube, Tik Tok, or Instagram video channels that sell specific products, display specific business information, and drive the right leads. What’s awesome about this model is it doesn’t require like a ton of clients. In fact, just five little channel services uh per month for 3K uh that can make you a six figure income on the side, right? This doesn’t require like tons of website clients and like burn and churn agency business models where you’re managing tons of people and you’re trading time for tons of bosses, right? And think about it. If a cl if a client cancels, which is realistic, right? Then you only need one to two clients to keep up with that six figure income. I mean, how cool is that? Now, also, you can just earn it as a video freelancer. Now, there’s millions of businesses on freelance sites like Upwork and Fiverr, and video is actually the most requested service there, right? There’s people earning six figures a year um charging 7K per one minute video and you can actually go on those places and sell better videos than those guys as soon as tonight. So you can actually overd deliver and then undercut them on price to get a a sale very quickly. And really this type of uh faceless channel automation success is just a numbers game. So since you can earn from views, affiliate marketing products, sponsorships, and more in the worst case scenario you’re probably making like $5 per video. So that’s, you know, that’s pretty bad, right? But, you know, let’s say you can at least earn that. Now, some videos may go viral. Some might just sort of tick along with a steady stream of views because you’re you’ll be able to create hundreds of these next evolution channels already monetized. This just turns into a numbers game, right? You don’t have to figure anything out. So, the more videos you just pump out, the more you’re going to earn. And then you just cut the slow growers. Let the winners keep going. And again, you know, this is why we’re seeing so many people have massive success with this. Now, there’s a lot more examples. Um, but I know what a lot of people are probably thinking right now. If faceless channels are the future and they’re so easy to succeed with, well, why doesn’t everyone have their own cash cow faceless channel right now, right? Well, that’s what we thought. And it turns out there’s two big problems that we found out over a year of testing. And number one, there’s no AI tool that creates the types of channels actually winning right now. So again, the channels that really get views, subscribers, and rankings, and revenue, they aren’t generic AI looking stuff that every video creator makes. They contain things like the cutting edge Unreal themes working out and self uh the self-arning tech that makes the channel not seem like AI. Plus, there’s baked in monetization different ways that lets the channels profit immediately so you don’t have to wait for like tons of views and subscribers. Plus, you need things like long form characters, a solid consistent brand throughout the same style. That stuff just isn’t available, right? So, no single platform creates these types of winning channels in one place with real brands and everything done for you. That means that most people are stuck building outdated channels while the real opportunities are passing them by. Number two, the even bigger problem, piecing together the best AI tools is way too timeconuming and expensive for like 99% of people. And sure, I mean, you can try to stitch together 10 different AI tools, but be prepared to pay hundreds per month or spending hours creating and then editing, optimizing, another tool for the scheduling, another tool for publishing. And because the real winners, they’re uploading multiple videos across multiple channels every single day. Like consistency quickly becomes impossible for anyone that has like a real job, right? And real responsibilities like you have kids and stuff, right? You have to take care of. And that’s why most people quit, right, before they discover a winning channel, unfortunately. And unfortunately, that means you’re stuck doing stuff like building these outdated generic looking faceless channels while the new exciting formats take over. Producing generic AI content that fails to stand out. you know, YouTube isn’t going to rank it if it sounds like chat GPT. Uh, paying hundreds every month for disconnected AI tools that don’t really work together, spending more time managing software than you really are, you know, growing your channel, falling behind creators with the big teams that can have these huge accounts. Uh, and they post multiple channels per day, leaving affiliate revenue, leads, sponsorships, and other monetization opportunities just untapped. spending weeks researching topics and trends by hand, not building like branded assets that are really going to survive long term, and then just getting distracted, jumping on to more webinars, buying more tools when you know that like YouTube plus AI easiest when there is by far, right? And and that’s um uh you know, frustrating, right? Because the easiest business opportunity that’s legitimate is just sort of passing you by, you know, super frustrating. I know for me because it’s uh as being like a full-time affiliate marketer when this first was was coming out, you know, I wanted to hurry up and capitalize on it as fast as I can and then I ran into the exact same problems. But all that solved because after a year of working with customers, upgrading and testing, for the first time ever, you can autocreate self-learning alive faceless channel businesses that rank, grow, and monetize themselves. So, being a full-time affiliate marketer and wanting to get into this big time, right? I I partner with the leading video developers in the space, Atlas Web Solutions, and we noticed that the video channels actually making money uh look completely different from what current AI tools can create. So since AI channels are clearly the future of content marketing, we had to have a way to build the kinds of high-quality channels that consistently attract traffic, grow subscribers, generate revenue quickly, stay competitive long term through the unique self-learning brand voices, all from one single platform. And because these guys were behind some of the biggest video apps like Doodle Maker, I’m sure you guys have that one, and some other video ones. Um, you know, I had to have them do it. And since no platform could do this, we had no choice to build it. So that’s why we built Magic Flex AI 2.0. The world’s first self-arning faceless channel platform that creates, grows, ranks, and monetizes the types of channel businesses winning this year and beyond. So you can customize individual videos with drag and drop timeline editing now. Or fully automate entire channels or even have Agentic AI clone offers and businesses into living channels with real specific identities. And then you could have AI auto rank the channels in YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram, even AI search, and then automonetize them through multiple built-in revenue models immediately. So, there’s there’s going to be a lot to this one, as you’re going to see. But what I like most about it is it’s so easy to use. In fact, Timothy, he wrote in, he said this, “After buying a lot of AI tools, I became skeptical when they claim to be as powerful as Magic Flexes because I often am let down. Now, after I got early access, I did a detailed test and I found everything to be working perfectly. From the videos to the page creation to optimization, which is something I don’t say lightly. What impressed me the most was that the videos didn’t come out feeling random or slapped together. The channel had a clear style with matching scripts, visuals, voiceovers, and perfect subtitles. Overall, this gets a 9.8 out of 10 for me. The best AI tool I reviewed this year. As you’re going to see, it’s very easy to use this. So, first you’re going to create your AI brain and choose a channel theme. So, first you’re going to choose to create a self-learning AI channel brain for any channel that studies any style, offer, or business to develop a unique brand voice and content strategy designed specifically for your channel. Even upload products uh for it to promote in the videos. The result is no more generic AI sounding or looking channels. Then you can create a single video, automate an entire channel or clone a business into a channel. So, choose a channel theme like POV, Unreal, Simulation, Trivia, AI, ASMR, Soft, Gibli, Educational Affiliate Channels, Brain Rot, local business clones, or even create your own from scratch. Make channels in the hottest themes working now or the classic story ones like scary stories, kids stories, fantasy, and more. Then, what you’re going to do is give your channel a unique voice and visual identity. Choose the AI narrator, speaking style, whether to use image or video clips, subtitle options, and more that best fit your channel. Mix the top models uh and leverage the current best styles like Pixar, Gibly, Ultra Realism, Stick Figure, Comic Book, and more to create channels better than everyone else’s. Then you can customize, which is optional, and then auto schedule. So, if desired, use the built-in drag and drop timeline editor to make changes, edit scripts, trim scenes, add transitions, effects, background music, custom assets to make the video really visually stunning. You can customize every single slide and theme and video. And then using the built-in content calendar, Magic Flex 2.0 will now post your videos according to a schedule, growing your channel automatically. So, watch the AI create, schedule, and post the videos while you relax. Then, auto optimize and rank the videos and channels. Make sure your channel outranks competing channels by leveraging SEO AI auto optimization for fast subscribers. The optimization wizard is going to find fresh topics ready to go viral, discover the best longtail keywords to rank for, optimize your video title and description, find hot hashtags, and even generate viral video thumbnails. And then what you can do is you can um bonus step monetize your channels right out of the gate. So, let AI discover high commission affiliate products that match your niche and then create self-learning video campaigns designed to promote those offers while simultaneously building your email list. And if you want bigger opportunities, then create agency pages that attract local business clients looking for AI powered channel services or land sponsorship deals by letting AI find targeted influencers that going to pay for those sponsorship posts uh and quickly make the videos about their products. Now, the result is multiple built-in revenue streams uh very fast instead of relying on just views, right? And ad revenue. Uh now, I can see in the comments there’s a lot of people excited and they want to see a demo of this. Okay, guys, don’t worry. We’re going to get there in just a moment. Right now, this is so different and unique from any video product, anything that’s ever come out. I just need to touch on a few features that are that are separating it from the rest here. And don’t worry, we’re going to see it in action. Okay. So, this is the first that lets you uh leverage full customization, full automation or um AI agent mode. So, use the advanced drag and drop editor to customize every scene, clip, and voice over. You can switch between automatic. You can switch on automatic mode and let Magic Flick to create, publish and grow entire channels for you completely hands-free or activate AI agent mode where self-learning technology studies a specific business, a product, a website and then automatically builds a channel or a single video around that. So there’s the custom voice brand voice training. So generic AI content is just becoming invisible, right? It doesn’t work. So that’s why Magic Flex AI2 lets you train channels on specific brands, products, personalities, websites, offers, content styles, so they develop a unique voice instead of sounding like everyone else. The AI learns what makes that brand different and creates content around it automatically. You can even train channels around affiliate products, uh, services, right? So it’s baked to the monetization is baked in right from the start. Now, Magic Flex 2 can create these immersive unreal video first formats, generating some of the biggest views right now on YouTube, Tik Tok, and Instagram like POV simulation, uh, Reconstruct History, um, Unreal Things, uh, documentaries, trivia, brain teasers, Unreal ASMR, uh, brain rot channels. You can tap into the internet’s most addictive story themes. Instantly create storybased channels and the most high retention themes. We’re talking about scary stories, kids stories, uh, Gibli, fantasy, mystery, uh, the Bible, Bible stories, conspiracy, and also build non-fiction affiliate and promotional channels that monetize faster. So, not every channel, right, they need it needs to get thousands of views to make money. Now, Magic Flex 2 can create non-fiction channels designed around things like products, services, affiliate offers, a local business, right? Right? The platform can weave in promotions and recommendations and affiliate offers into your content with the agent technology now. So, so monetization is built in from day one. So, make channels like evergreen educational channels that entertain people with explainer videos and then promote a product in them. Uh just straight out affiliate reviews, uh joke channels, uh biographies, um channels that clone small businesses into videos. In fact, you can turn any custom idea into a video or channel even as well. So, Magic Flex 2.0 gives you access to a huge library of stunning AI video and image styles so your channels stand out rather than blend in. I’m talking about styles like uh comic book, Disney, Pixar, anime, ultra realism, stick figure, and more. Get access to the best humanlike voice models that keep people listening. Easily edit videos with multi-track drag and drop controls now. So, if you want control over every single part of it, it includes a new powerful multi-track timeline editor that lets you drag, drop, trim, rearrange, and customize every part of your video with ease. You can add new scenes, regenerate video clips if needed, insert transitions, apply visual effects, right? You don’t have to rerender the video over and over in case some little detail like didn’t get created quite right, you know? And this isn’t just for channels, right? You can create videos for any need. talking about promotional videos, product showcases, uh VSSLs, right? Ads, lead genen videos, virtually any sort of video you can imagine. And it’s going to automatically format it for YouTube, Tik Tok, or Instagram, right? Horizontal or vertical. And you can create AI scripts that don’t sound like AI. You know, generic scripts that sound like chat, GBT, and Cloyd, you know, they’re easy to spot. They don’t really rank, right? The algorithms, they’re smart. So that’s why Magic Flex 2 can learn any style, come up with a creative brand voice. Um so your your stories they sound like um like an old grandma narrating the story for example you if it’s a kid story instead of just Chad Chepy narrowing narrating the kid story like every other video app’s making right you could automatically add perfectly sync subtitles in different styles to the videos that helps with high retention schedule once or let AI publish um uh you can schedule once or let AI publish around the clock you uh schedule on specific days times uh social networks or switch to automatic mode and the AI schedules it ahead of time and then renders the video and posts it for you. Then if you want a specific character to show up through your entire video, well, it now comes with breakthrough character consistency technology that lets you do exactly that. Can instantly discover your next viral video and create uh can generate endless video concepts from a keyword and then organize them by viral, trending, evergreen, and more. Discover viral trends with a single keyword. The fastest growing channels tap into trends while they’re exploding. Just enter a keyword and Magic Flick 2 will uncover trending video ideas, viral story concepts, emerging opportunities. You can find the keywords everyone misses. You know that will help generate more traffic to your video with the keyword ranking technology. You can turn average titles and descriptions into click magnets. Just paste in any title or video and it’s going to generate a more clickable SEOfriendly alternative designed to attract attention and outperform competing videos. You find hashtags in all the major social networks. that will put your video in front of thousands of users. I can instantly create new scroll stopping thumbnails. It automatically creates high click-through thumbnails designed to grab attention, make people curious to watch. You can actually now match your video’s topic style and audience to generate eye-catching visuals optimized for any platform that match your channel’s brand. Right? So, you can discover high quality affiliate products and offers. Now, like I was talking about, the app can train your channels around them so the content naturally attracts buyers, right? Instead of just viewers, AI can weave product recommendations, reviews, right? Promotional angles right into the videos, creating channels designed to generate commissions right right as they grow, right from the start. Land sponsors and turn your channel into a revenue asset. Create sponsorship opportunities for generating custom quote pages, sponsorship offers, AI powered content that naturally integrates a sponsor’s product, service, or brand. Then using agent technology, the platform can learn about a sponsor and create customized videos that fit seamlessly into your channel’s style, audience, and theme. Run an AI video agency with lead genen videos, agency pages, and more. Create videos and channels designed specifically to generate leads that want channel service help. Then land them with agency funnels that showcase and sell your channel creation services. And you can run a lucrative AI video agency business with this from scratch. And and there’s far more, including training and tutorials. Of course, it’s easy to use, fast rendering, custom images or videos, much more. But judging by the comments, I think it’s time for a quick demo of this. So, who is ready to see a demo of Magic Flex 2.0 in action? Give me a thumbs up if you’re ready, or give me a yes in the chat. And I’m going to go ahead and get the demo ready here. And uh Whoa, that is a lot. Tons of yeses are just flooding in right now. My goodness. Oh my. Okay. All right. That being said, let’s go ahead and check out a quick demo of this.

    In this video, you’ll see how Magic Flex AI 2.0 0 builds complete faceless channel businesses with powerful self-learning AI that can create, grow, rank, monetize, and scale channels automatically. Faceless channels have become one of the easiest ways for anyone to generate traffic and build a profitable online business. But Magic Flick AI 2.0 goes far beyond creating generic AI generated videos and channels. It builds stunning branded channels in today’s most popular niches and content styles, complete with unique identities.

    monetization opportunities beyond ad revenue, custom products, and long-term growth potential. As you’ll see, anyone, regardless of technical experience, can use Magic Flex AI 2.0 to create incredible individual videos or fully automate entire channels designed to attract audiences, generate income, and stand the test of time. First, choose to create a self-learning AI channel brain for any channel that studies any style, offer, or business to develop a unique brand voice and content strategy designed specifically for your channel. No more generic AI sounding or looking videos and channels. Then create a single video,

    automate an entire channel, or clone a business into a channel. Choose a channel theme like POV simulation, trivia, educational affiliate channels, local business clones, or create your own. Make channel

    in the hottest themes working now or even classic story videos in tons of niches like scary, kids, fantasy, and more. Next, add AI realistic narrators. Whether to leverage video clips or images for your channel, add video styles like ultra realism, Gibli, Pixar, and more from all the best AI models. Customize the script and upload reference images for video way better than everyone else’s. Now preview your video and leverage the upgraded drag and drop timeline editor if desired to make changes, edit scripts, trim scenes, add transitions, effects, background music, custom assets, and more to make the video visually stunning. Schedule your videos individually or with automatic mode. Magic Flex AI 2.0’s ‘s built-in content calendar will post your videos according to a schedule growing your channel for you on autopilot. To generate traffic fast, the AI optimization wizard will auto rank your videos by adding the best hashtags, finding fresh topics ready to

    go viral, discovering the best longtail keywords to rank for, optimizing for SEO, and even generating onbrand viral video thumbnails.

    Plus, as a bonus step, you can monetize your channels right out of the gate beyond just views. Let AI discover high commission affiliate products. Then create self-learning video channels designed to promote those exact offers. Create agency channels that get clients and funnels that land local clients who want video channels made for them. find ultraargeted influencers who will pay for sponsorship opportunities and land them in a click and much more. As a special bonus, you also get exclusive access to our academy where we’ll reveal in paint by numbers detail the exact affiliate marketing strategies and channel traffic frameworks we’ve used to generate millions of dollars online.

    Okay, so let’s dive into the app more in detail. Now, before you start creating your videos and channels, you can create a channel brain that will learn anyone’s style, products, and business. This ensures when the channels get created, they don’t sound and look like generic AI channels that get less engagement and can showcase specific products and business content automatically. Just give it a name, upload any files, images, docs, or paste in text like this to create your optional channel brain. Then choose to create a single video, automate an entire channel, or clone a business or product into a channel. Select where the videos will go. Magic Flick 2.0 now supports multiple networks. Then choose a theme for your channel, including themes that are going viral now, like ultra realism, POV videos, trivia, recreate history, unreal, ASMR, or standard themes like scary stories, educational channels, affiliate product channels, and more. or use custom prompting to make your own custom video or channel idea. Toggle on your channel brain to ensure the videos get populated with unique brand styles and custom products to begin earning immediately from. Preview and choose an ultra realistic voiceover artist from tons of models. Make image-based videos or clip- based ones. Then pick from stunning image or video themes like Gibli, Photo Realism, Tune, and tons of others. Add subtitles, background music, and more. Select your posting schedule and Magic Flex 2.0 will create, rank, and monetize your profitable channel for you. If creating videos individually, choose to edit the scripts of the videos, image prompts, upload reference images, and more so the videos turn out first class exactly how you need. Then preview the video, the title, description, and schedule a time for it to post with a custom thumbnail if you want. or if desired, use the upgraded drag and drop timeline editor to customize the video. The drag and drop timeline editor allows you to edit the slide timings with point-and-click ease. You can change out the AI image or video by rendering another or uploading your own asset. Choose from a huge library of transitions and

    effects and easily apply the ones you want. Edit the voice over background

    music and more. rerender and preview until the video ends up far better

    than the competition. At any time, check the content calendar to see when all your videos are posting into what platforms and click to change the times with ease. But Magiflex 2.0 doesn’t just create hundreds of the most viral channels for you. It instantly monetizes them in several different ways, so you’re not relying on views alone to profit. Navigate to offers and let AI find the best converting products across all the major affiliate networks. Enter a keyword to browse for products and let your channel brand incorporate it into your channel so you can earn from the products in the videos and affiliate link in your video descriptions and bio links. You can build a list of subscribers too by navigating to pages and creating a landing page that captures the email of subscribers from your channel or even create an entire store that sells multiple affiliate offers. You can earn as an agency, too, using AI agent video technology to clone a business into a channel that showcases their products and services. You can get clients by creating channels that offer marketing education, and then letting Magic Flex AI 2.0 build agency landing pages that capture leads and sell your channel services right there for you. Just click agency page, enter any details you want, then let AI build a custom agency page selling your exact service like AI channel creation with the ability to customize at any time, including adding your own images, re-editing text sections, and more. You can find highly targeted influencers and potential clients actively promoting their brands on social media and let Magic Flex AI 2 land them as a sponsorship for your channel, complete with the outreach and landing pages, too. You don’t need to worry about getting initial subscribers either because Magic Flex AI 2.0 now ranks your videos fast in YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram, and AI search by first finding the hottest hashtags on all major networks that will get your video seen and get views fast. Then it can find trending topics for your channels to make videos about. You can leverage AI to find trending topics that can make the video go viral and blow up your channel. Have Magic Flick find and add the best longtail traffic and buyer keywords, seeing the competition and demand score so that your videos will rank in YouTube, Google, and AI search far easier, pulling in buyers to the channel. Auto optimize your title so it’s more clickworthy with the title optimizer, as well as the description so it will rank easier. Plus, create eyepopping thumbnails for any video, completing your channel’s brand style, pulling from reference images. Now, there’s way more to what Magic Flick AI 2.0 can do, but as you can see, this is not just an incredible AI video maker, but the first true suite that can create the easiest type of business to get traffic, leads, and sales from faceless channel businesses. And never before has there been anything that can learn, create, and automate entire channels that excite people, monetize them in several different ways, and then get the initial traffic and subscribers for you with no technical experience needed on your end. So whether you’re an affiliate marketer, agency marketer, infopreneur that needs traffic or you’re just starting from scratch, there’s no better tool right now than Magic Flex AI 2.0 to grab attention and build lasting video assets that stand out from all other video material online. Now, built more than 4,500 years ago as the tomb of Pharaoh Kufu, this incredible structure was the tall